Release 0.1.7

manpage: af_volnorm was renamed
vf: fix filter initialization error check
2013-09-20 21:33:32 +02:00 · 2013-09-20 21:33:32 +02:00 · 2013-09-20 21:33:32 +02:00 · 2013-09-20 21:33:32 +02:00 · 2013-09-20 21:33:32 +02:00 · 2013-09-20 21:33:32 +02:00
873 changed files with 111059 additions and 167014 deletions
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-### mpv version and platform
-
-If you're not using git master or the latest release, update.
-Releases are listed here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
-
-### Reproduction steps
-
-### Expected behavior
-
-### Actual behavior
-
-### Log file
-
-Make a log file made with -v or --log-file=output.txt, paste it to
-http://sprunge.us or a similar site, and replace this text with a link to it.
-
-Providing a log file is strongly encouraged. It is very helpful for reproducing
-bugs or getting important technical context. Without a log it might not be
-possible to analyze and fix certain bugs, and your bug report will be closed
-or ignored.
-
-### Sample files
-
-Sample files needed to reproduce this issue can be uploaded to https://0x0.st/
-or similar sites. (Only needed if the issue cannot be reproduced without it.)
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-Ideally, you shouldn't need enter any text here, and your commit messages should
-explain your changes sufficiently (especially why they are needed). Read
-https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/contribute.md for coding
-style and development conventions. Remove this text block, but if you haven't
-agreed to it before, leave the following sentence in place:
-
-I agree that my changes can be relicensed to LGPL 2.1 or later.
@@ -2,7 +2,6 @@
 *.a
 *.d
 *.exe
-*.pyc
 .depend

 /config.h
@@ -11,28 +10,13 @@
 /mpv
 /mpv.app
 /version.h
-/input/input_conf.h
+/mpvcore/input/input_conf.h
 /tags
 /TAGS
-/video/out/x11_icon.inc
+/video/out/gl_video_shaders.h
+/video/out/vdpau_template.c
 /demux/ebml_defs.c
 /demux/ebml_types.h
 /sub/osd_font.h
-/player/lua/*.inc
-/player/builtin_conf.inc
-/DOCS/man/mpv.1
-/DOCS/man/mpv.aux
-/DOCS/man/mpv.log
-/DOCS/man/mpv.out
-/DOCS/man/mpv.pdf
-/DOCS/man/mpv.toc
+/DOCS/man/*/mpv.1

-/waf
-/waf-*
-/waf3-*
-/build
-/.waf*
-/.lock-waf_*
-
-/old_build
-/Makefile
@@ -1,63 +1,30 @@
 language: c

-os:
-  - linux
-  #- osx
 env:
-  matrix:
-    - LIBAV=libav-git
-    - LIBAV=ffmpeg-stable
-    - LIBAV=ffmpeg-git
-  global:
-    # Coverity token
-    - secure: "H21mSRlMhk4BKS0xHZvCFGJxteCP0hRVUxTuNfM2Z9HBsyutuLEYMtViLO86VtM+Tqla3xXPzUdS4ozLwI72Ax/5ZUDXACROj73yW6QhFB5D6rLut12+FjqC7M33Qv2hl0xwgNBmR5dsm1ToP37+Wn+ecJQNvN8fkTXF+HVzOEw="
-    # Travis token for mpv.io
-    - secure: "nlTVLJK6kRhtXvhKCoJ3YdFGHuKaq/eHowfPw25hqRWuBOZd+HjHY5KIYjV7SxuKFDpJE4GpNcvA3Q31nsqomxpkLYgrwjg6TSazN7ZP+x85ZgV1QGFebrPfGm2n5UR5CAPAwFoeF3pZheLi4bajVzwq1fWW+x3grS188P9OZso="
+  - LIBAV=libav-stable
+  - LIBAV=libav-git
+  - LIBAV=ffmpeg-stable
+  - LIBAV=ffmpeg-git
 compiler:
  - clang
-  - gcc
-
 branches:
  only:
    - master
    - ci
-    - coverity_scan

-matrix:
-  exclude:
-    - os: osx
-      env: LIBAV=libav-git
-    - os: osx
-      env: LIBAV=ffmpeg-git
-    - os: osx
-      compiler: gcc
-    - os: linux
-      env: LIBAV=ffmpeg-stable
-    - os: linux
-      compiler: clang
+before_install: ./travis-deps libass-stable $LIBAV
+script: ./configure && make

-before_install: TOOLS/travis-deps libass-stable $LIBAV
-script:
-  - ./bootstrap.py
-  - ./waf configure
-  - ./waf build
-after_failure: cat ./build/config.log
-after_script: TOOLS/travis-rebuild-website
+notifications-policy: &notifications-policy
+  on_success: change
+  on_failure: always

 notifications:
-  email: false
+  email:
+    recipients:
+      - mpv-team@googlegroups.com
+    <<: *notifications-policy
  irc:
    channels:
-      - "irc.freenode.org#mpv-devel"
-    on_success: change
-    on_failure: always
-
-addons:
-  coverity_scan:
-    project:
-      name: "mpv-player/mpv"
-      description: "Build submitted via Travis CI"
-    notification_email: mpv-team@googlegroups.com
-    build_command_prepend: "./bootstrap.py && ./waf configure"
-    build_command:   "./waf build"
-    branch_pattern: coverity_scan
+      - "irc.freenode.org#mpv-player-dev"
+    <<: *notifications-policy
@@ -1,351 +1,35 @@
 mpv is a fork of mplayer2, which is a fork of MPlayer.
+Original MPlayer Copyright file follows below.

-mpv as a whole is licensed as GPL version 2 or later (see LICENSE). Most source
-files are GPLv2+, but some files are available under a more liberal license,
-such as LGPLv2.1+, BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the copyright
-header of each source file, and grep the sources for "Copyright" if you need
-to know details. C source files without Copyright notice are licensed as
-LGPLv2.1+. Also see the list of files with specific licenses below (not all
-files can have a standard license header).
+MPlayer was originally written by Árpád Gereöffy and has been extended and
+worked on by many more since then, see the AUTHORS file for an (incomplete)
+list. MPlayer as a whole is copyrighted by the MPlayer team. Individual
+copyright notices can be found in file headers.

-All new contributions must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or if the changes are done on
-GPL code, must come with the implicit agreement that the project can relicense
-the code to LGPLv2.1+ at a later point without asking the contributor. (This
-is a safeguard for making potential relicensing of the project to LGPLv2.1+
-easier.) Using a more liberal license compatible to LGPLv2.1+ is also ok.
+Most files in MPlayer are licensed under the GNU General Public License,
+version 2 with an explicit "or later" clause or a compatible license
+(LGPL 2.1+, MIT/BSD). An exception are the files talloc.c and talloc.h,
+which are LGPL 3+.
+Thus MPlayer as a whole can be redistributed under terms compatible with
+the GNU General Public License, version 3; see the LICENSE file for details.

-For information about authors and contributors, consult the git log, which
-contains the complete SVN and CVS history as well.
+MPlayer includes code from several external sources. General information and
+license details are listed below:

-Note that mplayer2 as a whole is licensed under GPLv3+. This is because it uses
-a copy of talloc (part of Samba), which is LGPLv3+, and the next compatible
-license for this mix is GPLv3+.
+Name:       a couple of files copied from FFmpeg
+Version:    updated to different versions
+URL:        http://www.ffmpeg.org
+Directory:  compat/x86_cpu.h
+Copyright:  Many, see individual files for copyright notices.
+License:    GNU Lesser General Public License

-MPlayer as a whole is licensed under GPLv2 (incompatible to GPLv3!), because
-some files are licensed to GPLv2 (and _not_ any later version of the license).
-In particular, this affects the file libmpdemux/demux_ty_osd.c. It is disabled
-under mplayer2, and has been removed from mpv.

-"v2.1+" in this context means "version 2.1 or later".
+Name:       dvbstream
+Version:    0.4.3-pre3 (CVS checkout)
+URL:        http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvbtools/
+Directory:  stream/dvbin.h stream/stream_dvb.c
+Copyright:  2001-2002 Dave Chapman <dave@dchapman.com>
+License:    GNU General Public License

-Some libraries are GPLv2+ or GPLv3+ only. Building mpv with Samba support makes
-it GPLv3+.

-Source files with specific licenses:
- etc/input.conf is LGPLv2.1+
- etc/builtin.conf is LGPLv2.1+
- etc/encoding-profiles.conf is LGPLv2.1+
- all mpv icons and derived files are LGPLv2.1+ (mpv-icon-8bit-16x16.png etc.)
- everything else under etc/ is unknown
- everything under DOCS/man/ is GPLv2+
- sub/osd_font.otf is LGPLv2.1+
- version.sh is LGPLv2+
- bootstrap.py is unknown (probably GPLv2+ or LGPLv2+)
- the build system (wscript, waftools/*) is LGPLv2+, some parts BSD
-
-Some files are marked with "Almost LGPL." These files are GPL, but all authors
-have agreed to relicense them to LGPL. the problem is that one of the authors is
-Michael Niedermayer, who cited the following conditions for relicensing:
-
-  http://lists.mplayerhq.hu/pipermail/mplayer-dev-eng/2016-September/073535.html
-
-We assume the first 3 conditions are fulfilled. The last condition can be
-interpreted as that his code can be changed to LGPL only as soon as the "core"
-of mpv changes to LGPL. We interpret "core" as something minimal, that can
-actually be built and run, with all GPL code disabled.
-
-Some files are LGPLv3+. This is due to the contributions of a single developer
-going by the SVN username "iive". The chosen license of this project is
-LGPLv2.1+. The affected files will be changed to LGPLv2.1+ at the earliest
-opportunity, for example if his contributions disappear by being replaced
-or removed. All new contributions to these files are implied to be LGPLv2.1+.
-
-LGPL relicensing status. Files which require some sort of action to get a basic
-LGPL player core (relicensing, replacement, or partial/full rewrites) are marked
-with an "x".
-
-    audio/decode/ad.h               LGPL
-    audio/decode/ad_lavc.c          LGPL
-    audio/decode/ad_spdif.c         LGPL
-    audio/decode/dec_audio.*        LGPL
-x   audio/filter/af.*               must be killed (main author disagreed)
-        (required for LGPL core: a new filter chain must be written)
-    audio/filter/af_channel.c       must be killed (main author disagreed)
-    audio/filter/af_equalizer.c     must be killed (main author disagreed)
-    audio/filter/af_pan.c           must be killed (main author disagreed)
-    audio/filter/af_volume.c        must be killed (main author disagreed)
-    audio/filter/equalizer.h        must be killed (main author disagreed)
-    audio/filter/tools.c            must be killed (main author disagreed)
-    audio/filter/af_format.c        LGPL
-    audio/filter/af_lavc3enc.c      LGPL
-    audio/filter/af_lavfi.c         LGPL
-    audio/filter/af_scaletempo.c    LGPL
-    audio/filter/af_rubberband.c    LGPL
-    audio/out/ao.c                  LGPL
-    audio/out/ao.h                  LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_alsa.c             extremely hard (original author did not decide)
-    audio/out/ao_audiounit.m        LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_coreaudio.c        LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_coreaudio_chmap.c  LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_coreaudio_chmap.h  LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_coreaudio_exclusiv LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_coreaudio_properti LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_coreaudio_properti LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_coreaudio_utils.c  LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_coreaudio_utils.h  LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_jack.c             will stay GPL
-    audio/out/ao_lavc.c             LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_null.c             LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_openal.c           LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_opensles.c         LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_oss.c              will stay GPL
-    audio/out/ao_pcm.c              LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_pulse.c            LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_rsound.c           LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_sdl.c              LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_sndio.c            LGPL (BSD)
-    audio/out/ao_wasapi.c           LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_wasapi_changenotif LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_wasapi.h           LGPL
-    audio/out/ao_wasapi_utils.c     LGPL
-    audio/out/internal.h            LGPL
-    audio/out/pull.c                LGPL
-    audio/out/push.c                LGPL
-x   audio/audio.*                   very hard (mp_audio based of anders' af_audio)
-        (required for LGPL core: determine if the struct can be used anyway, or
-         devise a cheap AVFrame wrapper)
-    audio/audio_buffer.*            LGPL
-    audio/chmap.*                   LGPL
-    audio/chmap_sel.*               LGPL
-    audio/fmt-conversion.*          LGPL
-    audio/format.*                  LGPL
-    common/av_common.*              LGPL
-    common/av_log.c                 almost LGPL
-    common/av_log.h                 LGPL
-    common/codecs.*                 LGPL
-    common/common.*                 LGPL
-    common/encode.h                 LGPL
-    common/encode_lavc.*            LGPL
-    common/global.h                 LGPL
-    common/msg.c                    almost LGPL
-    common/msg_control.h            LGPL
-    common/msg.h                    LGPL
-    common/playlist.*               LGPL
-    common/recorder.*               LGPL
-    common/tags.*                   LGPL
-    common/version.c                LGPL
-    demux/codec_tags.*              LGPL
-    demux/cue.*                     LGPL
-    demux/demux.*                   LGPL
-    demux/demux_cue.c               LGPL
-    demux/demux_disc.c              LGPL
-    demux/demux_edl.c               LGPL
-    demux/demux_lavf.c              almost LGPL
-    demux/demux_libarchive.c        LGPL
-    demux/demux_mf.c                LGPLv3+
-    demux/demux_mkv.c               LGPL (mostly)
-    demux/demux_mkv_timeline.c      LGPL
-    demux/demux_null.c              LGPL
-    demux/demux_playlist.c          LGPL
-    demux/demux_rar.c               LGPL
-    demux/demux_raw.c               almost LGPL
-    demux/demux_timeline.c          LGPL
-    demux/demux_tv.c                will stay GPL
-    demux/ebml.*                    LGPL
-    demux/matroska.h                LGPL
-    demux/packet.*                  LGPL
-    demux/stheader.h                LGPL
-    demux/timeline.*                LGPL
-    input/cmd_*                     LGPL
-    input/event.*                   LGPL
-    input/input.*                   LGPL
-    input/ipc.c                     LGPL
-    input/ipc-unix.c                LGPL
-    input/ipc-win.c                 LGPL
-    input/keycodes.*                LGPL
-    input/pipe-win32.c              LGPL
-    libmpv/*.*                      LGPL
-    misc/*.*                        LGPL
-    options/m_config.*              LGPL
-    options/m_option.c              almost LGPL
-    options/m_option.h              LGPL
-    options/m_property.*            LGPL
-    options/options.*               LGPL
-    options/parse_commandline.*     LGPL
-    options/parse_configfile.*      LGPL
-    options/path.*                  LGPL
-    osdep/android/*                 LGPL (BSD)
-    osdep/ar/*                      LGPL (BSD)
-    osdep/atomic.h                  LGPL
-    osdep/compiler.h                LGPL
-    osdep/endian.h                  LGPL
-    osdep/glob-win.c                LGPL
-    osdep/io.*                      LGPL
-    osdep/macosx_application.h      LGPL
-    osdep/macosx_application.m      LGPL
-    osdep/macosx_application_objc.h LGPL
-    osdep/macosx_compat.h           LGPL
-    osdep/macosx_events.*           LGPL
-    osdep/macosx_events_objc.h      LGPL
-    osdep/macosx_touchbar.*         LGPL
-    osdep/macosx_versions.h         LGPL
-    osdep/main-fn-cocoa.c           LGPL
-    osdep/main-fn.h                 LGPL
-    osdep/main-fn-unix.c            LGPL
-    osdep/main-fn-win.c             LGPL
-    osdep/mpv.exe.manifest          LGPL
-    osdep/mpv.rc                    LGPL
-    osdep/path.h                    LGPL
-    osdep/path-macosx.m             LGPL
-    osdep/path-unix.c               LGPL
-    osdep/path-win.c                LGPL
-    osdep/semaphore.h               LGPL
-    osdep/semaphore_osx.c           LGPL
-    osdep/strnlen.h                 LGPL
-    osdep/subprocess.*              LGPL
-    osdep/subprocess-posix.c        LGPL
-    osdep/subprocess-win.c          LGPL
-    osdep/terminal.h                LGPL
-    osdep/terminal-unix.c           LGPL
-    osdep/terminal-win.c            LGPL
-    osdep/threads.*                 LGPL
-    osdep/timer.c                   LGPL
-    osdep/timer.h                   LGPL
-    osdep/timer-darwin.c            LGPL (MIT)
-    osdep/timer-linux.c             LGPL
-    osdep/timer-win2.c              LGPL
-    osdep/w32_keyboard.c            LGPL
-    osdep/w32_keyboard.h            LGPL
-    osdep/win32-console-wrapper.c   LGPL (BSD)
-    osdep/win32/*                   LGPL (ISC)
-    osdep/windows_utils.*           LGPL
-x   player/audio.c                  LGPL (dysfunctional due to libaf)
-    player/client.*                 LGPL (ISC)
-    player/command.c                LGPL
-    player/command.h                LGPL
-    player/configfiles.c            LGPL
-    player/core.h                   LGPL
-    player/external_files.*         LGPL
-    player/lavfi.*                  LGPL
-    player/loadfile.c               LGPL
-    player/lua/*.*                  LGPL
-    player/lua.c                    LGPL
-    player/misc.c                   LGPL
-    player/osd.c                    LGPL
-    player/playloop.c               LGPL
-    player/screenshot.*             LGPL
-    player/scripting.*              LGPL
-    player/sub.c                    LGPL
-    player/video.c                  LGPL
-    stream/ai_*                     will stay GPL (TV code)
-    stream/audio_in.*               will stay GPL (TV code)
-    stream/cache.c                  LGPLv3+
-    stream/cache_file.c             LGPL
-    stream/cookies.*                LGPL
-    stream/dvb*                     must stay GPL
-    stream/frequencies.*            must stay GPL
-    stream/rar.*                    LGPL
-    stream/stream_avdevice.c        LGPL
-    stream/stream_bluray.c          LGPL
-    stream/stream.*                 LGPL
-    stream/stream_cb.c              LGPL
-    stream/stream_cdda.c            unknown
-    stream/stream_dvb.*             must stay GPL
-    stream/stream_dvd.c             unknown
-    stream/stream_dvd_common.*      unknown
-    stream/stream_dvdnav.c          unknown
-    stream/stream_edl.c             LGPL
-    stream/stream_file.c            LGPL
-    stream/stream_lavf.c            LGPL
-    stream/stream_libarchive.*      LGPL
-    stream/stream_memory.c          LGPL
-    stream/stream_mf.c              LGPL
-    stream/stream_null.c            LGPL
-    stream/stream_rar.c             LGPL
-    stream/stream_smb.c             will stay GPLv3
-    stream/stream_tv.c              will stay GPL
-    stream/tv*                      will stay GPL
-    sub/*                           LGPL
-    ta/*                            LGPL (ISC)
-    video/decode/d3d.*              LGPL
-    video/decode/dec_video.*        almost LGPL
-    video/decode/hw_cuda.c          LGPL
-    video/decode/hw_d3d11va.c       LGPL
-    video/decode/hw_dxva2.c         LGPL
-    video/decode/hw_videotoolbox.c  LGPL
-    video/decode/lavc.h             almost LGPLv3+
-    video/decode/vd.h               LGPL
-    video/decode/vd_lavc.c          almost LGPLv3+
-    video/filter/refqueue.*         LGPL
-    video/filter/vf.c               LGPL
-    video/filter/vf.h               LGPL (mostly)
-    video/filter/vf_buffer.c        LGPL
-    video/filter/vf_crop.c          will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_d3d11vpp.c      LGPL
-    video/filter/vf_dsize.c         will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_expand.c        will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_flip.c          will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_format.c        will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_gradfun.c       will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_lavfi.*         LGPL
-    video/filter/vf_mirror.c        will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_noformat.c      will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_pullup.c        will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_rotate.c        will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_scale.c         will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_stereo3d.c      will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_sub.c           will be deleted
-    video/filter/vf_vapoursynth.c   LGPL
-    video/filter/vf_vavpp.c         LGPL
-    video/filter/vf_vdpaupp.c       LGPL
-    video/filter/vf_yadif.c         will be deleted
-    video/csputils.*                LGPL
-    video/fmt-conversion.*          LGPL
-    video/gpu_memcpy.*              will be deleted
-    video/hwdec.*                   LGPL
-    video/image_writer.*            LGPL
-    video/img_format.*              LGPL
-    video/mp_image.*                almost LGPL
-    video/mp_image_pool.*           LGPL
-    video/out/aspect.*              LGPL
-    video/out/bitmap_packer.*       LGPL
-    video/out/cocoa*                LGPL
-    video/out/d3d_shader_420p.h     LGPL
-    video/out/d3d_shader_nv12.h     LGPL
-    video/out/d3d_shader_yuv.hlsl   LGPL
-    video/out/dither.*              LGPL
-    video/out/drm_common.*          LGPL
-    video/out/filter_kernels.*      LGPL (BSD)
-    video/out/opengl/hwdec_vaglx.c  GPL
-    video/out/opengl/*              LGPL
-    video/out/vo.c                  LGPL
-    video/out/vo.h                  LGPL
-    video/out/vo_caca.c             unknown
-    video/out/vo_direct3d.c         unknown
-    video/out/vo_drm.c              LGPL
-    video/out/vo_image.c            LGPL
-    video/out/vo_lavc.c             LGPL
-    video/out/vo_null.c             LGPL
-    video/out/vo_opengl.c           LGPL
-    video/out/vo_opengl_cb.c        LGPL
-    video/out/vo_rpi.c              LGPL
-    video/out/vo_sdl.c              LGPL
-    video/out/vo_tct.c              LGPL
-    video/out/vo_vaapi.c            probably impossible (some company's code)
-    video/out/vo_vdpau.c            probably impossible (nVidia's code)
-    video/out/vo_wayland.c          LGPL
-    video/out/vo_x11.c              probably impossible
-    video/out/vo_xv.c               probably impossible
-    video/out/w32_common.*          LGPL
-    video/out/wayland*              LGPL
-    video/out/win32/*               LGPL
-    video/out/win_state.*           LGPL
-    video/out/x11_common.*          probably impossible
-    video/out/x11_icon.bin          LGPL
-    video/sws_utils.*               almost LGPL
-    video/vaapi.*                   hard (GPL-only parts must be ifdefed)
-    video/vdpau.c                   hard (GPL-only parts must be ifdefed)
-    video/vdpau_functions.inc       LGPL
-    video/vdpau.h                   unknown
-    video/vdpau_mixer.*             actual code must be rewritten
-    video/vt.*                      LGPL
+This is not a complete list. grep the sources for "Copyright".
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+1. Input layer, supported devices, methods:
+  - plain file, with seeking
+  - STDIN, without seeking backward
+  - network streaming (currently plain wget-like HTTP and MMS (.asx))
+  - VCD (Video CD) track, by direct CDROM device access (not requires mounting disc)
+  - DVD titles using .IFO structure, by direct DVD device access (not requires mounting disc)
+  - DVD titles using menu navigation (experimental/alpha, not yet finished!!!)
+  - CDDA - raw audio from audio CD-ROM discs (using cdparanoia libs)
+  - RTP streaming (mpeg-ps over multicast only)
+  - LIVE555 streaming - support SDP/RTSP (using the LIVE555 libs)
+  - SMB - file access over samba (experimental)
+
+2. Demuxer/parser layer, supported file/media formats:
+
+  - MPEG streams (ES,PES,PS. no TS support yet)
+    note: mpeg demuxer silently ignore non-mpeg content, and find mpeg packets
+    in arbitrary streams. it means you can play directly VCD images (for example
+    CDRwin's .BIN files) without extracting mpeg files first (with tools like vcdgear)
+    It accepts all PES variants, including files created by VDR.
+    Note: VOB (video object) is simple mpeg stream, but it usually has 01BD
+    packets which may contain subtitles and non-mpeg audio. Usually found on DVD discs.
+
+    Headers: mpeg streams has no global header. each frame sequence (also called GOP,
+    group of pictures) contains an sequence header, it describes that block.
+    In normal mpeg 1/2 content there are groups of 12-15 frames (24/30 fps).
+    It means you can freely seek in mpeg streams, and even can cut it to
+    small parts with standard file tools (dd, cut) without destroying it.
+
+    Codecs: video is always mpeg video (mpeg1, mpeg2 or mpeg4).
+    audio is usually mpeg audio (any layer allowed, but it's layer 2 in most files)
+    but 01BD packets may contain AC3, DTS or LPCM too.
+
+    FPS: mpeg2 content allows variable framerate, in form of delayed frames.
+    It's mostly used for playback 24fps content at 29.97/30 fps (NTSC) rate.
+    (so called Telecine or 3:2 pulldown effect)
+    It means you see 30 frames per second, but there are only 24 different
+    pictures and some of them are shown longer to fill 30 frame time.
+    If you encode such files with mencoder, using -ofps 24 or -ofps 23.976
+    is recommended.
+
+  - AVI streams.
+    Two kind of RIFF AVI files exists:
+    1. interleaved: audio and video content is interleaved. it's faster and
+       requires only 1 reading thread, so it's recommended (and mostly used).
+    2. non-interleaved: audio and video aren't interleaved, i mean first come
+       whole video followed by whole audio. it requires 2 reading process or
+       1 reading with lots of seeking. very bad for network or cdrom.
+    3. badly interleaved streams: mplayer detects interleaving at startup and
+       enables -ni option if it finds non-interleaved content. but sometimes
+       the stream seems to be interleaved, but with bad sync so it should be
+       played as non-interleaved otherwise you get a-v desync or buffer overflow.
+
+    MPlayer supports 2 kind of timing for AVI files:
+    - bps-based: it is based on bitrate/samplerate of video/audio stream.
+      this method is used by most players, including avifile and wmp.
+      files with broken headers, and files created with VBR audio but not
+      vbr-compliant encoder will result a-v desync with this method.
+      (mostly at seeking).
+    - interleaving-based: note: it can't be used togethwer with -ni
+      it doesn't use bitrate stuff of header, it uses the relative position
+      of interleaved audio and video chunks. makes some badly encoded file
+      with vbr audio playable.
+
+    Headers: AVI files has a mandatory header at the begin of the file,
+    describing video parameters (resolution, fps) and codecs. Optionally
+    they have an INDEX block at the end of the file. It's optional, but
+    most files has such block, because it's REQUIRED for seeking.
+    Btw usually it can be rebuilt from file content, mplayer does it with
+    the -idx switch. MPlayer can recreate broken index blocks using -forceidx.
+    As AVI files needs index for random access, broken files with no index
+    are usually unplayable.
+    Of course, cutting/joining AVI files needs special programs.
+
+    Codecs: any audio and video codecs allowed, but I note that VBR audio is
+    not well supported by most players. The file format makes it possible to
+    use VBR audio, but most players expect CBR audio and fails with VBR,
+    as VBR is unusual, and Microsoft's AVI specs only describe CBR audio.
+    I also note, that most AVI encoders/multiplexers create bad files if
+    using VBR audio. only 2 exception (known by me): NaNDub and MEncoder.
+
+    FPS: only constant framerate allowed, but it's possible to skip frames.
+
+  - ASF streams:
+    ASF (active streaming format) comes from Microsoft. they developed two
+    variant of ASF, v1.0 and v2.0. v1.0 is used by their media tools (wmp and
+    wme) and v2.0 is published and patented :). of course, they differ,
+    no compatibility at all. (it's just a legality game)
+    MPlayer supports only v1.0, as nobody ever seen v2.0 files :)
+    Note, that .ASF files are nowdays come with extension .WMA or .WMV.
+    UPDATE: MS recently released the ASF v1.0 specs too, but it has some
+    restrictions making it illegal to read by us :)
+
+    Headers: Stream headers (codecs parameters) can be everywhere (in theory),
+    but all files i've seen had it at the beginning of the file.
+    Asf uses fixed packet size, so it is seekable without any INDEX block,
+    and broken files are playable well.
+
+    Codecs: video is mostly microsoft's mpeg4 variants: MP42, MP43 (aka DivX),
+            WMV1 and WMV2. but any codecs allowed.
+            audio is usually wma or voxware, sometimes mp3, but any codecs allowed.
+
+    FPS: no fixed fps, every video frame has an exact timestamp instead.
+    I've got stream with up to 3 sec frame display times.
+
+  - QuickTime / MOV files:
+    They come from Mac users, usually with .mov or .qt extension, but as
+    MPEG Group chose quicktime as recommended file format for MPEG4,
+    sometimes you meet quicktime files with .mpg or .mp4 extension.
+
+    At first look, it's a mixture of ASF and AVI.
+    It requires INDEX block for random access and seeking, and even for
+    playback, like AVI, but uses timestamps instead of constant framerate
+    and has more flexible stream options (including network stuff) like ASF.
+
+    Headers: header can be placed at the beginning or at the end of file.
+    About half of my files have it at the beginning, others have it at the end.
+    Broken files are only playable if they have header at the beginning!
+
+    Codecs: any codecs allowed, both CBR and VBR.
+    Note: most new mov files use Sorenson video and QDesign Music audio,
+    they are patented, closed, secret, (TM)-ed etc formats, only Apple's
+    quicktime player is able to playback these files (on win/mac only).
+
+  - VIVO files:
+    They are funny streams. They have a human-readable ascii header at
+    the beginning, followed by interleaved audio and video chunks.
+    It has no index block, has no fixed packetsize or sync bytes, and most
+    files even has no keyframes, so forget seeking!
+    Video is standard h.263 (in vivo/2.0 files it's modified, non-standard
+    h.263), audio is either standard g.723 or Vivo Siren codec.
+
+    Note, that microsoft licensed vivo stuff, and included in their netshow
+    v2.0 program, so there are VfW/ACM codecs for vivo video and audio.
+
+  - RealMedia files:
+    A mixture of AVI and ASF features. It has mandatory headers at the
+    beginning and an optional INDEX (missing in most files).
+    The file is constructed of variable size chunks, with small header
+    telling the stream ID, timestamp, flags (keyframe...) and size.
+    But it has some features found in ASF files:
+    The video is actually double-muxed, the video chunks are really
+    appended fragments of the video frame. RV30+ supports B frames, so
+    you have to parse some bits of the first fragment to get the real PTS.
+    The audio frames are fixed size (CBR) but using the same scrambling
+    (out-of-order interleaving) as in the ASF files.
+
+    Codecs: Audio is either COOK(er), SIPR(o), ATRAC3 or DNET.
+    The DNET is actually a byte-swapped low-bitrate Dolby AC3 variant :)
+    Video is RV10 (h263 variant), RV20 (rp G2), RV30 (rp v8) or RV40 (rp v9).
+
+    FPS: variable, just like in ASF.
+
+    Note, that similarity of real and asf has some background - they worked
+    together on the (never finished/used) ASF v2 spec for some time.
+
+  - GIF files:
+    The GIF format is a common format for web graphics that supports
+    animation.  These are read through libungif or compatible library.
+    Variable frame delays are supported, but seeking is not supported.
+    Seeking will be supported once an index of gif frames can be built.
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+So, I'll describe how this stuff works.
+
+The main modules:
+
+1. stream.c: this is the input layer, this reads the input media (file, stdin,
+   vcd, dvd, network etc).  what it has to know: appropriate buffering by
+   sector, seek, skip functions, reading by bytes, or blocks with any size.
+   The stream_t (stream.h) structure describes the input stream, file/device.
+
+   There is a stream cache layer (cache2.c), it's a wrapper for the stream
+   API. It does fork(), then emulates stream driver in the parent process,
+   and stream user in the child process, while proxying between them using
+   preallocated big memory chunk for FIFO buffer.
+
+2. demuxer.c: this does the demultiplexing (separating) of the input to
+   audio, video or dvdsub channels, and their reading by buffered packages.
+         The demuxer.c is basically a framework, which is the same for all the
+         input formats, and there are parsers for each of them (mpeg-es,
+         mpeg-ps, avi, avi-ni, asf), these are in the demux_*.c files.
+         The structure is the demuxer_t. There is only one demuxer.
+
+2.a. demux_packet_t, that is DP.
+   Contains one chunk (avi) or packet (asf,mpg). They are stored in memory as
+         in linked list, cause of their different size.
+
+2.b. demuxer stream, that is DS.
+   Struct: demux_stream_t
+   Every channel (a/v/s) has one. This contains the packets for the stream
+         (see 2.a). For now, there can be 3 for each demuxer :
+         - audio (d_audio)
+         - video (d_video)
+         - DVD subtitle (d_dvdsub)
+
+2.c. stream header. There are 2 types (for now): sh_audio_t and sh_video_t
+   This contains every parameter essential for decoding, such as input/output
+         buffers, chosen codec, fps, etc. There are each for every stream in
+         the file. At least one for video, if sound is present then another,
+         but if there are more, then there'll be one structure for each.
+         These are filled according to the header (avi/asf), or demux_mpg.c
+         does it (mpg) if it founds a new stream. If a new stream is found,
+         the ====> Found audio/video stream: <id>  messages is displayed.
+
+         The chosen stream header and its demuxer are connected together
+         (ds->sh and sh->ds) to simplify the usage. So it's enough to pass the
+         ds or the sh, depending on the function.
+
+         For example: we have an asf file, 6 streams inside it, 1 audio, 5
+         video. During the reading of the header, 6 sh structs are created, 1
+         audio and 5 video. When it starts reading the packet, it chooses the
+         stream for the first found audio & video packet, and sets the sh
+         pointers of d_audio and d_video according to them. So later it reads
+         only these streams. Of course the user can force choosing a specific
+         stream with
+         -vid and -aid switches.
+         A good example for this is the DVD, where the english stream is not
+         always the first, so every VOB has different language :)
+         That's when we have to use for example the -aid 128 switch.
+
+  Now, how this reading works?
+         - demuxer.c/demux_read_data() is called, it gets how many bytes,
+           and where (memory address), would we like to read, and from which
+           DS. The codecs call this.
+         - this checks if the given DS's buffer contains something, if so, it
+           reads from there as much as needed. If there isn't enough, it calls
+           ds_fill_buffer(), which:
+         - checks if the given DS has buffered packages (DP's), if so, it moves
+           the oldest to the buffer, and reads on. If the list is empty, it
+           calls demux_fill_buffer() :
+         - this calls the parser for the input format, which reads the file
+           onward, and moves the found packages to their buffers.
+                 Well it we'd like an audio package, but only a bunch of video
+                 packages are available, then sooner or later the:
+                 DEMUXER: Too many (%d in %d bytes) audio packets in the buffer
+                 error shows up.
+
+2.d. video.c: this file/function handle the reading and assembling of the
+     video frames. each call to video_read_frame() should read and return a
+     single video frame, and it's duration in seconds (float).
+     The implementation is splitted to 2 big parts - reading from mpeg-like
+     streams and reading from one-frame-per-chunk files (avi, asf, mov).
+     Then it calculates duration, either from fixed FPS value, or from the
+     PTS difference between and after reading the frame.
+
+2.e. other utility functions: there are some useful code there, like
+    AVI muxer, or mp3 header parser, but leave them for now.
+
+So everything is ok 'till now. It can be found in libmpdemux/ library.
+It should compile outside of mplayer tree, you just have to implement few
+simple functions, like mp_msg() to print messages, etc.
+See libmpdemux/test.c for example.
+
+See also formats.txt, for description of common media file formats and their
+implementation details in libmpdemux.
+
+Now, go on:
+
+3. mplayer.c - ooh, he's the boss :)
+    Its main purpose is connecting the other modules, and maintaining A/V
+    sync.
+
+    The given stream's actual position is in the 'timer' field of the
+    corresponding stream header (sh_audio / sh_video).
+
+         The structure of the playing loop :
+         while(not EOF) {
+             fill audio buffer (read & decode audio) + increase a_frame
+             read & decode a single video frame + increase v_frame
+             sleep  (wait until a_frame>=v_frame)
+             display the frame
+             apply A-V PTS correction to a_frame
+             handle events (keys,lirc etc) -> pause,seek,...
+         }
+
+         When playing (a/v), it increases the variables by the duration of the
+         played a/v.
+         - with audio this is played bytes / sh_audio->o_bps
+         Note: i_bps = number of compressed bytes for one second of audio
+               o_bps = number of uncompressed bytes for one second of audio
+                   (this is = bps*samplerate*channels)
+         - with video this is usually == 1.0/fps, but I have to note that
+         fps doesn't really matters at video, for example asf doesn't have that,
+         instead there is "duration" and it can change per frame.
+         MPEG2 has "repeat_count" which delays the frame by 1-2.5 ...
+         Maybe only AVI and MPEG1 has fixed fps.
+
+         So everything works right until the audio and video are in perfect
+         synchronity, since the audio goes, it gives the timing, and if the
+         time of a frame passed, the next frame is displayed.
+         But what if these two aren't synchronized in the input file?
+         PTS correction kicks in. The input demuxers read the PTS (presentation
+         timestamp) of the packages, and with it we can see if the streams
+         are synchronized. Then MPlayer can correct the a_frame, within
+         a given maximal bounder (see -mc option). The summary of the
+         corrections can be found in c_total .
+
+         Of course this is not everything, several things suck.
+         For example the soundcards delay, which has to be corrected by
+         MPlayer! The audio delay is the sum of all these:
+         - bytes read since the last timestamp:
+           t1 = d_audio->pts_bytes/sh_audio->i_bps
+         - if Win32/ACM then the bytes stored in audio input buffer
+           t2 = a_in_buffer_len/sh_audio->i_bps
+         - uncompressed bytes in audio out buffer
+           t3 = a_buffer_len/sh_audio->o_bps
+         - not yet played bytes stored in the soundcard's (or DMA's) buffer
+           t4 = get_audio_delay()/sh_audio->o_bps
+
+         From this we can calculate what PTS we need for the just played
+         audio, then after we compare this with the video's PTS, we have
+         the difference!
+
+         Life didn't get simpler with AVI. There's the "official" timing
+         method, the BPS-based, so the header contains how many compressed
+         audio bytes or chunks belong to one second of frames.
+         In the AVI stream header there are 2 important fields, the
+         dwSampleSize, and dwRate/dwScale pairs:
+         - If the dwSampleSize is 0, then it's VBR stream, so its bitrate
+         isn't constant. It means that 1 chunk stores 1 sample, and
+         dwRate/dwScale gives the chunks/sec value.
+         - If the dwSampleSize is >0, then it's constant bitrate, and the
+         time can be measured this way:  time = (bytepos/dwSampleSize) /
+         (dwRate/dwScale) (so the sample's number is divided with the
+         samplerate). Now the audio can be handled as a stream, which can
+         be cut to chunks, but can be one chunk also.
+
+         The other method can be used only for interleaved files: from
+         the order of the chunks, a timestamp (PTS) value can be calculated.
+         The PTS of the video chunks are simple: chunk number * fps
+         The audio is the same as the previous video chunk was.
+         We have to pay attention to the so called "audio preload", that is,
+         there is a delay between the audio and video streams. This is
+         usually 0.5-1.0 sec, but can be totally different.
+         The exact value was measured until now, but now the demux_avi.c
+         handles it: at the audio chunk after the first video, it calculates
+         the A/V difference, and take this as a measure for audio preload.
+
+3.a. audio playback:
+         Some words on audio playback:
+         Not the playing is hard, but:
+         1. knowing when to write into the buffer, without blocking
+         2. knowing how much was played of what we wrote into
+         The first is needed for audio decoding, and to keep the buffer
+         full (so the audio will never skip). And the second is needed for
+         correct timing, because some soundcards delay even 3-7 seconds,
+         which can't be forgotten about.
+         To solve this, the OSS gives several possibilities:
+         - ioctl(SNDCTL_DSP_GETODELAY): tells how many unplayed bytes are in
+           the soundcard's buffer -> perfect for timing, but not all drivers
+           support it :(
+         - ioctl(SNDCTL_DSP_GETOSPACE): tells how much can we write into the
+           soundcard's buffer, without blocking. If the driver doesn't
+           support GETODELAY, we can use this to know how much the delay is.
+         - select(): should tell if we can write into the buffer without
+           blocking. Unfortunately it doesn't say how much we could :((
+           Also, doesn't/badly works with some drivers.
+           Only used if none of the above works.
+
+4. Codecs. Consists of libmpcodecs/* and separate files or libs,
+   for example libmpeg2, loader, mp3lib.
+
+   mplayer.c doesn't call them directly, but through the dec_audio.c and
+   dec_video.c files, so the mplayer.c doesn't have to know anything about
+   the codecs.
+
+   libmpcodecs contains wrapper for every codecs, some of them include the
+   codec function implementation, some calls functions from other files
+   included with mplayer, some calls optional external libraries.
+   file naming convention in libmpcodecs:
+   ad_*.c - audio decoder (called through dec_audio.c)
+   vd_*.c - video decoder (called through dec_video.c)
+   ve_*.c - video encoder (used by mencoder)
+   vf_*.c - video filter  (see option -vf)
+
+   On this topic, see also:
+   libmpcodecs.txt - The structure of the codec-filter path, with explanation
+   dr-methods.txt - Direct rendering, MPI buffer management for video codecs
+   codecs.conf.txt - How to write/edit codec configuration file (codecs.conf)
+   codec-devel.txt - Mike's hints about codec development - a bit OUTDATED
+   hwac3.txt - about SP/DIF audio passthrough
+
+5. libvo: this displays the frame.
+
+   for details on this, read libvo.txt
+
+6. libao2: this control audio playing
+6.a audio plugins
+
+   for details on this, read libao2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+mails by A'rpi and Marcus Blomenkamp <Marcus.Blomenkamp@epost.de>
+describing how this ac3-passtrough hack work under linux and mplayer...
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Hi,
+
+> I received the following patch from Steven Brookes <stevenjb@mda.co.uk>.
+> He is working on fixing the digital audio output of the dxr3 driver and
+> told me he fixed some bugs in mplayer along the way. I don't know shit
+> about hwac3 output so all I did was to make sure the patch applied
+> against latest cvs.
+> This is from his e-mail to me:
+>
+> "Secondly there is a patch to dec_audio.c and
+> ac3-iec958 to fix the -ac hwac3 codec stuff and to use liba52 to sync it.
+
+> Seems to work for everything I've thrown at and maintains sync for all audio
+> types through the DXR3."
+
+patch applied (with some comments added and an unwanted change (in software
+a52 decoder) removed)
+
+now i understand how this whole hwac3 mess work.
+it's very very tricky. it virtually decodes ac3 to LPCM packets, but really
+it keeps the original compressed data padded by zeros. this way it's
+constant bitrate, and sync is calculated just like for stereo PCM.
+(so it bypass LPCM-capable media converters...)
+
+so, every ac3 frame is translated to 6144 byte long tricky LPCM packet.
+6144 = 4*(6*256) = 4 * samples_per_ac3_frame = LPCM size of uncompressed ac3
+frame.
+
+i wanna know if it works for sblive and other ac3-capable cards too?
+(i can't test it, lack of ac3 decoder)
+
+A'rpi / Astral & ESP-team
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Hi folks.
+I spend some time fiddling with ac3 passthrough in mplayer. The
+traditional way of setting the output format to AFMT_AC3 was no ideal
+solution since not all digital io cards/drivers supported this format or
+honoured it to set the spdif non-audio bit. To make it short, it only
+worked with oss sblive driver IIRC.
+
+Inspired by alsa's ac3dec program I found an alternative way by
+inspecting to which format the alsa device had been set. Suprise: it was
+simple 16bit_le 2_channel pcm. So setting the non-audio bit doesn't
+necessarily mean the point. The only important thing seems to be
+bit-identical output at the correct samplerate. Modern AV-Receivers seem
+to be quite tolerant/compatible.
+
+So I changed the output format of hwac3 from
+
+AFMT_AC3 channels=1
+   to
+AFMT_S16_LE channels=2
+
+and corrected the absolute time calculation. That was all to get it
+running for me.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Hi there.
+
+Perhaps I can clear up some mystification about AC3 passthrough in
+general and mplayer in special:
+
+To get the external decoder solution working, it must be fed with data
+which is bitidentical to the chunks in the source ac3 file (compressed
+data is very picky about bit errors). Additionally - or better to say
+'historically' - the non-audio bit should be set in the spdif status
+fields to prevent old spdif hardware from reproducing ugly scratchy
+noise. Note: for current decoders (probably those with DTS capability)
+this safety bit isn't needed anymore. At least I can state that for my
+Sherwood RVD-6095RDS. I think it is due to DTS because DTS sound can
+reside on a ordinary AudioCD and an ordinary AudioCD-Player will always
+have it's audio-bit set.
+
+The sample format of the data must be 2channel 16bit (little endian
+IIRC). Samplerates are 48kHz - although my receiver also accepts
+44100Hz. I do not know if this is due to an over-compatability of my
+receiver or if 44100 is also possible in the ac3 specs. For safety's
+sake lets keep this at 48000Hz. AC3 data chunks are inserted into the
+stream every 0x1600 bytes (don't bite me on that, look into
+'ac3-iec958.c': 'ac3_iec958_build_burst').
+
+To come back to the problem: data must be played bit-identically through
+the soundcard at the correct samplerate and should optionally have it's
+non-audio bit set. There are two ways to accomplish this:
+
+1) Some OSS guy invented the format AFMT_AC3. Soundcard drivers
+implementing this format should therefore adjust it's mixers and
+switches to produce the desired output. Unfortunately some soundcard
+drivers do not support this format correctly and most do not even
+support it at all (including ALSA).
+
+2) The alternative approach currently in mplayer CVS is to simply set
+the output format to 48kHz16bitLE and rely on the user to have the
+soundcard mixers adjusted properly.
+
+I do have two soundcards with digital IO facilities (CMI8738 and
+Trident4DWaveNX based) plus the mentioned decoder. I'm currently running
+Linux-2.4.17. Following configurations are happily running here:
+
+1. Trident with ALSA drivers (OSS does not support Hoontech's dig. IO)
+2. CMI with ALSA drivers
+3. CMI with OSS drivers
+
+For Linux I'd suggest using ALSA because of it's cleaner architecture
+and more consitent user interface. Not to mention that it'll be the
+standard sound support in Linux soon.
+
+For those who want to stick to OSS drivers: The CMI8738 drivers works
+out-of-the-box, if the PCM/Wave mixer is set to 100%.
+
+For ALSA I'd suggest using its OSS emulation. More on that later.
+ALSA-0.9 invented the idea of cards, devices and dubdevices. You can
+reach the digital interface of all supported cards consitently by using
+the device 'hw:x,2' (x counting from 0 is the number of your soundcard).
+So most people would end up at 'hw:0,2'. This device can only be opened
+in sample formats and rates which are directly supported in hardware
+hence no samplerate conversion is done keeping the stream as-is. However
+most consumer soundcards do not support 44kHz so it would definitively
+be a bad idea to use this as your standard device if you wanted to
+listen to some mp3s (most of them are 44kHz due to CD source). Here the
+OSS comes to play again. You can configure which OSS device (/dev/dsp
+and /dev/adsp) uses which ALSA device. So I'd suggest pointing the
+standard '/dev/dsp' to standard 'hw:0,0' which suports mixing and
+samplerate conversion. No further reconfiguration would be needed for
+your sound apps. For movies I'd point '/dev/adsp' to 'hw:0,2' and
+configure mplayer to use adsp instead of dsp. The samplerate constrain
+is no big deal here since movies usually are in 48Khz anyway. The
+configuration in '/etc/modules.conf' is no big deal also:
+
+alias snd-card-0 snd-card-cmipci        # insert your card here
+alias snd-card-1 snd-pcm-oss            # load OSS emulation
+options snd-pcm-oss snd_dsp_map=0 snd_adsp_map=2        # do the mapping
+
+This works flawlessly in combination with alsa's native
+SysVrc-init-script 'alsasound'. Be sure to disable any distribution
+dependent script (e.g. Mandrake-8.1 has an 'alsa' script which depends
+on ALSA-0.5).
+
+Sorry for you *BSD'lers out there. I have no grasp on sound support there.
+
+HTH Marcus
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+6. libao2: this control audio playing
+
+  As in libvo (see 5.) also here are some drivers, based on the same API:
+
+static int control(int cmd, int arg);
+  This is for reading/setting driver-specific and other special parameters.
+  Not really used for now.
+
+static int init(int rate,int channels,int format,int flags);
+  The init of driver, opens device, sets sample rate, channels, sample format
+  parameters.
+  Sample format: usually AFMT_S16_LE or AFMT_U8, for more definitions see
+  dec_audio.c and linux/soundcards.h files!
+
+static void uninit(void);
+  Guess what.
+  Ok I help: closes the device, not (yet) called when exit.
+
+static void reset(void);
+  Resets device. To be exact, it's for deleting buffers' contents,
+  so after reset() the previously received stuff won't be output.
+  (called if pause or seek)
+
+static int get_space(void);
+  Returns how many bytes can be written into the audio buffer without
+  blocking (making caller process wait). MPlayer occasionally checks the
+  remaining space and tries to fill the buffer with play() if there's free
+  space. The buffer size used should be sane; a buffer that is too small
+  could run empty before MPlayer tries filling it again (normally once per
+  video frame), a buffer that is too big would force MPlayer decode the file
+  far ahead trying to find enough audio data to fill it.
+
+static int play(void* data,int len,int flags);
+  Plays a bit of audio, which is received throught the "data" memory area, with
+  a size of "len". It has to copy the data, because they can be overwritten
+  after the call is made. Doesn't have to use all the bytes; it has to
+  return the number of bytes used used (copied to buffer). If
+  flags|AOPLAY_FINAL_CHUNK is true then this is the last audio in the file.
+  The purpose of this flag is to tell aos that round down the audio played
+  from "len" to a multiple of some chunksize that this "len" should not be
+  rounded down to 0 or the data will never be played (as MPlayer will never
+  call play() with a larger len).
+
+static float get_delay(void);
+  Returns how long time it will take to play the data currently in the
+  output buffer. Be exact, if possible, since the whole timing depends
+  on this! In the worst case, return the maximum delay.
+
+!!! Because the video is synchronized to the audio (card), it's very important
+!!! that the get_delay function is correctly implemented!
+
+static void audio_pause(void);
+  Pause playing but do not delete buffered data if possible.
+
+static void audio_resume(void);
+  Continue playing after audio_pause().
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+libvo --- the library to handle video output    by A'rpi, 2002.04
+============================================
+
+Note: before start on this, read colorspaces.txt !
+
+The constants for different pixelformats are defined in img_format.h,
+their usage is mandatory.
+
+WARNING: Please keep in mind that some of this information may be out-dated,
+so if you are working on a new vo, consider submitting preliminary patches
+very early on. Currently vo_gl is one of the more up-to-date VOs to use
+as reference if you are unsure about something and do not want to ask on the
+list.
+vo_vdpau and vo_direct3d may be a good choice, too, they use different
+approaches closer to the sometimes convoluted way DirectX works.
+
+Each vo driver _has_ to implement these:
+
+    preinit():
+        init the video system (to support querying for supported formats)
+
+    uninit():
+      Uninit the whole system, this is on the same "level" as preinit.
+
+    control():
+      Current controls (VOCTRL_QUERY_FORMAT must be implemented,
+      VOCTRL_DRAW_IMAGE, VOCTRL_FULLSCREEN, VOCTRL_UPDATE_SCREENINFO
+      should be implemented):
+         VOCTRL_QUERY_FORMAT  -  queries if a given pixelformat is supported.
+                It also returns various flags decsirbing the capabilities
+                of the driver with teh given mode. for the flags, see
+                file vfcaps.h !
+                the most important flags, every driver must properly report
+                these:
+                    0x1  -  supported (with or without conversion)
+                    0x2  -  supported without conversion (define 0x1 too!)
+                    0x100  -  driver/hardware handles timing (blocking)
+                also SET sw/hw scaling and osd support flags, and flip,
+                and accept_stride if you implement VOCTRL_DRAW_IMAGE (see bellow)
+                NOTE: VOCTRL_QUERY_FORMAT may be called _before_ first config()
+                but is always called between preinit() and uninit()
+         VOCTRL_GET_IMAGE
+                libmpcodecs Direct Rendering interface
+                You need to update mpi (mp_image.h) structure, for example,
+                look at vo_x11, vo_sdl, vo_xv or mga_common.
+         VOCTRL_DRAW_IMAGE
+                replacement for the current draw_slice/draw_frame way of
+                passing video frames. by implementing SET_IMAGE, you'll get
+                image in mp_image struct instead of by calling draw_*.
+                unless you return VO_TRUE for VOCTRL_DRAW_IMAGE call, the
+                old-style draw_* functils will be called!
+                Note: draw_slice is still mandatory, for per-slice rendering!
+         VOCTRL_RESET  -  reset the video device
+                This is sent on seeking and similar and is useful if you are
+                using a device which prebuffers frames that need to flush them
+                before refilling audio/video buffers.
+         VOCTRL_PAUSE
+         VOCTRL_RESUME
+         VOCTRL_GUISUPPORT
+                return true only if driver supports co-operation with
+                MPlayer's GUI (not yet used by GUI)
+         VOCTRL_SET_EQUALIZER
+                set the video equalizer to the given values
+                two arguments are provided: item and value
+                item is a string, the possible values are (currently):
+                    brightness, contrast, saturation, hue
+         VOCTRL_GET_EQUALIZER
+                get the current video equalizer values
+                two arguments are provided: item and value
+                item is a string, the possible values are (currently):
+                    brightness, contrast, saturation, hue
+         VOCTRL_ONTOP
+                Makes the player window stay-on-top. Only supported (currently)
+                by drivers which use X11, except SDL, as well as directx and
+                gl2 under Windows.
+         VOCTRL_BORDER
+                Makes the player window borderless.
+         VOCTRL_FULLSCREEN
+                Switch from and to fullscreen mode
+         VOCTRL_GET_PANSCAN
+         VOCTRL_SET_PANSCAN
+                Needed to implement pan-scan support ('w' and 'e' keys during
+                playback in fullscreen mode)
+         VOCTRL_START_SLICE
+                Called before the first draw_slice of each frame, useful if
+                you need to do some set-up work.
+         VOCTRL_DRAW_EOSD
+                Required for EOSD (ASS subtitle) support. Provides all
+                information necessary to draw the EOSD for the current video
+                frame.
+         VOCTRL_GET_EOSD_RES
+                Required for EOSD (ASS subtitle) support. Informs the ASS
+                renderer about the properties of the drawing area (size,
+                borders).
+         VOCTRL_SET_DEINTERLACE
+         VOCTRL_GET_DEINTERLACE
+                Get or set deinterlacing status for VOs that support some kind
+                of deinterlacing.
+         VOCTRL_UPDATE_SCREENINFO
+                Should set the xinerama_x, xinerama_y, vo_screenwidth and
+                vo_screenheight appropriately for the currently used
+                monitor and -xineramascreen option.
+                Usually should simply call the w32_update_xinerama_info or
+                update_xinerama_info function.
+                By supporting this, the VO also requests the newer API
+                that sets vo_dx, vo_dy etc. appropriately before config()
+                is called.
+
+    config():
+      Set up the video system. You get the dimensions and flags.
+      width, height: size of the source image
+      d_width, d_height: wanted scaled/display size (it's a hint)
+      Flags:
+        0x01    - force fullscreen (-fs)
+        0x02    - allow mode switching (-vm)
+        0x04    - allow software scaling (-zoom)
+        0x08    - flipping (-flip)
+      They're defined as VOFLAG_* (see libvo/video_out.h)
+
+      IMPORTANT NOTE: config() may be called 0 (zero), 1 or more (2,3...)
+      times between preinit() and uninit() calls. You MUST handle it, and
+      you shouldn't crash at second config() call or at uninit() without
+      any config() call! To make your life easier, vo_config_count is
+      set to the number of previous config() call, counted from preinit().
+      It's set by the caller (vf_vo.c), you don't have to increase it!
+      So, you can check for vo_config_count>0 in uninit() when freeing
+      resources allocated in config() to avoid crash!
+
+      You should implement VOCTRL_UPDATE_SCREENINFO so that vo_dx, vo_dy,
+      vo_dwidth and vo_dheight are already pre-set to values that take
+      aspect and -geometry into account. It is also necessary to properly
+      support multi-monitor setups (if based on x11_common, w32_common).
+
+    draw_slice(): this displays YV12 pictures (3 planes, one full sized that
+         contains brightness (Y), and 2 quarter-sized which the colour-info
+         (U,V). MPEG codecs (libmpeg2, opendivx) use this. This doesn't have
+         to display the whole frame, only update small parts of it.
+         If this is not supported, it must be signaled in QUERY_FORMAT with
+         VOCAP_NOSLICES.
+
+    draw_frame(): this is the older interface, this displays only complete
+         frames, and can do only packed format (YUY2, RGB/BGR).
+         Win32 codecs use this (DivX, Indeo, etc).
+         If you implement VOCTRL_DRAW_IMAGE, you do not need to implement draw_frame.
+
+    draw_osd(): this displays subtitles and OSD.
+         It's a bit tricky to use it, since it's a callback-style stuff.
+         It should call vo_draw_text() with screen dimension and your
+         draw_alpha implementation for the pixelformat (function pointer).
+         The vo_draw_text() checks the characters to draw, and calls
+         draw_alpha() for each. As a help, osd.c contains draw_alpha for
+         each pixelformats, use this if possible!
+         Note that if you do not draw directly onto the video you should
+         use vo_draw_text_ext() which allows you to specify the border
+         values etc. needed to draw DVD menu highlights at the correct place.
+         If you do not want to implement this, you can still use -vf
+         expand=osd=1 to draw the OSD, or even implement code to insert
+         this filter automatically.
+         Make sure you set VFCAP_OSD depending on whether you implemented it
+         or not.
+
+         NOTE: This one will be obsolete soon! But it's still useful when
+         you want to do tricks, like rendering osd _after_ hardware scaling
+         (tdfxfb) or render subtitles under of the image (vo_mpegpes, sdl)
+
+         NOTE2: above NOTE is probably wrong, there are currently no plans to
+         obsolete draw_osd, though there is the more advanced EOSD support for
+         ASS subtitles.
+
+    flip_page(): this is called after each frame, this displays the buffer for
+         real. This is 'swapbuffers' when doublebuffering.
+         Try to do as little work here as possible, since that affect jitter/
+         A-V sync.
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+TITLE=Weird Al Yankovic - The Saga Begins (clip)
+                                        # just to be informative (maybe future
+                                        # use?)
+FILE=14233792,7972c637f619e01854ecb453b7339e3f  # size,md5
+AUTHOR=Gabucino
+TYPE=VIDEO                              # maybe AUDIO in future (for displaying
+                                        # mp3 lyrics while playing or whatever)
+FORMAT=TIME                             # this file contains measures based on
+                                        # TIME, not frames.
+
+# if FORMAT is a number, then it's frame based, i.e.:
+# FORMAT=25
+
+NOTE=MPlayerSub test file v0.1
+
+# first number  : wait this much after previous subtitle disappeared
+# second number : display the current subtitle for this many seconds
+
+15 3
+A long, long time ago...
+
+0 3
+in a galaxy far away...
+
+0 3
+Naboo was under an attack.
+
+1 2.5
+And I thought me and
+Qui-Gon Jinn could
+
+0 2.5
+talk the Federation into
+
+0 4
+...maybe cutting them a
+little slack.
+
+2 3
+But their response, it
+didn't thrill us,
+
+0 3
+They locked the doors,
+and tried to kill us.
+
+0 2.5
+We escaped from that gas,
+
+0 3.5
+then met Jar-jar and
+Boss-Nass.
+
+1 6
+We took a bongo from the
+scene and we went to
+Theed to see the Queen.
+
+0 5
+We all wound' up on
+Tatooine.
+
+0 6
+That's where, we've found
+this boy.
+
+0 4
+Oh my, my this here
+Anakin guy,
+
+0 5
+maybe Vader someday
+later now he's just
+a small fry.
+
+0 4
+And he left his home and
+kissed his mommy goodbye,
+
+0 5
+singing "Soon I'm gonna be
+a Jedi!"
+
+6 6
+Did you know this junkyard
+slave isn't even old enough
+to shave,
+
+0 3
+but he can use the Force,
+they say.
+
+1 6
+Ahh, do you see him hitting
+on the queen though he's
+just nine and she's fourteen
+
+0 6
+yeah, he's probably gonna
+marry her, someday!
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+software scaler filter docs
+
+-ssf cgb=<float> chrominance gaussian blur
+        useful for videos with some chroma (color) noise (TV captures, VHS, ...)
+
+-ssf lgb=<float> -> luminance gaussian blur
+        hmm, mostly special effect, could be used as lame noise reducer though
+
+-ssf chs=<int> -> shift chrominance horizontally
+-ssf cvs=<int> -> shift chrominance vertically
+        useful if the luma & chroma are not aligned exactly
+
+-ssf cs=<float> -> chrominance sharpen
+-ssf ls=<float> -> luminance sharpen
+        simple sharpening filter
+
+note: these will only work if the swscaler is used at all (use -vf scale)
+
+example: mplayer foobar.avi -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+
+artifact types:
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ringing
+        wave or noise like patterns around sharp edges
+        bad: sinc, lanczos (with high filter length)
+        acceptable: lanczos (with low filter length), cubic, spline
+        ok: area, (fast)blinear, gauss, point
+
+blur
+        loss of detail / high frequency
+        bad: gauss with high variance
+        acceptable: (fast)bilinear, area
+        ok: others
+
+aliasing (only downscale)
+        straight lines look like staircases
+        areas of high detail look worse
+        regular patterns turn into a funny looking mess (moire patterns)
+        bad: fast bilinear, point, gauss with low variance
+        acceptable: area
+        ok: others
+
+blocky (upscale only)
+        looks like the image is made of rectangular blocks like a mosaic
+        bad: point
+        ok: others
+
+recommendations: (based upon my personal opinion many ppl might disagree ...)
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+the recommended scalers for upscaling:
+fast_bilinear, point if speed is important
+cubic, spline, lanczos if quality is important
+
+the recommended scalers for downscaling:
+fast_bilinear, point if speed is important
+gauss, bilinear if quality is important
+cubic, spline, lanczos if a sharper picture is important
+
+note: when encoding at a limited amount of bits (not constant quantizer)
+then a slightly blurred input might look better after decoding than a slightly
+sharpened one, especially for lower bitrates
+
+sws numbers / names / artifact types
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+r ringing
+b blurry
+a aliasing (downscale only)
+m mosaic (blocky) (upscale only)
+
+-sws 0  fast bilinear                   bA
+-sws 1  bilinear                        b
+-sws 2  bicubic high sharpness          r
+                low sharpness           b
+-sws 3  experimental                    ????
+-sws 4  nearest neighbour               AM
+-sws 5  area                            ba
+-sws 6  luma bicubic / chroma bilinear  r
+-sws 7  gauss   low sharpness           B
+                high sharpness          AM
+-sws 8  sinc                            R
+-sws 9  lanczos long filter             R
+                short filter            b
+-sws 10 bicubic spline                  r
+
+Notes:
+        area upscale is identical to bilinear
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-Introduction
-============
-
-This file lists all changes that can cause compatibility issues when using
-mpv through the client API (libmpv and ``client.h``). Since the client API
-interfaces to input handling (commands, properties) as well as command line
-options, you should also look at ``interface-changes.rst``.
-
-Normally, changes to the C API that are incompatible to previous iterations
-receive a major version bump (i.e. the first version number is increased),
-while C API additions bump the minor version (i.e. the second number is
-increased). Changes to properties/commands/options may also lead to a minor
-version bump, in particular if they are incompatible.
-
-The version number is the same as used for MPV_CLIENT_API_VERSION (see
-``client.h`` how to convert between major/minor version numbers and the flat
-32 bit integer).
-
-Also, read the section ``Compatibility`` in ``client.h``.
-
-Options, commands, properties
-=============================
-
-Changes to these are not listed here, but in ``interface-changes.rst``. (Before
-client API version 1.17, they were listed here partially.)
-
-This listing includes changes to the bare C API and behavior only, not what
-you can access with them.
-
-API changes
-===========
-
-::
-
- --- mpv 0.27.0 ---
- 1.25   - remove setting "no-" options via mpv_set_option*(). (See corresponding
-          deprecation in 0.23.0.)
- --- mpv 0.25.0 ---
- 1.24   - add a MPV_ENABLE_DEPRECATED preprocessor symbol, which can be defined
-          by the user to exclude deprecated API symbols from the C headers
- --- mpv 0.23.0 ---
- 1.24   - the deprecated mpv_suspend() and mpv_resume() APIs now do nothing.
- --- mpv 0.22.0 ---
- 1.23   - deprecate setting "no-" options via mpv_set_option*(). For example,
-          instead of "no-video=" you should set "video=no".
-        - do not override the SIGPIPE signal handler anymore. This was done as
-          workaround for the FFmpeg TLS code, which has been fixed long ago.
-        - deprecate mpv_suspend() and mpv_resume(). They will be stubbed out
-          in mpv 0.23.0.
-        - make mpv_set_property() work to some degree before mpv_initialize().
-          It can now be used instead of mpv_set_option().
-        - semi-deprecate mpv_set_option()/mpv_set_option_string(). You should
-          use mpv_set_property() instead. There are some deprecated properties
-          which conflict with some options (see client.h remarks on
-          mpv_set_option()), for which mpv_set_option() might still be required.
-          In future mpv releases, the conflicting deprecated options/properties
-          will be removed, and mpv_set_option() will internally translate API
-          calls to mpv_set_property().
-        - qthelper.hpp: deprecate get_property_variant, set_property_variant,
-          set_option_variant, command_variant, and replace them with
-          get_property, set_property, command.
- --- mpv 0.19.0 ---
- 1.22   - add stream_cb API for custom protocols
- --- mpv 0.18.1 ---
- ----   - remove "status" log level from mpv_request_log_messages() docs. This
-          is 100% equivalent to "v". The behavior is still the same, thus no
-          actual API change.
- --- mpv 0.18.0 ---
- 1.21   - mpv_set_property() changes behavior with MPV_FORMAT_NODE. Before this
-          change it rejected mpv_nodes with format==MPV_FORMAT_STRING if the
-          property was not a string or did not have special mechanisms in place
-          the function failed. Now it always invokes the option string parser,
-          and mpv_node with a basic data type works exactly as if the function
-          is invoked with that type directly. This new behavior is equivalent
-          to mpv_set_option().
-          This also affects the mp.set_property_native() Lua function.
-        - generally, setting choice options/properties with "yes"/"no" options
-          can now be set as MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
-        - reading a choice property as MPV_FORMAT_NODE will now return a
-          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG value if the choice is "yes" (true) or "no" (false)
-          This implicitly affects Lua and JSON IPC interfaces as well.
-        - big changes to vo-cmdline on vo_opengl and vo_opengl_hq (but not
-          vo_opengl_cb): options are now normally not reset, but applied on top
-          of the current options. The special undocumented value "-" still
-          works, but now resets all options to before any vo-cmdline command
-          has been called.
- --- mpv 0.12.0 ---
- 1.20   - deprecate "GL_MP_D3D_interfaces"/"glMPGetD3DInterface", and introduce
-          "GL_MP_MPGetNativeDisplay"/"glMPGetNativeDisplay" (this is a
-          backwards-compatible rename)
- --- mpv 0.11.0 ---
- --- mpv 0.10.0 ---
- 1.19   - add "GL_MP_D3D_interfaces" pseudo extension to make it possible to
-          use DXVA2 in OpenGL fullscreen mode in some situations
-        - mpv_request_log_messages() now accepts "terminal-default" as parameter
- 1.18   - add MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT, and change behavior of
-          MPV_EVENT_END_FILE accordingly
-        - a bunch of interface-changes.rst changes
- 1.17   - mpv_initialize() now blocks SIGPIPE (details see client.h)
- --- mpv 0.9.0 ---
- 1.16   - add mpv_opengl_cb_report_flip()
-        - introduce mpv_opengl_cb_draw() and deprecate mpv_opengl_cb_render()
-        - add MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY
- 1.15   - mpv_initialize() will now load config files. This requires setting
-          the "config" and "config-dir" options. In particular, it will load
-          mpv.conf.
-        - minor backwards-compatible change to the "seek" and "screenshot"
-          commands (new flag syntax, old additional args deprecated)
- --- mpv 0.8.0 ---
- 1.14   - add mpv_wait_async_requests()
-        - the --msg-level option changes its native type from a flat string to
-          a key-value list (setting/reading the option as string still works)
- 1.13   - add MPV_EVENT_QUEUE_OVERFLOW
- 1.12   - add class Handle to qthelper.hpp
-        - improve opengl_cb.h API uninitialization behavior, and fix the qml
-          example
-        - add mpv_create_client() function
- 1.11   - add OpenGL rendering interop API - allows an application to combine
-          its own and mpv's OpenGL rendering
-          Warning: this API is not stable yet - anything in opengl_cb.h might
-                   be changed in completely incompatible ways in minor API bumps
- --- mpv 0.7.0 ---
- 1.10   - deprecate/disable everything directly related to script_dispatch
-          (most likely affects nobody)
- 1.9    - add enum mpv_end_file_reason for mpv_event_end_file.reason
-        - add MPV_END_FILE_REASON_ERROR and the mpv_event_end_file.error field
-          for slightly better error reporting on playback failure
-        - add --stop-playback-on-init-failure option, and make it the default
-          behavior for libmpv only
-        - add qthelper.hpp set_option_variant()
-        - mark the following events as deprecated:
-            MPV_EVENT_TRACKS_CHANGED
-            MPV_EVENT_TRACK_SWITCHED
-            MPV_EVENT_PAUSE
-            MPV_EVENT_UNPAUSE
-            MPV_EVENT_METADATA_UPDATE
-            MPV_EVENT_CHAPTER_CHANGE
-          They are handled better with mpv_observe_property() as mentioned in
-          the documentation comments. They are not removed and still work.
- 1.8    - add qthelper.hpp
- 1.7    - add mpv_command_node(), mpv_command_node_async()
- 1.6    - modify "core-idle" property behavior
-        - MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE now always sends complete lines
-        - introduce numeric log levels (mpv_log_level)
- --- mpv 0.6.0 ---
- 1.5    - change in X11 and "--wid" behavior again. The previous change didn't
-          work as expected, and now the behavior can be explicitly controlled
-          with the "input-x11-keyboard" option. This is only a temporary
-          measure until XEmbed is implemented and confirmed working.
-          Note: in 1.6, "input-x11-keyboard" was renamed to "input-vo-keyboard",
-          although the old option name still works.
- 1.4    - subtle change in X11 and "--wid" behavior
-          (this change was added to 0.5.2, and broke some things, see #1090)
- --- mpv 0.5.0 ---
- 1.3    - add MPV_MAKE_VERSION()
- 1.2    - remove "stream-time-pos" property (no replacement)
- 1.1    - remap dvdnav:// to dvd://
-        - add "--cache-file", "--cache-file-size"
-        - add "--colormatrix-primaries" (and property)
-        - add "primaries" sub-field to image format properties
-        - add "playback-time" property
-        - extend the "--start" option; a leading "+", which was previously
-          insignificant is now significant
-        - add "cache-free" and "cache-used" properties
-        - OSX: the "coreaudio" AO spdif code is split into a separate AO
- --- mpv 0.4.0 ---
- 1.0    - the API is declared stable
-
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-Compiling for Windows
-=====================
-
-Compiling for Windows is supported with MinGW-w64. This can be used to produce
-both 32-bit and 64-bit executables, and it works for building on Windows and
-cross-compiling from Linux and Cygwin. MinGW-w64 is available from:
-http://mingw-w64.sourceforge.net.
-
-While building a complete MinGW-w64 toolchain yourself is possible, there are a
-few build environments and scripts to help ease the process, such as MSYS2 and
-MXE. Note that MinGW environments included in Linux distributions are often
-broken, outdated and useless, and usually don't use MinGW-w64.
-
-**Warning**: the original MinGW (http://www.mingw.org) is unsupported.
-
-Cross-compilation
-=================
-
-When cross-compiling, you have to run mpv's configure with these arguments:
-
-```bash
-DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=i686-w64-mingw32 ./waf configure
-```
-
-[MXE](http://mxe.cc) makes it very easy to bootstrap a complete MingGW-w64
-environment from a Linux machine. See a working example below.
-
-Alternatively, you can try [mingw-w64-cmake](https://github.com/lachs0r/mingw-w64-cmake),
-which bootstraps a MinGW-w64 environment and builds mpv and dependencies.
-
-Example with MXE
----------------
-
-```bash
-# Before starting, make sure you install MXE prerequisites. MXE will download
-# and build all target dependencies, but no host dependencies. For example,
-# you need a working compiler, or MXE can't build the crosscompiler.
-#
-# Refer to
-#
-#    http://mxe.cc/#requirements
-#
-# Scroll down for disto/OS-specific instructions to install them.
-
-# Download MXE. Note that compiling the required packages requires about 1.4 GB
-# or more!
-
-cd /opt
-git clone https://github.com/mxe/mxe mxe
-cd mxe
-
-# Set build options.
-
-# The JOBS environment variable controls threads to use when building. DO NOT
-# use the regular `make -j4` option with MXE as it will slow down the build.
-# Alternatively, you can set this in the make command by appending "JOBS=4"
-# to the end of command:
-echo "JOBS := 4" >> settings.mk
-
-# The MXE_TARGET environment variable builds MinGW-w64 for 32 bit targets.
-# Alternatively, you can specify this in the make command by appending
-# "MXE_TARGETS=i686-w64-mingw32" to the end of command:
-echo "MXE_TARGETS := i686-w64-mingw32.static" >> settings.mk
-
-# If you want to build 64 bit version, use this:
-# echo "MXE_TARGETS := x86_64-w64-mingw32.static" >> settings.mk
-
-# Build required packages. The following provide a minimum required to build
-# a reasonable mpv binary (though not an absolute minimum).
-
-make gcc ffmpeg libass jpeg lua
-
-# Add MXE binaries to $PATH
-export PATH=/opt/mxe/usr/bin/:$PATH
-
-# Build mpv. The target will be used to automatically select the name of the
-# build tools involved (e.g. it will use i686-w64-mingw32.static-gcc).
-
-cd ..
-git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git
-cd mpv
-python ./bootstrap.py
-DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=i686-w64-mingw32.static ./waf configure
-# Or, if 64 bit version,
-# DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=x86_64-w64-mingw32.static ./waf configure
-./waf build
-```
-
-Native compilation with MSYS2
-=============================
-
-For Windows developers looking to get started quickly, MSYS2 can be used to
-compile mpv natively on a Windows machine. The MSYS2 repositories have binary
-packages for most of mpv's dependencies, so the process should only involve
-building mpv itself.
-
-To build 64-bit mpv on Windows:
-
-Installing MSYS2
----------------
-
-1. Download an installer from https://msys2.github.io/
-
-   It doesn't matter whether the i686 or the x86_64 version is used. Both can
-   build 32-bit and 64-bit binaries when running on a 64-bit version of Windows.
-
-2. Start a MinGW-w64 shell (``mingw64.exe``). Note that this is different
-   from the MSYS2 shell that is started from the final installation dialog.
-
-   For a 32-bit build, use ``mingw32.exe``.
-
-Updating MSYS2
--------------
-
-To prevent errors during post-install, the MSYS2 core runtime must be updated
-separately.
-
-```bash
-# Check for core updates. If instructed, close the shell window and reopen it
-# before continuing.
-pacman -Syu
-
-# Update everything else
-pacman -Su
-```
-
-Installing mpv dependencies
---------------------------
-
-```bash
-# Install MSYS2 build dependencies and a MinGW-w64 compiler
-pacman -S git mingw-w64-x86_64-pkg-config python mingw-w64-x86_64-gcc
-
-# Install the most important MinGW-w64 dependencies. libass, libbluray and
-# lcms2 are also pulled in as dependencies of ffmpeg.
-pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-ffmpeg mingw-w64-x86_64-libjpeg-turbo mingw-w64-x86_64-lua51
-
-# Install additional (optional) dependencies
-pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-libdvdnav mingw-w64-x86_64-libguess mingw-w64-x86_64-angleproject-git
-```
-
-For a 32-bit build, install ``mingw-w64-i686-*`` packages instead.
-
-Building mpv
------------
-
-Clone the latest mpv from git and install waf:
-
-```bash
-git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git && cd mpv
-./bootstrap.py
-```
-
-Finally, compile and install mpv. Binaries will be installed to
-``/mingw64/bin``.
-
-```bash
-# For a 32-bit build, use --prefix=/mingw32 instead
-./waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --prefix=/mingw64
-./waf install
-```
-
-Or, compile and install both libmpv and mpv:
-
-```bash
-./waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --enable-libmpv-shared --prefix=/mingw64
-./waf install
-```
-
-Linking libmpv with MSVC programs
---------------------------------
-
-You can build C++ programs in Visual Studio and link them with libmpv. To do
-this, you need a Visual Studio which supports ``stdint.h`` (recent ones do),
-and you need to create a import library for the mpv DLL:
-
-```bash
-lib /def:mpv.def /name:mpv-1.dll /out:mpv.lib /MACHINE:X64
-```
-
-The string in the ``/name:`` parameter must match the filename of the DLL (this
-is simply the filename the MSVC linker will use). The ``mpv.def`` can be
-retrieved from the mpv build directory, or can be produced by MingGW's
-gendef.exe helper from the mpv DLL.
-
-Static linking is not possible.
-
-Running mpv
-----------
-
-If you want to run mpv from the MinGW-w64 shell, you will find the experience
-much more pleasant if you use the ``winpty`` utility
-
-```bash
-pacman -S winpty
-winpty mpv.com ToS-4k-1920.mov
-```
-
-If you want to move / copy ``mpv.exe`` and ``mpv.com`` to somewhere other than
-``/mingw64/bin/`` for use outside the MinGW-w64 shell, they will still depend on
-DLLs in that folder. The simplest solution is to add ``C:\msys64\mingw64\bin``
-to the windows system ``%PATH%``. Beware though that this can cause problems or
-confusion in Cygwin if that is also installed on the machine.
-
-Use of the ANGLE OpenGL backend requires a copy of the D3D compiler DLL that
-matches the version of the D3D SDK that ANGLE was built with
-(``d3dcompiler_43.dll`` in case of MinGW-built ANGLE) in the path or in the
-same folder as mpv. It must be of the same architecture (x86_64 / i686) as the
-mpv you compiled. You can find copies here:
-
-https://mpv.srsfckn.biz/d3dcompiler.7z
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-How to contribute
-=================
-
-General
-------
-
-The main contact for mpv development is IRC, specifically #mpv
-and #mpv-devel on Freenode.
-
-Sending patches
---------------
-
- Make a github pull request, or send a link to a plaintext patch created with
-  ``git format-patch``. diffs posted as pastebins (especially if the http link
-  returns HTML) just cause extra work for everyone, because they lack commit
-  message and authorship information.
- All new code must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or come with the implicit agreement
-  that it will be relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ later (see ``Copyright`` in the
-  repository root directory).
- You must be either the exclusive author of the patch, or acknowledge all
-  authors involved in the commit message. If you take 3rd party code, authorship
-  and copyright must be properly acknowledged. If the license of the code is not
-  LGPLv2.1+, this must be mentioned.
- Don't use fake names (something that looks like an actual names, and may be
-  someone else's name, but is not your legal name). Using a pseudonyms is
-  allowed if it can be used to identify or contact you, even if whatever
-  account you used to submit the patch dies.
- When creating pull requests, be sure to test your changes. If you didn't,
-  please say so in the pull request message.
- Write informative commit messages. Use present tense to describe the
-  situation with the patch applied, and past tense for the situation before
-  the change.
- The subject line (the first line in a commit message) should contain a
-  prefix identifying the sub system, followed by a short description what
-  impact this commit has. This subject line and the commit message body
-  shouldn't be longer than 72 characters per line, because it messes up the
-  output of many git tools otherwise.
-
-  For example, you fixed a crash in af_volume.c:
-
-  - Bad: ``fixed the bug (wtf?)``
-  - Good: ``af_volume: fix crash due to null pointer access``
-
-  Having a prefix gives context, and is especially useful when trying to find
-  a specific change by looking at the history, or when running ``git blame``.
- The body of the commit message (everything else after the subject line) should
-  be as informative as possible and contain everything that isn't obvious. Don't
-  hesitate to dump as much information as you can - it doesn't cost you
-  anything. Put some effort into it. If someone finds a bug months or years
-  later, and finds that it's caused by your commit (even though your commit was
-  supposed to fix another bug), it would be bad if there wasn't enough
-  information to test the original bug. The old bug might be reintroduced while
-  fixing the new bug.
-
-  The commit message should be wrapped on 72 characters per line, because git
-  tools usually do not break text automatically. On the other hand, you do not
-  need to break text that would be unnatural to break (like data for test cases,
-  or long URLs).
-
-  Important: put an empty line between the subject line and the commit message.
-  If this is missing, it will break display in common git tools.
- Try to separate cosmetic and functional changes. It's ok to make a few
-  additional cosmetic changes in the same file you're working on. But don't do
-  something like reformatting a whole file, and hiding an actual functional
-  change in the same commit.
- Changes to command line options (addition/modification/removal) must be
-  documented in options.rst. Changes to input properties or input commands must
-  be documented in input.rst. All changes to the user interface (options,
-  properties, commands) must be documented with a small note in
-  interface-changes.rst (although documenting additions is optional, and
-  obscure corner cases and potentially be skipped too). Changes to the libmpv
-  API must be reflected in the libmpv's headers doxygen, and should be
-  documented in client-api-changes.rst.
-
-Code formatting
---------------
-
-mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
-
- Use the K&R indent style.
- Use 4 spaces of indentation, never use tabs (except in Makefiles).
- Add a single space between keywords and binary operators. There are some other
-  cases where spaces should be added. Example:
-
-    ```C
-    if ((a * b) > c) {
-        // code
-        some_function(a, b, c);
-    }
-    ```
- Break lines on 80 columns. There is a hard limit of 85 columns. You may ignore
-  this limit if there's a strong case that not breaking the line will increase
-  readability. Going over 85 columns might provoke endless discussions about
-  whether such a limit is needed or not, so avoid it.
- If the body of an if/for/while statement has more than 1 physical lines, then
-  always add braces, even if they're technically redundant.
-
-  Bad:
-
-    ```C
-    if (a)
-        // do something if b
-        if (b)
-            do_something();
-    ```
-
-  Good:
-
-    ```C
-    if (a) {
-        // do something if b
-        if (b)
-            do_something();
-    }
-    ```
- If the if has an else branch, both branches should use braces, even if they're
-  technically redundant.
-
-  Example:
-
-    ```C
-    if (a) {
-        one_line();
-    } else {
-        one_other_line();
-    }
-    ```
- If an if condition spans multiple physical lines, then put the opening brace
-  for the if body on the next physical line. (Also, preferably always add a
-  brace, even if technically none is needed.)
-
-  Example:
-
-    ```C
-    if (very_long_condition_a &&
-        very_long_condition_b)
-    {
-        code();
-    } else {
-        ...
-    }
-    ```
-
-  (If the if body is simple enough, this rule can be skipped.)
- Remove any trailing whitespace.
-
-General coding
--------------
-
- Use C99. Also freely make use of C99 features if it's appropriate, such as
-  stdbool.h.
- Don't use GNU-only features. In some cases they may be warranted, if they
-  are optional (such as attributes enabling printf-like format string checks).
-  But in general, standard C99 should be used.
- The same applies to libc functions. We have to be Windows-compatible too. Use
-  functions guaranteed by C99 or POSIX only, unless your use is guarded by a
-  configure check.
- Prefer fusing declaration and initialization, rather than putting declarations
-  on the top of a block. Obvious data flow is more important than avoiding
-  mixing declarations and statements, which is just a C90 artifact.
- If you add features that require intrusive changes, discuss them on the dev
-  channel first. There might be a better way to add a feature and it can avoid
-  wasted work.
-
-Rules for git push access
-------------------------
-
-Push access to the main git repository is handed out on an arbitrary basis. If
-you got access, the following rules must be followed:
-
- You are expected to follow the general development rules as outlined in this
-  whole document.
- You must be present on the IRC dev channel when you push something.
- Anyone can push small fixes: typo corrections, small/obvious/uncontroversial
-  bug fixes, edits to the user documentation or code comments, and so on.
- You can freely make changes to parts of the code which you maintain. For
-  larger changes, it's recommended to let others review the changes first.
- You automatically maintain code if you wrote or modified most of it before
-  (e.g. you made larger changes to it before, did partial or full rewrites, did
-  major bug fixes, or you're the original author of the code). If there is more
-  than one maintainer, you may need to come to an agreement with the others how
-  to handle this to avoid conflict.
- As a maintainer, you can approve pushes by others to "your" code.
- If you approve or merge 3rd party changes, make sure they follow the general
-  development rules.
- Changes to user interface and public API must always be approved by the
-  project leader.
- Seasoned project members are allowed to revert commits that broke the build,
-  or broke basic functionality in a catastrophic way, and the developer who
-  broke it is unavailable. (Depending on severity.)
- Adhere to the CoC.
- The project leader is not bound by these rules.
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Cross compiling mpv to Windows is supported with MinGW-w64. This can be used to
+produce both 32 bit and 64 bit executables. MinGW-w64 is available from
+http://mingw-w64.sourceforge.net.
+
+You have to run mpv's configure with these arguments:
+    ./configure --enable-cross-compile --target=i686-w64-mingw32
+
+Using MXE to setup a MinGW-w64 environment is recommended: http://mxe.cc
+Currently, using an experimental branch of MXE is required:
+    https://github.com/tonytheodore/mxe.git
+
+Warning: the original MinGW (http://www.mingw.org) is unsupported.
+
+Note that MinGW environments included in Linux distributions are often broken,
+outdated and useless, and usually don't use MinGW-w64.
+
+Example with MXE
+================
+
+# Download MXE. Note that compiling the required packages requires about 1 GB
+# or more! We are using an experimental repository, which supports MinGW-w64.
+# The official MXE supports classic MinGW only, which doesn't work with mpv.
+
+cd /opt
+git clone https://github.com/tonytheodore/mxe.git mingw
+cd mingw
+
+# Edit the MXE target, so that MinGW-w64 for 32 bit targets is built.
+
+echo "MXE_TARGETS := i686-w64-mingw32" > settings.mk
+
+# Build required packages. The following provide a minimum required to build
+# mpv. (Not all of the following packages are strictly required.)
+
+make gcc
+make ffmpeg
+make libass
+make jpeg
+make pthreads
+
+# Older MXE and MinGW-w64 snapshots don't provide up-to-date OpenGL headers.
+
+wget http://www.opengl.org/registry/api/glext.h
+mv glext.h usr/i686-w64-mingw32/include/GL/
+
+# Build mpv. The target will be used to automatically select the name of the
+# build tools involved (e.g. it will use i686-w64-mingw32-gcc).
+
+git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git
+cd mpv
+export PATH=/opt/mingw/usr/bin/:$PATH
+./configure --enable-cross-compile --target=i686-w64-mingw32
+make
+
+# This should work. For some reason, the resulting .exe will depend on the DLL
+# /opt/mingw/usr/i686-w64-mingw32/bin/libwinpthread-1.dll because pthreads-w32
+# folks don't like static linking. How to enable static linking is left as
+# exercise to the reader. Passsing --disable-pthreads to mpv's configure will
+# get rid of the dependency, but may disable some features (such as the stream
+# cache).
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-EDL files
-=========
-
-EDL files basically concatenate ranges of video/audio from multiple source
-files into a single continuous virtual file. Each such range is called a
-segment, and consists of source file, source offset, and segment length.
-
-For example::
-
-    # mpv EDL v0
-    f1.mkv,10,20
-    f2.mkv
-    f1.mkv,40,10
-
-This would skip the first 10 seconds of the file f1.mkv, then play the next
-20 seconds, then switch to the file f2.mkv and play all of it, then switch
-back to f1.mkv, skip to the 40 second mark, and play 10 seconds, and then
-stop playback. The difference to specifying the files directly on command
-line (and using ``--{ --start=10 --length=20 f1.mkv --}`` etc.) is that the
-virtual EDL file appears as a virtual timeline (like a single file), instead
-as a playlist.
-
-The general simplified syntax is::
-
-    # mpv EDL v0
-    <filename>
-    <filename>,<start in seconds>,<length in seconds>
-
-If the start time is omitted, 0 is used. If the length is omitted, the
-estimated remaining duration of the source file is used.
-
-Note::
-
-    Usage of relative or absolute paths as well as any protocol prefixes may be
-    prevented for security reasons.
-
-
-Syntax of mpv EDL files
-=======================
-
-Generally, the format is relatively strict. No superfluous whitespace (except
-empty lines and commented lines) are allowed. You must use UNIX line breaks.
-
-The first line in the file must be ``# mpv EDL v0``. This designates that the
-file uses format version 0, which is not frozen yet and may change any time.
-(If you need a stable EDL file format, make a feature request. Likewise, if
-you have suggestions for improvements, it's not too late yet.)
-
-The rest of the lines belong to one of these classes:
-
-1) An empty or commented line. A comment starts with ``#``, which must be the
-   first character in the line. The rest of the line (up until the next line
-   break) is ignored. An empty line has 0 bytes between two line feed bytes.
-2) A header entry if the line starts with ``!``.
-3) A segment entry in all other cases.
-
-Each segment entry consists of a list of named or unnamed parameters.
-Parameters are separated with ``,``. Named parameters consist of a name,
-followed by ``=``, followed by the value. Unnamed parameters have only a
-value, and the name is implicit from the parameter position.
-
-Syntax::
-
-    segment_entry ::= <param> ( <param> ',' )*
-    param         ::= [ <name> '=' ] ( <value> | '%' <number> '%' <valuebytes> )
-
-The ``name`` string can consist of any characters, except ``=%,;\n!``. The
-``value`` string can consist of any characters except of ``,;\n!``.
-
-The construct starting with ``%`` allows defining any value with arbitrary
-contents inline, where ``number`` is an integer giving the number of bytes in
-``valuebytes``. If a parameter value contains disallowed characters, it has to
-be guarded by a length specifier using this syntax.
-
-The parameter name defines the meaning of the parameter:
-
-1) ``file``, the source file to use for this segment.
-2) ``start``, a time value that specifies the start offset into the source file.
-3) ``length``, a time value that specifies the length of the segment.
-
-See the section below for the format of timestamps.
-
-Unnamed parameters carry implicit names. The parameter position determines
-which of the parameters listed above is set. For example, the second parameter
-implicitly uses the name ``start``.
-
-Example::
-
-    # mpv EDL v0
-    %18%filename,with,.mkv,10,length=20,param3=%13%value,escaped,param4=value2
-
-this sets ``file`` to ``filename,with,.mkv``, ``start`` to ``10``, ``length``
-to ``20``, ``param3`` to ``value,escaped``, ``param4`` to ``value2``.
-
-Instead of line breaks, the character ``;`` can be used. Line feed bytes and
-``;`` are treated equally.
-
-Header entries start with ``!`` as first character after a line break. Header
-entries affect all other file entries in the EDL file. Their format is highly
-implementation specific. They should generally follow the file header, and come
-before any file entries.
-
-MP4 DASH
-========
-
-This is a header that helps implementing DASH, although it only provides a low
-level mechanism.
-
-If this header is set, the given url designates an mp4 init fragment. It's
-downloaded, and every URL in the EDL is prefixed with the init fragment on the
-byte stream level. This is mostly for use by mpv's internal ytdl support. The
-ytdl script will call youtube-dl, which in turn actually processes DASH
-manifests. It may work only for this very specific purpose and fail to be
-useful in other scenarios. It can be removed or changed in incompatible ways
-at any times.
-
-Example::
-
-    !mp4_dash,init=url
-
-The ``url`` is encoded as parameter value as defined in the general EDL syntax.
-It's expected to point to an "initialization fragment", which will be prefixed
-to every entry in the EDL on the byte stream level.
-
-The current implementation will
-
- ignore stream start times
- use durations as hint for seeking only
- not adjust source timestamps
- open and close segments (i.e. fragments) as needed
- not add segment boundaries as chapter points
- require full compatibility between all segments (same codec etc.)
-
-Timestamp format
-================
-
-Currently, time values are floating point values in seconds.
-
-As an extension, you can set the ``timestamps=chapters`` option. If this option
-is set, timestamps have to be integers, and refer to chapter numbers, starting
-with 0.
-
-Example::
-
-    # mpv EDL v0
-    file.mkv,2,4,timestamps=chapters
-
-Plays chapter 3 and ends with the start of chapter 7 (4 chapters later).
-
-Syntax of EDL URIs
-==================
-
-mpv accepts inline EDL data in form of ``edl://`` URIs. Other than the
-header, the syntax is exactly the same. It's far more convenient to use ``;``
-instead of line breaks, but that is orthogonal.
-
-Example: ``edl://f1.mkv,length=5,start=10;f2.mkv,30,20;f3.mkv``
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+Format of mplayer2 EDL files
+============================
+
+The first line in the file must be ``mplayer EDL file, version 2``.
+The rest of the lines belong to one of these classes:
+
+1) lines specifying source files
+2) empty lines
+3) lines specifying timeline segments.
+
+Lines beginning with ``<`` specify source files. These lines first
+contain an identifier used to refer to the source file later, then the
+filename separated by whitespace. The identifier must start with a
+letter. Filenames that start or end with whitespace or contain
+newlines are not supported.
+
+On other lines ``#`` characters delimit comments. Lines that contain
+only whitespace after comments have been removed are ignored.
+
+Timeline segments must appear in the file in chronological order. Each
+segment has the following information associated with it:
+
+- duration
+- output start time
+- output end time (= output start time + duration)
+- source id (specifies the file the content of the segment comes from)
+- source start time (timestamp in the source file)
+- source end time (= source start time + duration)
+
+The output timestamps must form a continuous timeline from 0 to the
+end of the last segment, such that each new segment starts from the
+time the previous one ends at. Source files and times may change
+arbitrarily between segments.
+
+The general format for lines specifying timeline segments is
+[output time info] source_id [source time info]
+source_id must be an identifier defined on a ``<`` line. Both the time
+info parts consists of zero or more of the following elements:
+
+1) ``timestamp``
+2) ``-timestamp``
+3) ``+duration``
+4) ``*``
+5) ``-*``
+
+, where ``timestamp`` and ``duration`` are decimal numbers (computations
+are done with nanosecond precision). Whitespace around ``+`` and ``-`` is
+optional. 1) and 2) specify start and end time of the segment on
+output or source side. 3) specifies duration; the semantics are the
+same whether this appears on output or source side. 4) and 5) are
+ignored on the output side (they're always implicitly assumed). On the
+source side 4) specifies that the segment starts where the previous
+segment *using this source* ended; if there was no previous segment
+time 0 is used. 5) specifies that the segment ends where the next
+segment using this source starts.
+
+Redundant information may be omitted. It will be filled in using the
+following rules:
+
+- output start for first segment is 0
+- two of [output start, output end, duration] imply third
+- two of [source start, source end, duration] imply third
+- output start = output end of previous segment
+- output end = output start of next segment
+- if ``*``, source start = source end of earlier segment
+- if ``-*``, source end = source start of a later segment
+
+As a special rule, a last zero-duration segment without a source
+specification may appear. This will produce no corresponding segment
+in the resulting timeline, but can be used as syntax to specify the
+end time of the timeline (with effect equal to adding -time on the
+previous line).
+
+Examples::
+
+    mplayer EDL file, version 2
+    < id1 filename
+
+    0 id1 123
+    100 id1 456
+    200 id1 789
+    300
+
+All segments come from the source file ``filename``. First segment
+(output time 0-100) comes from time 123-223, second 456-556, third
+789-889.
+
+::
+
+    mplayer EDL file, version 2
+    < f filename
+    f  60-120
+    f 600-660
+    f  30- 90
+
+Play first seconds 60-120 from the file, then 600-660, then 30-90.
+
+::
+
+    mplayer EDL file, version 2
+    < id1 filename1
+    < id2 filename2
+
+    +10 id1 *
+    +10 id2 *
+    +10 id1 *
+    +10 id2 *
+    +10 id1 *
+    +10 id2 *
+
+This plays time 0-10 from filename1, then 0-10 from filename1, then
+10-20 from filename1, then 10-20 from filename2, then 20-30 from
+filename1, then 20-30 from filename2.
+
+::
+
+    mplayer EDL file, version 2
+    < t1 filename1
+    < t2 filename2
+
+    t1 * +2            # segment 1
+    +2 t2 100          # segment 2
+    t1 *               # segment 3
+    t2 *-*             # segment 4
+    t1 3 -*            # segment 5
+    +0.111111 t2 102.5 # segment 6
+    7.37 t1 5 +1       # segment 7
+
+This rather pathological example illustrates the rules for filling in
+implied data. All the values can be determined by recursively applying
+the rules given above, and the full end result is this::
+
+    +2         0-2                 t1  0-2              # segment 1
+    +2         2-4                 t2  100-102          # segment 2
+    +0.758889  4-4.758889          t1  2-2.758889       # segment 3
+    +0.5       4.4758889-5.258889  t2  102-102.5        # segment 4
+    +2         5.258889-7.258889   t1  3-5              # segment 5
+    +0.111111  7.258889-7.37       t2  102.5-102.611111 # segment 6
+    +1         7.37-8.37           t1  5-6              # segment 7
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ from the input video. Note that not all codecs and not all formats support VFR
 encoding, and some which do have bugs when a target bitrate is specified - use
 -ofps or -oautofps to force CFR encoding in these cases.

-Of course, the options can be stored in a profile, like this .config/mpv/mpv.conf
+Of course, the options can be stored in a profile, like this .mpv/config
 section::

  [myencprofile]
@@ -38,17 +38,12 @@ section::
  oac = aac
  oacopts-add = b=96k

-It's also possible to define default encoding options by putting them into
-the section named ``[encoding]``. (This behavior changed after mpv 0.3.x. In
-mpv 0.3.x, config options in the default section / no section were applied
-to encoding. This is not the case anymore.)
-
 One can then encode using this profile using the command::

  mpv infile -o outfile.mp4 -profile myencprofile

 Some example profiles are provided in a file
-etc/encoding-profiles.conf; as for this, see below.
+etc/encoding-example-profiles.conf; as for this, see below.


 Encoding examples
@@ -94,16 +89,13 @@ Device targets
 As the options for various devices can get complex, profiles can be used.

 An example profile file for encoding is provided in
-etc/encoding-profiles.conf in the source tree. This file is installed and loaded
-by default. If you want to modify it, you can replace and it with your own copy
-by doing::
+etc/encoding-example-profiles.conf in the source tree. You can include it into
+your configuration by doing::

  mkdir -p ~/.mpv
-  cp /etc/mpv/encoding-profiles.conf ~/.mpv/encoding-profiles.conf
-
-Keep in mind that the default profile is the playback one. If you want to add
-options that apply only in encoding mode, put them into a ``[encoding]``
-section.
+  curl https://raw.github.com/mpv-player/mpv/master/etc/encoding-example-profiles.conf \
+    > ~/.mpv/encoding-profiles.conf
+  echo "include = $HOME/.mpv/encoding-profiles.conf" >> ~/.mpv/config

 Refer to the top of that file for more comments - in a nutshell, the following
 options are added by it::
@@ -143,9 +135,9 @@ What works
 * Deinterlacing/Inverse Telecine with any of mpv's filters for that
 * Audio file converting: mpv -o outfile.mp3 infile.flac -no-video -oac
  libmp3lame -oacopts ab=320k
+* inverse telecine filters (confirmed working: detc, pullup, filmdint)

 What does not work yet
-======================

 * 3-pass encoding (ensuring constant total size and bitrate constraints while
  having VBR audio; mencoder calls this "frameno")
@@ -1,433 +0,0 @@
-Introduction
-============
-
-mpv provides access to its internals via the following means:
-
- options
- commands
- properties
- events
-
-All of these are important for interfacing both with end users and API users
-(which include Lua scripts, libmpv, and the JSON IPC). As such, they constitute
-a large part of the user interface and APIs.
-
-This document lists changes to them. New changes are added to the top.
-
-Interface changes
-=================
-
-::
-
- --- mpv 0.27.0 ---
-    - drop previously deprecated --field-dominance option
-    - drop previously deprecated "osd" command
-    - remove client API compatibility handling for "script", "sub-file",
-      "audio-file", "external-file" (these cases used to log a deprecation
-      warning)
-    - drop deprecated --video-aspect-method=hybrid option choice
-    - rename --hdr-tone-mapping to --tone-mapping (and generalize it)
-    - --opengl-fbo-format changes from a choice to a string. Also, its value
-      will be checked only on renderer initialization, rather than when the
-      option is set.
-    - Using opengl-cb now always assumes 8 bit per component depth, and dithers
-      to this size. Before, it tried to figure out the depth of the first
-      framebuffer that was ever passed to the renderer. Having GL framebuffers
-      with a size larger than 8 bit per component is quite rare. If you need
-      it, set the --dither-depth option instead.
-    - --lavfi-complex can now be set during runtime. If you set this in
-      expectation it would be applied only after a reload, you might observe
-      weird behavior.
-    - add --track-auto-selection to help with scripts/applications that
-      make exclusive use of --lavfi-complex.
-    - undeprecate --loop, and map it from --loop-playlist to --loop-file (the
-      deprecation was to make sure no API user gets broken by a sudden behavior
-      change)
-    - remove previously deprecated vf_eq
-    - remove that hardware deinterlace filters (vavpp, d3d11vpp, vdpaupp)
-      changed their deinterlacing-enabled setting depending on what the
-      --deinterlace option or property was set to. Now, a filter always does
-      what its filter options and defaults imply. The --deinterlace option and
-      property strictly add/remove its own filters. For example, if you run
-      "mpv --vf=vavpp --deinterlace=yes", this will insert another, redundant
-      filter, which is probably not what you want. For toggling a deinterlace
-      filter manually, use the "vf toggle" command, and do not set the
-      deinterlace option/property. To customize the filter that will be
-      inserted automatically, use --vf-defaults. Details how this works will
-      probably change in the future.
-    - remove deinterlace=auto (this was not deprecated, but had only a very
-      obscure use that stopped working with the change above. It was also
-      prone to be confused with a feature not implemented by it: auto did _not_
-      mean that deinterlacing was enabled on demand.)
-    - add shortened mnemonic names for mouse button bindings, eg. mbtn_left
-      the old numeric names (mouse_btn0) are deprecated
-    - remove mouse_btn3_dbl and up, since they are only generated for buttons
-      0-2 (these now print an error when sent from the 'mouse' command)
-    - rename the axis bindings to wheel_up/down/etc. axis scrolling and mouse
-      wheel scrolling are now conceptually the same thing
-      the old axis_up/down names remain as deprecated aliases
- --- mpv 0.26.0 ---
-    - remove remaining deprecated audio device options, like --alsa-device
-      Some of them were removed in earlier releases.
-    - introduce --replaygain... options, which replace the same functionality
-      provided by the deprecated --af=volume:replaygain... mechanism.
-    - drop the internal "mp-rawvideo" codec (used by --demuxer=rawvideo)
-    - rename --sub-ass-style-override to --sub-ass-override, and rename the
-      `--sub-ass-override=signfs` setting to `--sub-ass-override=scale`.
-    - change default of --video-aspect-method to "bitstream". The "hybrid"
-      method (old default) is deprecated.
-    - remove property "video-params/nom-peak"
-    - remove option --target-brightness
-    - replace vf_format's `peak` suboption by `sig-peak`, which is relative to
-      the reference white level instead of in cd/m^2
-    - renamed the TRCs `st2084` and `std-b67` to `pq` and `hlg` respectively
-    - the "osd" command is deprecated (use "cycle osd-level")
-    - --field-dominance is deprecated (use --vf=setfield=bff or tff)
-    - --really-quiet subtle behavior change
-    - the deprecated handling of setting "no-" options via client API is dropped
-    - the following options change to append-by-default (and possibly separator):
-        --script
-      also, the following options are deprecated:
-        --sub-paths => --sub-file-paths
-      the following options are deprecated for setting via API:
-        "script" (use "scripts")
-        "sub-file" (use "sub-files")
-        "audio-file" (use "audio-files")
-        "external-file" (use "external-files")
-        (the compatibility hacks for this will be removed after this release)
-    - remove property `vo-performance`, and add `vo-passes` as a more general
-      replacement
-    - deprecate passing multiple arguments to -add/-pre options (affects the
-      vf/af commands too)
-    - remove --demuxer-lavf-cryptokey. Use --demux-lavf-o=cryptokey=<hex> or
-      --demux-lavf-o=decryption_key=<hex> instead (whatever fits your situation).
-    - rename --opengl-dumb-mode=no to --opengl-dumb-mode=auto, and make `no`
-      always disable it (unless forced on by hardware limitation).
-    - generalize --scale-clamp, --cscale-clamp etc. to accept a float between
-      0.0 and 1.0 instead of just being a flag. A value of 1.0 corresponds to
-      the old `yes`, and a value of 0.0 corresponds to the old `no`.
- --- mpv 0.25.0 ---
-    - remove opengl-cb dxva2 dummy hwdec interop
-      (see git "vo_opengl: remove dxva2 dummy hwdec backend")
-    - remove ppm, pgm, pgmyuv, tga choices from the --screenshot-format and
-      --vo-image-format options
-    - the "jpeg" choice in the option above now leads to a ".jpg" file extension
-    - --af=drc is gone (you can use e.g. lavfi/acompressor instead)
-    - remove image_size predefined uniform from OpenGL user shaders. Use
-      input_size instead
-    - add --sub-filter-sdh
-    - add --sub-filter-sdh-harder
-    - remove --input-app-events option (macOS)
-    - deprecate most --vf and --af filters. Only some filters not in libavfilter
-      will be kept.
-      Also, you can use libavfilter filters directly (e.g. you can use
-      --vf=name=opts instead of --vf=lavfi=[name=opts]), as long as the
-      libavfilter filter's name doesn't clash with a mpv builtin filter.
-      In the long term, --vf/--af syntax might change again, but if it does, it
-      will switch to libavfilter's native syntax. (The above mentioned direct
-      support for lavfi filters still has some differences, such as how strings
-      are escaped.) If this happens, the non-deprecated builtin filters might be
-      moved to "somewhere else" syntax-wise.
-    - deprecate --loop - after a deprecation period, it will be undeprecated,
-      but changed to alias --loop-file
-    - add --keep-open-pause=no
-    - deprecate --demuxer-max-packets
-    - change --audio-file-auto default from "exact" to "no" (mpv won't load
-      files with the same filename as the video, but different extension, as
-      audio track anymore)
- --- mpv 0.24.0 ---
-    - deprecate --hwdec-api and replace it with --opengl-hwdec-interop.
-      The new option accepts both --hwdec values, as well as named backends.
-      A minor difference is that --hwdec-api=no (which used to be the default)
-      now actually does not preload any interop layer, while the new default
-      ("") uses the value of --hwdec.
-    - drop deprecated --ad/--vd features
-    - drop deprecated --sub-codepage syntax
-    - rename properties:
-        - "drop-frame-count" to "decoder-frame-drop-count"
-        - "vo-drop-frame-count" to "frame-drop-count"
-      The old names still work, but are deprecated.
-    - remove the --stream-capture option and property. No replacement.
-      (--record-file might serve as alternative)
-    - add --sub-justify
-    - add --sub-ass-justify
-    - internally there's a different way to enable the demuxer cache now
-      it can be auto-enabled even if the stream cache remains disabled
- --- mpv 0.23.0 ---
-    - remove deprecated vf_vdpaurb (use "--hwdec=vdpau-copy" instead)
-    - the following properties now have new semantics:
-        - "demuxer" (use "current-demuxer")
-        - "fps" (use "container-fps")
-        - "idle" (use "idle-active")
-        - "cache" (use "cache-percent")
-        - "audio-samplerate" (use "audio-params/samplerate")
-        - "audio-channels" (use "audio-params/channel-count")
-        - "audio-format" (use "audio-codec-name")
-      (the properties equivalent to the old semantics are in parentheses)
-    - remove deprecated --vo and --ao sub-options (like --vo=opengl:...), and
-      replace them with global options. A somewhat complete list can be found
-      here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Option-replacement-list#mpv-0210
-    - remove --vo-defaults and --ao-defaults as well
-    - remove deprecated global sub-options (like -demuxer-rawaudio format=...),
-      use flat options (like --demuxer-rawaudio-format=...)
-    - the --sub-codepage option changes in incompatible ways:
-        - detector-selection and fallback syntax is deprecated
-        - enca/libguess are removed and deprecated (behaves as if they hadn't
-          been compiled-in)
-        - --sub-codepage=<codepage> does not force the codepage anymore
-          (this requires different and new syntax)
-    - remove --fs-black-out-screens option for macOS
-    - change how spdif codecs are selected. You can't enable spdif passthrough
-      with --ad anymore. This was deprecated; use --audio-spdif instead.
-    - deprecate the "family" selection with --ad/--vd
-      forcing/excluding codecs with "+", "-", "-" is deprecated as well
-    - explicitly mark --ad-spdif-dtshd as deprecated (it was done so a long time
-      ago, but it didn't complain when using the option)
- --- mpv 0.22.0 ---
-    - the "audio-device-list" property now sets empty device description to the
-      device name as a fallback
-    - add --hidpi-window-scale option for macOS
-    - add audiounit audio output for iOS
-    - make --start-time work with --rebase-start-time=no
-    - add --opengl-early-flush=auto mode
-    - add --hwdec=vdpau-copy, deprecate vf_vdpaurb
-    - add tct video output for true-color and 256-color terminals
- --- mpv 0.21.0 ---
-    - unlike in older versions, setting options at runtime will now take effect
-      immediately (see for example issue #3281). On the other hand, it will also
-      do runtime verification and reject option changes that do not work
-      (example: setting the "vf" option to a filter during playback, which fails
-      to initialize - the option value will remain at its old value). In general,
-      "set name value" should be mostly equivalent to "set options/name value"
-      in cases where the "name" property is not deprecated and "options/name"
-      exists - deviations from this are either bugs, or documented as caveats
-      in the "Inconsistencies between options and properties" manpage section.
-    - deprecate _all_ --vo and --ao suboptions. Generally, all suboptions are
-      replaced by global options, which do exactly the same. For example,
-      "--vo=opengl:scale=nearest" turns into "--scale=nearest". In some cases,
-      the global option is prefixed, e.g. "--vo=opengl:pbo" turns into
-      "--opengl-pbo".
-      Most of the exact replacements are documented here:
-        https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Option-replacement-list
-    - remove --vo=opengl-hq. Set --profile=opengl-hq instead. Note that this
-      profile does not force the VO. This means if you use the --vo option to
-      set another VO, it won't work. But this also means it can be used with
-      opengl-cb.
-    - remove the --vo=opengl "pre-shaders", "post-shaders" and "scale-shader"
-      sub-options: they were deprecated in favor of "user-shaders"
-    - deprecate --vo-defaults (no replacement)
-    - remove the vo-cmdline command. You can set OpenGL renderer options
-      directly via properties instead.
-    - deprecate the device/sink options on all AOs. Use --audio-device instead.
-    - deprecate "--ao=wasapi:exclusive" and "--ao=coreaudio:exclusive",
-      use --audio-exclusive instead.
-    - subtle changes in how "--no-..." options are treated mean that they are
-      not accessible under "options/..." anymore (instead, these are resolved
-      at parsing time). This does not affect options which start with "--no-",
-      but do not use the mechanism for negation options.
-      (Also see client API change for API version 1.23.)
-    - rename the following properties
-        - "demuxer" -> "current-demuxer"
-        - "fps" -> "container-fps"
-        - "idle" -> "idle-active"
-        - "cache" -> "cache-percent"
-      the old names are deprecated and will change behavior in mpv 0.23.0.
-    - remove deprecated "hwdec-active" and "hwdec-detected" properties
-    - deprecate the ao and vo auto-profiles (they never made any sense)
-    - deprecate "--vo=direct3d_shaders" - use "--vo=direct3d" instead.
-      Change "--vo=direct3d" to always use shaders by default.
-    - deprecate --playlist-pos option, renamed to --playlist-start
-    - deprecate the --chapter option, as it is redundant with --start/--end,
-      and conflicts with the semantics of the "chapter" property
-    - rename --sub-text-* to --sub-* and --ass-* to --sub-ass-* (old options
-      deprecated)
-    - incompatible change to cdda:// protocol options: the part after cdda://
-      now always sets the device, not the span or speed to be played. No
-      separating extra "/" is needed. The hidden --cdda-device options is also
-      deleted (it was redundant with the documented --cdrom-device).
-    - deprecate --vo=rpi. It will be removed in mpv 0.23.0. Its functionality
-      was folded into --vo=opengl, which now uses RPI hardware decoding by
-      treating it as a hardware overlay (without applying GL filtering). Also
-      to be changed in 0.23.0: the --fs flag will be reset to "no" by default
-      (like on the other platforms).
-    - deprecate --mute=auto (informally has been since 0.18.1)
-    - deprecate "resume" and "suspend" IPC commands. They will be completely
-      removed in 0.23.0.
-    - deprecate mp.suspend(), mp.resume(), mp.resume_all() Lua scripting
-      commands, as well as setting mp.use_suspend. They will be completely
-      removed in 0.23.0.
-    - the "seek" command's absolute seek mode will now interpret negative
-      seek times as relative from the end of the file (and clamps seeks that
-      still go before 0)
-    - add almost all options to the property list, meaning you can change
-      options without adding "options/" to the property name (a new section
-      has been added to the manpage describing some conflicting behavior
-      between options and properties)
-    - implement changing sub-speed during playback
-    - make many previously fixed options changeable at runtime (for example
-      --terminal, --osc, --ytdl, can all be enable/disabled after
-      mpv_initialize() - this can be extended to other still fixed options
-      on user requests)
- --- mpv 0.20.0 ---
-    - add --image-display-duration option - this also means that image duration
-      is not influenced by --mf-fps anymore in the general case (this is an
-      incompatible change)
- --- mpv 0.19.0 ---
-    - deprecate "balance" option/property (no replacement)
- --- mpv 0.18.1 ---
-    - deprecate --heartbeat-cmd
-    - remove --softvol=no capability:
-        - deprecate --softvol, it now does nothing
-        - --volume, --mute, and the corresponding properties now always control
-          softvol, and behave as expected without surprises (e.g. you can set
-          them normally while no audio is initialized)
-        - rename --softvol-max to --volume-max (deprecated alias is added)
-        - the --volume-restore-data option and property are removed without
-          replacement. They were _always_ internal, and used for watch-later
-          resume/restore. Now --volume/--mute are saved directly instead.
-        - the previous point means resuming files with older watch-later configs
-          will print an error about missing --volume-restore-data (which you can
-          ignore), and will not restore the previous value
-        - as a consequence, volume controls will no longer control PulseAudio
-          per-application value, or use the system mixer's per-application
-          volume processing
-        - system or per-application volume can still be controlled with the
-          ao-volume and ao-mute properties (there are no command line options)
- --- mpv 0.18.0 ---
-    - now ab-loops are active even if one of the "ab-loop-a"/"-b" properties is
-      unset ("no"), in which case the start of the file is used if the A loop
-      point is unset, and the end of the file for an unset B loop point
-    - deprecate --sub-ass=no option by --ass-style-override=strip
-      (also needs --embeddedfonts=no)
-    - add "hwdec-interop" and "hwdec-current" properties
-    - deprecated "hwdec-active" and "hwdec-detected" properties (to be removed
-      in mpv 0.20.0)
-    - choice option/property values that are "yes" or "no" will now be returned
-      as booleans when using the mpv_node functions in the client API, the
-      "native" property accessors in Lua, and the JSON API. They can be set as
-      such as well.
-    - the VO opengl fbo-format sub-option does not accept "rgb" or "rgba"
-      anymore
-    - all VO opengl prescalers have been removed (replaced by user scripts)
- --- mpv 0.17.0 ---
-    - deprecate "track-list/N/audio-channels" property (use
-      "track-list/N/demux-channel-count" instead)
-    - remove write access to "stream-pos", and change semantics for read access
-    - Lua scripts now don't suspend mpv by default while script code is run
-    - add "cache-speed" property
-    - rename --input-unix-socket to --input-ipc-server, and make it work on
-      Windows too
-    - change the exact behavior of the "video-zoom" property
-    - --video-unscaled no longer disables --video-zoom and --video-aspect
-      To force the old behavior, set --video-zoom=0 and --video-aspect=0
- --- mpv 0.16.0 ---
-    - change --audio-channels default to stereo (use --audio-channels=auto to
-      get the old default)
-    - add --audio-normalize-downmix
-    - change the default downmix behavior (--audio-normalize-downmix=yes to get
-      the old default)
-    - VO opengl custom shaders must now use "sample_pixel" as function name,
-      instead of "sample"
-    - change VO opengl scaler-resizes-only default to enabled
-    - add VO opengl "interpolation-threshold" suboption (introduces new default
-      behavior, which can change e.g. ``--video-sync=display-vdrop`` to the
-      worse, but is usually what you want)
-    - make "volume" and "mute" properties changeable even if no audio output is
-      active (this gives not-ideal behavior if --softvol=no is used)
-    - add "volume-max" and "mixer-active" properties
-    - ignore --input-cursor option for events injected by input commands like
-      "mouse", "keydown", etc.
- --- mpv 0.15.0 ---
-    - change "yadif" video filter defaults
- --- mpv 0.14.0 ---
-    - vo_opengl interpolation now requires --video-sync=display-... to be set
-    - change some vo_opengl defaults (including changing tscale)
-    - add "vsync-ratio", "estimated-display-fps" properties
-    - add --rebase-start-time option
-      This is a breaking change to start time handling. Instead of making start
-      time handling an aspect of different options and properties (like
-      "time-pos" vs. "playback-time"), make it dependent on the new option. For
-      compatibility, the "time-start" property now always returns 0, so code
-      which attempted to handle rebasing manually will not break.
- --- mpv 0.13.0 ---
-    - remove VO opengl-cb frame queue suboptions (no replacement)
- --- mpv 0.12.0 ---
-    - remove --use-text-osd (useless; fontconfig isn't a requirement anymore,
-      and text rendering is also lazily initialized)
-    - some time properties (at least "playback-time", "time-pos",
-      "time-remaining", "playtime-remaining") now are unavailable if the time
-      is unknown, instead of just assuming that the internal playback position
-      is 0
-    - add --audio-fallback-to-null option
-    - replace vf_format outputlevels suboption with "video-output-levels" global
-      property/option; also remove "colormatrix-output-range" property
-    - vo_opengl: remove sharpen3/sharpen5 scale filters, add sharpen sub-option
- --- mpv 0.11.0 ---
-    - add "af-metadata" property
- --- mpv 0.10.0 ---
-    - add --video-aspect-method option
-    - add --playlist-pos option
-    - add --video-sync* options
-      "display-sync-active" property
-      "vo-missed-frame-count" property
-      "audio-speed-correction" and "video-speed-correction" properties
-    - remove --demuxer-readahead-packets and --demuxer-readahead-bytes
-      add --demuxer-max-packets and --demuxer-max-bytes
-      (the new options are not replacement and have very different semantics)
-    - change "video-aspect" property: always settable, even if no video is
-      running; always return the override - if no override is set, return
-      the video's aspect ratio
-    - remove disc-nav (DVD, BD) related properties and commands
-    - add "option-info/<name>/set-locally" property
-    - add --cache-backbuffer; change --cache-default default to 75MB
-      the new total cache size is the sum of backbuffer and the cache size
-      specified by --cache-default or --cache
-    - add ``track-list/N/audio-channels`` property
-    - change --screenshot-tag-colorspace default value
-    - add --stretch-image-subs-to-screen
-    - add "playlist/N/title" property
-    - add --video-stereo-mode=no to disable auto-conversions
-    - add --force-seekable, and change default seekability in some cases
-    - add vf yadif/vavpp/vdpaupp interlaced-only suboptions
-      Also, the option is enabled by default (Except vf_yadif, which has
-      it enabled only if it's inserted by the deinterlace property.)
-    - add --hwdec-preload
-    - add ao coreaudio exclusive suboption
-    - add ``track-list/N/forced`` property
-    - add audio-params/channel-count and ``audio-params-out/channel-count props.
-    - add af volume replaygain-fallback suboption
-    - add video-params/stereo-in property
-    - add "keypress", "keydown", and "keyup" commands
-    - deprecate --ad-spdif-dtshd and enabling passthrough via --ad
-      add --audio-spdif as replacement
-    - remove "get_property" command
-    - remove --slave-broken
-    - add vo opengl custom shader suboptions (source-shader, scale-shader,
-      pre-shaders, post-shaders)
-    - completely change how the hwdec properties work:
-        - "hwdec" now reflects the --hwdec option
-        - "hwdec-detected" does partially what the old "hwdec" property did
-          (and also, "detected-hwdec" is removed)
-        - "hwdec-active" is added
-    - add protocol-list property
-    - deprecate audio-samplerate and audio-channels properties
-      (audio-params sub-properties are the replacement)
-    - add audio-params and audio-out-params properties
-    - deprecate "audio-format" property, replaced with "audio-codec-name"
-    - deprecate --media-title, replaced with --force-media-title
-    - deprecate "length" property, replaced with "duration"
-    - change volume property:
-        - the value 100 is now always "unchanged volume" - with softvol, the
-          range is 0 to --softvol-max, without it is 0-100
-        - the minimum value of --softvol-max is raised to 100
-    - remove vo opengl npot suboption
-    - add relative seeking by percentage to "seek" command
-    - add playlist_shuffle command
-    - add --force-window=immediate
-    - add ao coreaudio change-physical-format suboption
-    - remove vo opengl icc-cache suboption, add icc-cache-dir suboption
-    - add --screenshot-directory
-    - add --screenshot-high-bit-depth
-    - add --screenshot-jpeg-source-chroma
-    - default action for "rescan_external_files" command changes
- --- mpv 0.9.0 ---
@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-AUDIO FILTERS
-=============
-
-Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The
-syntax is:
-
-``--af=...``
-    Setup a chain of audio filters. See ``--vf`` for the syntax.
-
-.. note::
-
-    To get a full list of available audio filters, see ``--af=help``.
-
-    Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the ``lavfi``
-    wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
-    includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
-
-    The ``--vf`` description describes how libavfilter can be used and how to
-    workaround deprecated mpv filters.
-
-See ``--vf`` group of options for info on how ``--af-defaults``, ``--af-add``,
-``--af-pre``, ``--af-del``, ``--af-clr``, and possibly others work.
-
-Available filters are:
-
-``lavrresample[=option1:option2:...]``
-    This filter uses libavresample (or libswresample, depending on the build)
-    to change sample rate, sample format, or channel layout of the audio stream.
-    This filter is automatically enabled if the audio output does not support
-    the audio configuration of the file being played.
-
-    It supports only the following sample formats: u8, s16, s32, float.
-
-    ``filter-size=<length>``
-        Length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate. (default:
-        16)
-    ``phase-shift=<count>``
-        Log2 of the number of polyphase entries. (..., 10->1024, 11->2048,
-        12->4096, ...) (default: 10->1024)
-    ``cutoff=<cutoff>``
-        Cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length.
-    ``linear``
-        If set then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase
-        entries. (default: no)
-    ``no-detach``
-        Do not detach if input and output audio format/rate/channels match.
-        (If you just want to set defaults for this filter that will be used
-        even by automatically inserted lavrresample instances, you should
-        prefer setting them with ``--af-defaults=lavrresample:...``.)
-    ``normalize=<yes|no|auto>``
-        Whether to normalize when remixing channel layouts (default: auto).
-        ``auto`` uses the value set by ``--audio-normalize-downmix``.
-    ``o=<string>``
-        Set AVOptions on the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These should
-        be documented by FFmpeg or Libav.
-
-``lavcac3enc[=options]``
-    Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec. Supports
-    16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels. The output is
-    big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream, native-endian when
-    outputting to S/PDIF. If the input sample rate is not 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz or
-    32 kHz, it will be resampled to 48 kHz.
-
-    ``tospdif=<yes|no>``
-        Output raw AC-3 stream if ``no``, output to S/PDIF for
-        pass-through if ``yes`` (default).
-
-    ``bitrate=<rate>``
-        The bitrate use for the AC-3 stream. Set it to 384 to get 384 kbps.
-
-        The default is 640. Some receivers might not be able to handle this.
-
-        Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128,
-        160, 192, 224, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640.
-
-        The special value ``auto`` selects a default bitrate based on the
-        input channel number:
-
-        :1ch: 96
-        :2ch: 192
-        :3ch: 224
-        :4ch: 384
-        :5ch: 448
-        :6ch: 448
-
-    ``minch=<n>``
-        If the input channel number is less than ``<minch>``, the filter will
-        detach itself (default: 3).
-
-    ``encoder=<name>``
-        Select the libavcodec encoder used. Currently, this should be an AC-3
-        encoder, and using another codec will fail horribly.
-
-``equalizer=g1:g2:g3:...:g10``
-    10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass
-    filters. This means that it works regardless of what type of audio is
-    being played back. The center frequencies for the 10 bands are:
-
-    === ==========
-    No. frequency
-    === ==========
-    0    31.25  Hz
-    1    62.50  Hz
-    2   125.00  Hz
-    3   250.00  Hz
-    4   500.00  Hz
-    5     1.00 kHz
-    6     2.00 kHz
-    7     4.00 kHz
-    8     8.00 kHz
-    9    16.00 kHz
-    === ==========
-
-    If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the center
-    frequency for a frequency band, then that band will be disabled. A known
-    bug with this filter is that the characteristics for the uppermost band
-    are not completely symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center
-    frequency of that band. This problem can be worked around by upsampling
-    the sound using a resampling filter before it reaches this filter.
-
-    ``<g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>``
-        floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency
-        band (-12-12)
-
-    .. admonition:: Example
-
-        ``mpv --af=equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi``
-            Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency region
-            while canceling it almost completely around 1 kHz.
-
-``channels=nch[:routes]``
-    Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels. If
-    only ``<nch>`` is given, the default routing is used. It works as follows:
-    If the number of output channels is greater than the number of input
-    channels, empty channels are inserted (except when mixing from mono to
-    stereo; then the mono channel is duplicated). If the number of output
-    channels is less than the number of input channels, the exceeding
-    channels are truncated.
-
-    ``<nch>``
-        number of output channels (1-8)
-    ``<routes>``
-        List of ``,`` separated routes, in the form ``from1-to1,from2-to2,...``.
-        Each pair defines where to route each channel. There can be at most
-        8 routes. Without this argument, the default routing is used. Since
-        ``,`` is also used to separate filters, you must quote this argument
-        with ``[...]`` or similar.
-
-    .. admonition:: Examples
-
-        ``mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,2-2,3-3] media.avi``
-            Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that
-            swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.
-            Observe that if media containing two channels were played back,
-            channels 2 and 3 would contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be
-            swapped.
-
-        ``mpv --af=channels=6:[0-0,0-1,0-2,0-3] media.avi``
-            Would change the number of channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that
-            copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain
-            silence.
-
-    .. note::
-
-        You should probably not use this filter. If you want to change the
-        output channel layout, try the ``format`` filter, which can make mpv
-        automatically up- and downmix standard channel layouts.
-
-``format=format:srate:channels:out-format:out-srate:out-channels``
-    Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather, it may cause the
-    filter system to insert necessary conversion filters before or after this
-    filter if needed. It is primarily useful for controlling the audio format
-    going into other filters. To specify the format for audio output, see
-    ``--audio-format``, ``--audio-samplerate``, and ``--audio-channels``. This
-    filter is able to force a particular format, whereas ``--audio-*``
-    may be overridden by the ao based on output compatibility.
-
-    All parameters are optional. The first 3 parameters restrict what the filter
-    accepts as input. They will therefore cause conversion filters to be
-    inserted before this one.  The ``out-`` parameters tell the filters or audio
-    outputs following this filter how to interpret the data without actually
-    doing a conversion. Setting these will probably just break things unless you
-    really know you want this for some reason, such as testing or dealing with
-    broken media.
-
-    ``<format>``
-        Force conversion to this format. Use ``--af=format=format=help`` to get
-        a list of valid formats.
-
-    ``<srate>``
-        Force conversion to a specific sample rate. The rate is an integer,
-        48000 for example.
-
-    ``<channels>``
-        Force mixing to a specific channel layout. See ``--audio-channels`` option
-        for possible values.
-
-    ``<out-format>``
-
-    ``<out-srate>``
-
-    ``<out-channels>``
-
-    *NOTE*: this filter used to be named ``force``. The old ``format`` filter
-    used to do conversion itself, unlike this one which lets the filter system
-    handle the conversion.
-
-``volume[=<volumedb>[:...]]``
-    Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it
-    can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound. In most cases it is
-    best to use the *Master* volume control of your sound card or the volume
-    knob on your amplifier.
-
-    *WARNING*: This filter is deprecated. Use the top-level options like
-    ``--volume`` and ``--replaygain...`` instead.
-
-    *NOTE*: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled
-    once for every audio stream.
-
-    ``<volumedb>``
-        Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from -200 dB
-        to +60 dB, where -200 dB mutes the sound completely and +60 dB equals a
-        gain of 1000 (default: 0).
-    ``replaygain-track``
-        Adjust volume gain according to the track-gain replaygain value stored
-        in the file metadata.
-    ``replaygain-album``
-        Like replaygain-track, but using the album-gain value instead.
-    ``replaygain-preamp``
-        Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain
-        (default: 0).
-    ``replaygain-clip=yes|no``
-        Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering the
-        gain (default). Use ``replaygain-clip=no`` to disable this.
-    ``replaygain-fallback``
-        Gain in dB to apply if the file has no replay gain tags. This option
-        is always applied if the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this
-        is applied, no other replaygain options are applied.
-    ``softclip``
-        Turns soft clipping on. Soft-clipping can make the
-        sound more smooth if very high volume levels are used. Enable this
-        option if the dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low.
-
-        *WARNING*: This feature creates distortion and should be considered a
-        last resort.
-    ``s16``
-        Force S16 sample format if set. Lower quality, but might be faster
-        in some situations.
-    ``detach``
-        Remove the filter if the volume is not changed at audio filter config
-        time. Useful with replaygain: if the current file has no replaygain
-        tags, then the filter will be removed if this option is enabled.
-        (If ``--softvol=yes`` is used and the player volume controls are used
-        during playback, a different volume filter will be inserted.)
-
-    .. admonition:: Example
-
-        ``mpv --af=volume=10.1 media.avi``
-            Would amplify the sound by 10.1 dB and hard-clip if the sound level
-            is too high.
-
-``pan=n:[<matrix>]``
-    Mixes channels arbitrarily. Basically a combination of the volume and the
-    channels filter that can be used to down-mix many channels to only a few,
-    e.g. stereo to mono, or vary the "width" of the center speaker in a
-    surround sound system. This filter is hard to use, and will require some
-    tinkering before the desired result is obtained. The number of options for
-    this filter depends on the number of output channels. An example how to
-    downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this filter can be found
-    in the examples section near the end.
-
-    ``<n>``
-        Number of output channels (1-8).
-    ``<matrix>``
-        A list of values ``[L00,L01,L02,...,L10,L11,L12,...,Ln0,Ln1,Ln2,...]``,
-        where each element ``Lij`` means how much of input channel i is mixed
-        into output channel j (range 0-1). So in principle you first have n
-        numbers saying what to do with the first input channel, then n numbers
-        that act on the second input channel etc. If you do not specify any
-        numbers for some input channels, 0 is assumed.
-        Note that the values are separated by ``,``, which is already used
-        by the option parser to separate filters. This is why you must quote
-        the value list with ``[...]`` or similar.
-
-    .. admonition:: Examples
-
-        ``mpv --af=pan=1:[0.5,0.5] media.avi``
-            Would downmix from stereo to mono.
-
-        ``mpv --af=pan=3:[1,0,0.5,0,1,0.5] media.avi``
-            Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix
-            channels 0 and 1 into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a
-            subwoofer for example).
-
-    .. note::
-
-        If you just want to force remixing to a certain output channel layout,
-        it is easier to use the ``format`` filter. For example,
-        ``mpv '--af=format=channels=5.1' '--audio-channels=5.1'`` would always force
-        remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this.
-
-    This filter supports the following ``af-command`` commands:
-
-    ``set-matrix``
-        Set the ``<matrix>`` argument dynamically. This can be used to change
-        the mixing matrix at runtime, without reinitializing the entire filter
-        chain.
-
-``scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]``
-    Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback
-    speed (default).
-
-    This works by playing 'stride' ms of audio at normal speed then consuming
-    'stride*scale' ms of input audio. It pieces the strides together by
-    blending 'overlap'% of stride with audio following the previous stride. It
-    optionally performs a short statistical analysis on the next 'search' ms
-    of audio to determine the best overlap position.
-
-    ``scale=<amount>``
-        Nominal amount to scale tempo. Scales this amount in addition to
-        speed. (default: 1.0)
-    ``stride=<amount>``
-        Length in milliseconds to output each stride. Too high of a value will
-        cause noticeable skips at high scale amounts and an echo at low scale
-        amounts. Very low values will alter pitch. Increasing improves
-        performance. (default: 60)
-    ``overlap=<percent>``
-        Percentage of stride to overlap. Decreasing improves performance.
-        (default: .20)
-    ``search=<amount>``
-        Length in milliseconds to search for best overlap position. Decreasing
-        improves performance greatly. On slow systems, you will probably want
-        to set this very low. (default: 14)
-    ``speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>``
-        Set response to speed change.
-
-        tempo
-             Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
-        pitch
-             Reverses effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo.
-             Add this to your ``input.conf`` to step by musical semi-tones::
-
-                [ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935
-                ] multiply speed 1.059463094352953
-
-             .. warning::
-
-                Loses sync with video.
-        both
-            Scale both tempo and pitch.
-        none
-            Ignore speed changes.
-
-    .. admonition:: Examples
-
-        ``mpv --af=scaletempo --speed=1.2 media.ogg``
-            Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal
-            pitch. Changing playback speed would change audio tempo to match.
-
-        ``mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none --speed=1.2 media.ogg``
-            Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal
-            pitch, but changing playback speed would have no effect on audio
-            tempo.
-
-        ``mpv --af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg``
-            Would tweak the quality and performance parameters.
-
-        ``mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg``
-            Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.
-            Changing playback speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at
-            1.2x.
-
-``rubberband``
-    High quality pitch correction with librubberband. This can be used in place
-    of ``scaletempo``, and will be used to adjust audio pitch when playing
-    at speed different from normal. It can also be used to adjust audio pitch
-    without changing playback speed.
-
-    ``<pitch-scale>``
-        Sets the pitch scaling factor. Frequencies are multiplied by this value.
-
-    This filter has a number of additional sub-options. You can list them with
-    ``mpv --af=rubberband=help``. This will also show the default values
-    for each option. The options are not documented here, because they are
-    merely passed to librubberband. Look at the librubberband documentation
-    to learn what each option does:
-    http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/code-doc/classRubberBand_1_1RubberBandStretcher.html
-    (The mapping of the mpv rubberband filter sub-option names and values to
-    those of librubberband follows a simple pattern: ``"Option" + Name + Value``.)
-
-    This filter supports the following ``af-command`` commands:
-
-    ``set-pitch``
-        Set the ``<pitch-scale>`` argument dynamically. This can be used to
-        change the playback pitch at runtime. Note that speed is controlled
-        using the standard ``speed`` property, not ``af-command``.
-
-``lavfi=graph``
-    Filter audio using FFmpeg's libavfilter.
-
-    ``<graph>``
-        Libavfilter graph. See ``lavfi`` video filter for details - the graph
-        syntax is the same.
-
-        .. warning::
-
-            Don't forget to quote libavfilter graphs as described in the lavfi
-            video filter section.
-
-    ``o=<string>``
-        AVOptions.
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS
-====================
-
-Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The
-syntax is:
-
-``--ao=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>``
-    Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.
-
-If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained
-in the list.
-
-.. note::
-
-    See ``--ao=help`` for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers. The
-    driver ``--ao=alsa`` is preferred. ``--ao=pulse`` is preferred on systems
-    where PulseAudio is used. On BSD systems, ``--ao=oss`` or ``--ao=sndio``
-    may work (the latter being experimental).
-
-Available audio output drivers are:
-
-``alsa`` (Linux only)
-    ALSA audio output driver
-
-    See `ALSA audio output options`_ for options specific to this AO.
-
-    .. warning::
-
-        To get multichannel/surround audio, use ``--audio-channels=auto``. The
-        default for this option is ``auto-safe``, which makes this audio otuput
-        explicitly reject multichannel output, as there is no way to detect
-        whether a certain channel layout is actually supported.
-
-        You can also try `using the upmix plugin <http://git.io/vfuAy>`_.
-        This setup enables multichannel audio on the ``default`` device
-        with automatic upmixing with shared access, so playing stereo
-        and multichannel audio at the same time will work as expected.
-
-``oss``
-    OSS audio output driver
-
-    The following global options are supported by this audio output:
-
-    ``--oss-mixer-device``
-        Sets the audio mixer device (default: ``/dev/mixer``).
-    ``--oss-mixer-channel``
-        Sets the audio mixer channel (default: ``pcm``). Other valid values
-        include **vol, pcm, line**. For a complete list of options look for
-        ``SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES`` in ``/usr/include/linux/soundcard.h``.
-
-``jack``
-    JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this audio output:
-
-    ``--jack-port=<name>``
-        Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).
-    ``--jack-name=<client>``
-        Client name that is passed to JACK (default: ``mpv``). Useful
-        if you want to have certain connections established automatically.
-    ``--jack-autostart=<yes|no>``
-        Automatically start jackd if necessary (default: disabled). Note that
-        this tends to be unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages.
-    ``--jack-connect=<yes|no>``
-        Automatically create connections to output ports (default: enabled).
-        When enabled, the maximum number of output channels will be limited to
-        the number of available output ports.
-    ``--jack-std-channel-layout=<waveext|any>``
-        Select the standard channel layout (default: waveext). JACK itself has no
-        notion of channel layouts (i.e. assigning which speaker a given
-        channel is supposed to map to) - it just takes whatever the application
-        outputs, and reroutes it to whatever the user defines. This means the
-        user and the application are in charge of dealing with the channel
-        layout. ``waveext`` uses WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE order, which, even
-        though it was defined by Microsoft, is the standard on many systems.
-        The value ``any`` makes JACK accept whatever comes from the audio
-        filter chain, regardless of channel layout and without reordering. This
-        mode is probably not very useful, other than for debugging or when used
-        with fixed setups.
-
-``coreaudio`` (Mac OS X only)
-    Native Mac OS X audio output driver using AudioUnits and the CoreAudio
-    sound server.
-
-    Automatically redirects to ``coreaudio_exclusive`` when playing compressed
-    formats.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this audio output:
-
-    ``--coreaudio-change-physical-format=<yes|no>``
-        Change the physical format to one similar to the requested audio format
-        (default: no). This has the advantage that multichannel audio output
-        will actually work. The disadvantage is that it will change the
-        system-wide audio settings. This is equivalent to changing the ``Format``
-        setting in the ``Audio Devices`` dialog in the ``Audio MIDI Setup``
-        utility. Note that this does not affect the selected speaker setup.
-
-    ``--coreaudio-spdif-hack=<yes|no>``
-        Try to pass through AC3/DTS data as PCM. This is useful for drivers
-        which do not report AC3 support. It converts the AC3 data to float,
-        and assumes the driver will do the inverse conversion, which means
-        a typical A/V receiver will pick it up as compressed IEC framed AC3
-        stream, ignoring that it's marked as PCM. This disables normal AC3
-        passthrough (even if the device reports it as supported). Use with
-        extreme care.
-
-
-``coreaudio_exclusive`` (Mac OS X only)
-    Native Mac OS X audio output driver using direct device access and
-    exclusive mode (bypasses the sound server).
-
-``openal``
-    Experimental OpenAL audio output driver
-
-    .. note:: This driver is not very useful. Playing multi-channel audio with
-              it is slow.
-
-``pulse``
-    PulseAudio audio output driver
-
-    The following global options are supported by this audio output:
-
-    ``--pulse-host=<host>``
-        Specify the host to use. An empty <host> string uses a local connection,
-        "localhost" uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).
-
-    ``--pulse-buffer=<1-2000|native>``
-        Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers
-        more data, and has a lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller
-        value makes the audio stream react faster, e.g. to playback speed
-        changes. Default: 250.
-
-    ``--pulse-latency-hacks=<yes|no>``
-        Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If
-        enabled, mpv will do elaborate latency calculations on its own. If
-        disabled, it will use PulseAudio automatically updated timing
-        information. Disabling this might help with e.g. networked audio or
-        some plugins, while enabling it might help in some unknown situations
-        (it used to be required to get good behavior on old PulseAudio versions).
-
-        If you have stuttering video when using pulse, try to enable this
-        option. (Or try to update PulseAudio.)
-
-``sdl``
-    SDL 1.2+ audio output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL
-    1.2, but may require the ``SDL_AUDIODRIVER`` environment variable to be set
-    appropriately for your system.
-
-    .. note:: This driver is for compatibility with extremely foreign
-              environments, such as systems where none of the other drivers
-              are available.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this audio output:
-
-    ``--sdl-buflen=<length>``
-        Sets the audio buffer length in seconds. Is used only as a hint by the
-        sound system. Playing a file with ``-v`` will show the requested and
-        obtained exact buffer size. A value of 0 selects the sound system
-        default.
-
-    ``--sdl-bufcnt=<count>``
-        Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be
-        changed.
-
-``null``
-    Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. You can use
-    ``--ao=null --ao-null-untimed`` for benchmarking.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this audio output:
-
-    ``--ao-null-untimed``
-        Do not simulate timing of a perfect audio device. This means audio
-        decoding will go as fast as possible, instead of timing it to the
-        system clock.
-
-    ``--ao-null-buffer``
-        Simulated buffer length in seconds.
-
-    ``--ao-null-outburst``
-        Simulated chunk size in samples.
-
-    ``--ao-null-speed``
-        Simulated audio playback speed as a multiplier. Usually, a real audio
-        device will not go exactly as fast as the system clock. It will deviate
-        just a little, and this option helps to simulate this.
-
-    ``--ao-null-latency``
-        Simulated device latency. This is additional to EOF.
-
-    ``--ao-null-broken-eof``
-        Simulate broken audio drivers, which always add the fixed device
-        latency to the reported audio playback position.
-
-    ``--ao-null-broken-delay``
-        Simulate broken audio drivers, which don't report latency correctly.
-
-    ``--ao-null-channel-layouts``
-        If not empty, this is a ``,`` separated list of channel layouts the
-        AO allows. This can be used to test channel layout selection.
-
-``pcm``
-    Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output
-
-    The following global options are supported by this audio output:
-
-    ``--ao-pcm-waveheader=<yes|no>``
-        Include or do not include the WAVE header (default: included). When
-        not included, raw PCM will be generated.
-    ``--ao-pcm-file=<filename>``
-        Write the sound to ``<filename>`` instead of the default
-        ``audiodump.wav``. If ``no-waveheader`` is specified, the default is
-        ``audiodump.pcm``.
-    ``--ao-pcm-append=<yes|no>``
-        Append to the file, instead of overwriting it. Always use this with the
-        ``no-waveheader`` option - with ``waveheader`` it's broken, because
-        it will write a WAVE header every time the file is opened.
-
-``rsound``
-    Audio output to an RSound daemon. Use ``--audio-device=rsound/<hostname>``
-    to set the host name (with ``<hostname>`` replaced, without the ``< >``).
-
-    .. note:: Completely useless, unless you intend to run RSound. Not to be
-              confused with RoarAudio, which is something completely
-              different.
-
-``sndio``
-    Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system
-
-    .. note:: Experimental. There are known bugs and issues.
-
-    (Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel
-    layouts.)
-
-``wasapi``
-    Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-CHANGELOG
-=========
-
-There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things:
-
-* The release changelog, which should contain most user-visible changes,
-  including new features and bug fixes:
-
-  https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
-* The git log, which is the "real" changelog
-* The files ``client-api-changes.rst`` and ``interface-changes.rst`` in the
-  ``DOCS`` sub directoryon the git repository, which document API and user
-  interface changes (the latter usually documents breaking changes only, rather
-  than additions).
-* The file ``mplayer-changes.rst`` in the ``DOCS`` sub directory on the git
-  repository, which used to be in place of this section. It documents some
-  changes that happened since mplayer2 forked off MPlayer. (Not updated
-  anymore.)
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+AUDIO FILTERS
+=============
+
+Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The
+syntax is:
+
+``--af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
+    Setup a chain of audio filters.
+
+.. note::
+
+    To get a full list of available audio filters, see ``--af=help``.
+
+Audio filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
+filter list:
+
+``--af-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
+    Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
+
+``--af-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
+    Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
+
+``--af-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
+    Deletes the filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
+    negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
+
+``--af-clr``
+    Completely empties the filter list.
+
+Available filters are:
+
+``lavrresample[=option1:option2:...]``
+    This filter uses libavresample (or libswresample, depending on the build)
+    to change sample rate, sample format, or channel layout of the audio stream.
+    This filter is automatically enabled if the audio output does not support
+    the audio configuration of the file being played.
+
+    It supports only the following sample formats: u8, s16ne, s32ne, floatne.
+
+    ``filter-size=<length>``
+        Length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate. (default:
+        16)
+    ``phase-shift=<count>``
+        Log2 of the number of polyphase entries. (..., 10->1024, 11->2048,
+        12->4096, ...) (default: 10->1024)
+    ``cutoff=<cutoff>``
+        Cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length.
+    ``linear``
+        If set then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase
+        entries. (default: no)
+    ``no-detach``
+        Do not detach if input and output audio format/rate/channels match.
+        You should add this option if you specify additional parameters, as
+        automatically inserted lavrresample instances will use the default
+        settings.
+    ``o=<string>``
+        Set AVOptions on the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These should
+        be documented by FFmpeg or Libav.
+
+``lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]``
+    Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec. Supports
+    16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels. The output is
+    big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream, native-endian when
+    outputting to S/PDIF. If the input sample rate is not 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz or
+    32 kHz, it will be resampled to 48 kHz.
+
+    ``<tospdif>``
+        Output raw AC-3 stream if zero or not set, output to S/PDIF for
+        passthrough when ``<tospdif>`` is set non-zero.
+    ``<bitrate>``
+        The bitrate use for the AC-3 stream. Set it to either 384 or 384000
+        to get 384 kbps.
+
+        Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128,
+        160, 192, 224, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640.
+
+        Default bitrate is based on the input channel number:
+
+        :1ch: 96
+        :2ch: 192
+        :3ch: 224
+        :4ch: 384
+        :5ch: 448
+        :6ch: 448
+
+    ``<minchn>``
+        If the input channel number is less than ``<minchn>``, the filter will
+        detach itself (default: 5).
+
+``sweep[=speed]``
+    Produces a sine sweep.
+
+    ``<0.0-1.0>``
+        Sine function delta, use very low values to hear the sweep.
+
+``sinesuppress[=freq:decay]``
+    Remove a sine at the specified frequency. Useful to get rid of the 50/60Hz
+    noise on low quality audio equipment. It only works on mono input.
+
+    ``<freq>``
+        The frequency of the sine which should be removed (in Hz) (default:
+        50)
+    ``<decay>``
+        Controls the adaptivity (a larger value will make the filter adapt to
+        amplitude and phase changes quicker, a smaller value will make the
+        adaptation slower) (default: 0.0001). Reasonable values are around
+        0.001.
+
+``bs2b[=option1:option2:...]``
+    Bauer stereophonic to binaural transformation using libbs2b. Improves the
+    headphone listening experience by making the sound similar to that from
+    loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear both channels and taking into
+    account the distance difference and the head shadowing effect. It is
+    applicable only to 2-channel audio.
+
+    ``fcut=<300-1000>``
+        Set cut frequency in Hz.
+    ``feed=<10-150>``
+        Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
+    ``profile=<value>``
+        Several profiles are available for convenience:
+
+        :default: will be used if nothing else was specified (fcut=700,
+                  feed=45)
+        :cmoy:    Chu Moy circuit implementation (fcut=700, feed=60)
+        :jmeier:  Jan Meier circuit implementation (fcut=650, feed=95)
+
+    If ``fcut`` or ``feed`` options are specified together with a profile, they
+    will be applied on top of the selected profile.
+
+``hrtf[=flag]``
+    Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2-channel
+    output for headphones, preserving the spatiality of the sound.
+
+    ==== ===================================
+    Flag Meaning
+    ==== ===================================
+    m    matrix decoding of the rear channel
+    s    2-channel matrix decoding
+    0    no matrix decoding (default)
+    ==== ===================================
+
+``equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]``
+    10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass
+    filters. This means that it works regardless of what type of audio is
+    being played back. The center frequencies for the 10 bands are:
+
+    === ==========
+    No. frequency
+    === ==========
+    0    31.25  Hz
+    1    62.50  Hz
+    2   125.00  Hz
+    3   250.00  Hz
+    4   500.00  Hz
+    5     1.00 kHz
+    6     2.00 kHz
+    7     4.00 kHz
+    8     8.00 kHz
+    9    16.00 kHz
+    === ==========
+
+    If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the center
+    frequency for a frequency band, then that band will be disabled. A known
+    bug with this filter is that the characteristics for the uppermost band
+    are not completely symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center
+    frequency of that band. This problem can be worked around by upsampling
+    the sound using a resampling filter before it reaches this filter.
+
+    ``<g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>``
+        floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency
+        band (-12-12)
+
+    .. admonition:: Example
+
+        ``mpv --af=equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi``
+            Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency region
+            while canceling it almost completely around 1kHz.
+
+``channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]``
+    Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels. If
+    only ``<nch>`` is given, the default routing is used. It works as follows:
+    If the number of output channels is greater than the number of input
+    channels, empty channels are inserted (except when mixing from mono to
+    stereo; then the mono channel is duplicated). If the number of output
+    channels is less than the number of input channels, the exceeding
+    channels are truncated.
+
+    ``<nch>``
+        number of output channels (1-8)
+    ``<nr>``
+        number of routes (1-8)
+    ``<from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>``
+        Pairs of numbers between 0 and 7 that define where to route each
+        channel.
+
+    .. admonition:: Examples
+
+        ``mpv --af=channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi``
+            Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that
+            swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.
+            Observe that if media containing two channels were played back,
+            channels 2 and 3 would contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be
+            swapped.
+
+        ``mpv --af=channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi``
+            Would change the number of channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that
+            copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain
+            silence.
+
+``force=in-format:in-srate:in-channels:out-format:out-srate:out-channels``
+    Force a specific audio format/configuration without actually changing the
+    audio data. Keep in mind that the filter system might auto-insert actual
+    conversion filters before or after this filter if needed.
+
+    All parameters are optional. The ``in-`` variants restrict what the filter
+    accepts as input. The ``out-`` variants change the audio format, without
+    actually doing a conversion. The data will be 'reinterpreted' by the
+    filters or audio outputs following this filter.
+
+    ``<in-format>``
+        Force conversion to this format. See ``format`` filter for valid audio
+        format values.
+
+    ``<in-srate>``
+        Force conversion to a specific sample rate. The rate is an integer,
+        48000 for example.
+
+    ``<in-channels>``
+        Force mixing to a specific channel layout. See ``--channels`` option
+        for possible values.
+
+    ``<out-format>``
+
+    ``<out-srate>``
+
+    ``<out-channels>``
+
+``format[=format]``
+    Convert between different sample formats. Automatically enabled when
+    needed by the audio output or another filter. See also ``--format``.
+
+    ``<format>``
+        Sets the desired format. The general form is 'sbe', where 's' denotes
+        the sign (either 's' for signed or 'u' for unsigned), 'b' denotes the
+        number of bits per sample (16, 24 or 32) and 'e' denotes the
+        endianness ('le' means little-endian, 'be' big-endian and 'ne' the
+        endianness of the computer mpv is running on). Valid values (amongst
+        others) are: 's16le', 'u32be' and 'u24ne'. Exceptions to this rule that
+        are also valid format specifiers: u8, s8, floatle, floatbe, floatne,
+        mpeg2, and ac3.
+
+``volume[=v[:sc[:fast]]]``
+    Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it
+    can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound. In most cases it is
+    best to use the *Master* volume control of your sound card or the volume
+    knob on your amplifier.
+
+    This filter has a second feature: It measures the overall maximum sound
+    level and prints out that level when mpv exits. This feature currently
+    only works with floating-point data.
+
+    *NOTE*: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled
+    once for every audio stream.
+
+    ``<v>``
+        Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from -200dB
+        to +60dB, where -200dB mutes the sound completely and +60dB equals a
+        gain of 1000 (default: 0).
+    ``<sc>``
+        Turns soft clipping on (1) or off (0). Soft-clipping can make the
+        sound more smooth if very high volume levels are used. Enable this
+        option if the dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low.
+
+        *WARNING*: This feature creates distortion and should be considered a
+        last resort.
+    ``<fast>``
+        Force S16 sample format if set to 1. Lower quality, but might be faster
+        in some situations.
+
+    .. admonition:: Example
+
+        ``mpv --af=volume=10.1:0 media.avi``
+            Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip if the sound level
+            is too high.
+
+``pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]``
+    Mixes channels arbitrarily. Basically a combination of the volume and the
+    channels filter that can be used to down-mix many channels to only a few,
+    e.g. stereo to mono, or vary the "width" of the center speaker in a
+    surround sound system. This filter is hard to use, and will require some
+    tinkering before the desired result is obtained. The number of options for
+    this filter depends on the number of output channels. An example how to
+    downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this filter can be found
+    in the examples section near the end.
+
+    ``<n>``
+        Number of output channels (1-8).
+    ``<Lij>``
+        How much of input channel i is mixed into output channel j (0-1). So
+        in principle you first have n numbers saying what to do with the first
+        input channel, then n numbers that act on the second input channel
+        etc. If you do not specify any numbers for some input channels, 0 is
+        assumed.
+
+    .. admonition:: Examples
+
+        ``mpv --af=pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi``
+            Would downmix from stereo to mono.
+
+        ``mpv --af=pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi``
+            Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix
+            channels 0 and 1 into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a
+            subwoofer for example).
+
+    .. note::
+
+        If you just want to force remixing to a certain output channel layout,
+        it is easier to use the ``force`` filter. For example,
+        ``mpv '--af=force=channels=5.1' '--channels=5.1'`` would always force
+        remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this.
+
+``sub[=fc:ch]``
+    Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream. The audio data used for
+    creating the subwoofer channel is an average of the sound in channel 0 and
+    channel 1. The resulting sound is then low-pass filtered by a 4th order
+    Butterworth filter with a default cutoff frequency of 60Hz and added to a
+    separate channel in the audio stream.
+
+    .. warning::
+
+        Disable this filter when you are playing media with an LFE channel
+        (e.g. 5.1 surround sound), otherwise this filter will disrupt the sound
+        to the subwoofer.
+
+    ``<fc>``
+        cutoff frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz to 300Hz)
+        (default: 60Hz) For the best result try setting the cutoff frequency
+        as low as possible. This will improve the stereo or surround sound
+        experience.
+    ``<ch>``
+        Determines the channel number in which to insert the sub-channel
+        audio. Channel number can be between 0 and 7 (default: 5). Observe
+        that the number of channels will automatically be increased to <ch> if
+        necessary.
+
+    .. admonition:: Example
+
+        ``mpv --af=sub=100:4 --channels=5 media.avi``
+            Would add a subwoofer channel with a cutoff frequency of 100Hz to
+            output channel 4.
+
+``center``
+    Creates a center channel from the front channels. May currently be low
+    quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter for proper extraction
+    yet, but averages and halves the channels instead.
+
+    ``<ch>``
+        Determines the channel number in which to insert the center channel.
+        Channel number can be between 0 and 7 (default: 5). Observe that the
+        number of channels will automatically be increased to ``<ch>`` if
+        necessary.
+
+``surround[=delay]``
+    Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like Dolby Surround. Some files
+    with 2-channel audio actually contain matrix encoded surround sound.
+
+    ``<delay>``
+        delay time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (default: 20) This
+        delay should be set as follows: If d1 is the distance from the
+        listening position to the front speakers and d2 is the distance from
+        the listening position to the rear speakers, then the delay should be
+        set to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.
+
+    .. admonition:: Example
+
+        ``mpv --af=surround=15 --channels=4 media.avi``
+            Would add surround sound decoding with 15ms delay for the sound to
+            the rear speakers.
+
+``delay[=ch1:ch2:...]``
+    Delays the sound to the loudspeakers such that the sound from the
+    different channels arrives at the listening position simultaneously. It is
+    only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeakers.
+
+    ``ch1,ch2,...``
+        The delay in ms that should be imposed on each channel (floating point
+        number between 0 and 1000).
+
+    To calculate the required delay for the different channels, do as follows:
+
+    1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters in relation to your
+       listening position, giving you the distances s1 to s5 (for a 5.1
+       system). There is no point in compensating for the subwoofer (you will
+       not hear the difference anyway).
+
+    2. Subtract the distances s1 to s5 from the maximum distance, i.e.
+       ``s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5``.
+
+    3. Calculate the required delays in ms as ``d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342; i =
+       1...5``.
+
+    .. admonition:: Example
+
+        ``mpv --af=delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi``
+            Would delay front left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear channels
+            and the subwoofer by 0ms and the center channel by 7ms.
+
+``export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]``
+    Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory mapping
+    (``mmap()``). Memory mapped areas contain a header::
+
+        int nch                      /* number of channels */
+        int size                     /* buffer size */
+        unsigned long long counter   /* Used to keep sync, updated every time
+                                        new data is exported. */
+
+    The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16-bit data.
+
+    ``<mmapped_file>``
+        File to map data to (default: ``~/.mpv/mpv-af_export``).
+    ``<nsamples>``
+        number of samples per channel (default: 512).
+
+    .. admonition:: Example
+
+        ``mpv --af=export=/tmp/mpv-af_export:1024 media.avi``
+            Would export 1024 samples per channel to ``/tmp/mpv-af_export``.
+
+``extrastereo[=mul]``
+    (Linearly) increases the difference between left and right channels which
+    adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
+
+    ``<mul>``
+        Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5). 0.0 means mono sound
+        (average of both channels), with 1.0 sound will be unchanged, with
+        -1.0 left and right channels will be swapped.
+
+``drc[=method:target]``
+    Applies dynamic range compression. This maximizes the volume by compressing
+    the audio signal's dynamic range. (Formerly called ``volnorm``.)
+
+    ``<method>``
+        Sets the used method.
+
+        1
+            Use a single sample to smooth the variations via the standard
+            weighted mean over past samples (default).
+        2
+            Use several samples to smooth the variations via the standard
+            weighted mean over past samples.
+
+    ``<target>``
+        Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum for the sample
+        type (default: 0.25).
+
+    .. note::
+
+        This filter can cause distortion with audio signals that have a very
+        large dynamic range.
+
+``ladspa=file:label[:controls...]``
+    Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin. This
+    filter is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be used at once.
+
+    ``<file>``
+        Specifies the LADSPA plugin library file.
+
+        .. note::
+
+            See also the note about the ``LADSPA_PATH`` variable in the
+            `ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES`_ section.
+    ``<label>``
+        Specifies the filter within the library. Some libraries contain only
+        one filter, but others contain many of them. Entering 'help' here
+        will list all available filters within the specified library, which
+        eliminates the use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
+    ``<controls>``
+        Controls are zero or more floating point values that determine the
+        behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay, threshold or gain).
+        In verbose mode (add ``-v`` to the mpv command line), all
+        available controls and their valid ranges are printed. This eliminates
+        the use of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.
+
+``karaoke``
+    Simple voice removal filter exploiting the fact that voice is usually
+    recorded with mono gear and later 'center' mixed onto the final audio
+    stream. Beware that this filter will turn your signal into mono. Works
+    well for 2 channel tracks; do not bother trying it on anything but 2
+    channel stereo.
+
+``scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]``
+    Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback
+    speed (default).
+
+    This works by playing 'stride' ms of audio at normal speed then consuming
+    'stride*scale' ms of input audio. It pieces the strides together by
+    blending 'overlap'% of stride with audio following the previous stride. It
+    optionally performs a short statistical analysis on the next 'search' ms
+    of audio to determine the best overlap position.
+
+    ``scale=<amount>``
+        Nominal amount to scale tempo. Scales this amount in addition to
+        speed. (default: 1.0)
+    ``stride=<amount>``
+        Length in milliseconds to output each stride. Too high of a value will
+        cause noticeable skips at high scale amounts and an echo at low scale
+        amounts. Very low values will alter pitch. Increasing improves
+        performance. (default: 60)
+    ``overlap=<percent>``
+        Percentage of stride to overlap. Decreasing improves performance.
+        (default: .20)
+    ``search=<amount>``
+        Length in milliseconds to search for best overlap position. Decreasing
+        improves performance greatly. On slow systems, you will probably want
+        to set this very low. (default: 14)
+    ``speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>``
+        Set response to speed change.
+
+        tempo
+             Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
+        pitch
+             Reverses effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo.
+             Add ``[ speed_mult 0.9438743126816935`` and ``] speed_mult
+             1.059463094352953`` to your ``input.conf`` to step by musical
+             semi-tones.
+
+             .. warning::
+
+                Loses sync with video.
+        both
+            Scale both tempo and pitch.
+        none
+            Ignore speed changes.
+
+    .. admonition:: Examples
+
+        ``mpv --af=scaletempo --speed=1.2 media.ogg``
+            Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal
+            pitch. Changing playback speed would change audio tempo to match.
+
+        ``mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none --speed=1.2 media.ogg``
+            Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal
+            pitch, but changing playback speed would have no effect on audio
+            tempo.
+
+        ``mpv --af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg``
+            Would tweak the quality and performace parameters.
+
+        ``mpv --af=format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg``
+            Would make scaletempo use float code. Maybe faster on some
+            platforms.
+
+        ``mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg``
+            Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.
+            Changing playback speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at
+            1.2x.
+
+``lavfi=graph``
+    Filter audio using ffmpeg's libavfilter.
+
+    ``<graph>``
+        Libavfilter graph. See ``lavfi`` video filter for details - the graph
+        syntax is the same.
+
+        .. warning::
+
+            Don't forget to quote libavfilter graphs as described in the lavfi
+            video filter section.
+
+    ``o=<string>``
+        AVOptions.
+
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS
+====================
+
+Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The
+syntax is:
+
+``--ao=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>``
+    Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.
+
+If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained
+in the list. Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
+
+.. note::
+
+    See ``--ao=help`` for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.
+
+.. admonition:: Examples
+
+    - ``--ao=alsa,oss,`` Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
+    - ``--ao=alsa:no-block:device=[hw:0,3]`` Sets noblock-mode and the
+      device-name as first card, fourth device.
+
+Available audio output drivers are:
+
+``alsa`` (Linux only)
+    ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
+
+    ``no-block``
+        Sets noblock-mode.
+    ``device=<device>``
+        Sets the device name. For ac3 output via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or
+        "spdif" device, unless you really know how to set it correctly.
+    ``mixer-device=<device>``
+        Set the mixer device used with ``--no-softvol`` (default: ``default``).
+    ``mixer-name=<name>``
+        Set the name of the mixer element (default: ``Master``). This is for
+        example ``PCM`` or ``Master``.
+    ``mixer-index=<number>``
+        Set the index of the mixer channel (default: 0). Consider the output of
+        "``amixer scontrols``", then the index is the number that follows the
+        name of the element.
+
+    .. note::
+
+        MPlayer and mplayer2 required you to replace any ',' with '.' and
+        any ':' with '=' in the ALSA device name. mpv does not do this anymore.
+        Instead, quote the device name:
+
+            ``--ao=alsa:device=[plug:surround50]``
+
+        Note that the ``[`` and ``]`` simply quote the device name. With some
+        shells (like zsh), you have to quote the option string to prevent the
+        shell from interpreting the brackets instead of passing them to mpv.
+
+``oss``
+    OSS audio output driver
+
+    ``<dsp-device>``
+        Sets the audio output device (default: ``/dev/dsp``).
+    ``<mixer-device>``
+        Sets the audio mixer device (default: ``/dev/mixer``).
+    ``<mixer-channel>``
+        Sets the audio mixer channel (default: ``pcm``). Other valid values
+        include **vol, pcm, line**. For a complete list of options look for
+        ``SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES`` in ``/usr/include/linux/soundcard.h``.
+
+``jack``
+    JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver
+
+    ``port=<name>``
+        Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).
+    ``name=<client>``
+        Client name that is passed to JACK (default: ``mpv``). Useful
+        if you want to have certain connections established automatically.
+    ``(no-)estimate``
+        Estimate the audio delay, supposed to make the video playback smoother
+        (default: enabled).
+    ``(no-)autostart``
+        Automatically start jackd if necessary (default: disabled). Note that
+        this tends to be unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages.
+    ``(no-)connect``
+        Automatically create connections to output ports (default: enabled).
+        When enabled, the maximum number of output channels will be limited to
+        the number of available output ports.
+    ``std-channel-layout=alsa|waveext|any``
+        Select the standard channel layout (default: alsa). JACK itself has no
+        notion of channel layouts (i.e. assigning which speaker a given
+        channel is supposed to map to) - it just takes whatever the application
+        outputs, and reroutes it to whatever the user defines. This means the
+        user and the application are in charge of dealing with the channel
+        layout. ``alsa`` uses the old MPlayer layout, which is inspired by
+        ALSA's standard layouts. In this mode, ao_jack will refuse to play 3
+        or 7 channels (because these do not really have a defined meaning in
+        MPlayer). ``waveext`` uses WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE order, which, even
+        though it was defined by Microsoft, is the standard on many systems.
+        The value ``any`` makes JACK accept whatever comes from the audio
+        filter chain, regardless of channel layout and without reordering. This
+        mode is probably not very useful, other than for debugging or when used
+        with fixed setups.
+
+``coreaudio`` (Mac OS X only)
+    Native Mac OS X audio output driver
+
+    ``device_id=<id>``
+        ID of output device to use (0 = default device)
+    ``help``
+        List all available output devices with their IDs.
+
+``openal``
+    Experimental OpenAL audio output driver
+
+``pulse``
+    PulseAudio audio output driver
+
+    ``[<host>][:<output sink>]``
+        Specify the host and optionally output sink to use. An empty <host>
+        string uses a local connection, "localhost" uses network transfer
+        (most likely not what you want).
+
+``portaudio``
+    PortAudio audio output driver. This works on all platforms, and has
+    extensive MS Windows support.
+
+    ``device``
+        Specify the subdevice to use. Giving ``help`` as device name lists all
+        devices found by PortAudio. Devices can be given as numeric values,
+        starting from ``1``.
+
+``dsound`` (Windows only)
+    DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
+
+    ``device=<devicenum>``
+        Sets the device number to use. Playing a file with ``-v`` will show a
+        list of available devices.
+
+``sdl``
+    SDL 1.2+ audio output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL
+    1.2, but may require the ``SDL_AUDIODRIVER`` environment variable to be set
+    appropriately for your system.
+
+    ``buflen=<length>``
+        Sets the audio buffer length in seconds. Is used only as a hint by the
+        sound system. Playing a file with ``-v`` will show the requested and
+        obtained exact buffer size. A value of 0 selects the sound system
+        default.
+
+    ``bufcnt=<count>``
+        Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be
+        changed.
+
+``null``
+    Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. Use
+    ``--no-audio`` for benchmarking.
+
+``pcm``
+    Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output
+
+    ``(no-)waveheader``
+        Include or do not include the WAVE header (default: included). When
+        not included, raw PCM will be generated.
+    ``file=<filename>``
+        Write the sound to ``<filename>`` instead of the default
+        ``audiodump.wav``. If ``no-waveheader`` is specified, the default is
+        ``audiodump.pcm``.
+
+``rsound``
+    Audio output to an RSound daemon
+
+    ``host=<name/path>``
+        Set the address of the server (default: localhost).  Can be either a
+        network hostname for TCP connections or a Unix domain socket path
+        starting with '/'.
+    ``port=<number>``
+        Set the TCP port used for connecting to the server (default: 12345).
+        Not used if connecting to a Unix domain socket.
+
+``wasapi``
+    Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.
+
+    ``device=<id>``
+        Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system's default audio
+        endpoint. Both the number and the ID String are valid; the ID String
+        is guaranteed to not change unless the driver is uninstalled.
+
+        Also supports searching active devices by name. If more than one
+        device matches the name, refuses loading it.
+
+        To get a list of the valid devices, give ``help`` as the id. The
+        list is the same as the ``list`` suboption, but stops the player
+        initialization.
+    ``exclusive``
+        Requests exclusive, direct hardware access. By definition prevents
+        sound playback of any other program until mpv exits.
+    ``list``
+        Lists all audio endpoints (output devices) present in the system.
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+CHANGES FROM OTHER VERSIONS OF MPLAYER
+======================================
+
+**mpv** is based on mplayer2, which in turn is based on the original
+MPlayer (also called mplayer, mplayer-svn, mplayer1). Many changes
+have been made. Some changes are incompatible, or completely change how the
+player behaves.
+
+General Changes for MPlayer to mplayer2
+---------------------------------------
+
+* Removal of the internal GUI, MEncoder, OSD menu
+* Better pause handling (do not unpause on a command)
+* Better MKV support (such as ordered chapters)
+* vo_vdpau improvements
+* Precise seeking support
+* No embedded copy of ffmpeg and other libraries
+* Native OpenGL backend for OSX
+* General OSX improvements
+* Improvements in audio/video sync handling
+* Cleaned up terminal output
+* Gapless audio support (``--gapless-audio``)
+* Improved responsiveness on user input
+* Support for modifier keys (alt, shift, ctrl) in input.conf
+* OSS4 volume control
+* More correct color reproduction (color matrix generation)
+* Use libass for subtitle rendering by default (better quality)
+* Generally preferring ffmpeg/libav over internal demuxers and decoders
+* Improvements when playing multiple files (``--fixed-vo``)
+* Screenshot improvements (instant screenshots without 1-frame delay, allow
+  taking screenshots even with hardware decoding)
+* Improved support for PulseAudio
+* General code cleanups
+* Many more changes
+
+General Changes for mplayer2 to mpv
+-----------------------------------
+
+* Removal of lots of unneeded code to encourage developer activity (less
+  obscure scary zombie code that kills any desire for hacking the codebase)
+* Removal of dust and dead bodies (code-wise), such as kernel drivers for
+  decades old hardware
+* Removal of support for dead platforms
+* Generally improved MS Windows support (dealing with unicode filenames,
+  improved ``--vo=direct3d``, improved window handling)
+* Better OSD rendering (using libass). This has full unicode support, and
+  languages like Arabic should be better supported.
+* Cleaned up terminal output (nicer status line, less useless noise)
+* Support for playing URLs of popular streaming sites directly
+  (e.g. ``mpv https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=...``)
+* Improved OpenGL output (``--vo=opengl-hq``)
+* Make ``--softvol`` default (**mpv** is not a mixer control panel)
+* Improved support for .cue files
+* Screenshot improvements (can save screenshots as JPG or PNG, configurable
+  filenames, support for taking screenshots with or without subtitles - the
+  ``screenshot`` video filter is not needed anymore, and should not be put
+  into the mpv config file)
+* Removal of teletext support
+* Removal of most builtin demuxers, using libavformat instead
+* Removal of builtin network support, using libavformat instead (also,
+  support https via libavformat)
+* Replace image VOs (``--vo=jpeg`` etc.) with ``--vo=image``
+* Do not lose settings when playing a new file in the same player instance
+* New location for config files, new name for the binary.
+* Slave mode compatibility broken (see below)
+* Encoding functionality (replacement for mencoder, see ``DOCS/encoding.rst``)
+* Remove ``--vo=gif89a``, ``--vo=md5sum``, ``--vo=yuv4mpeg``, as encoding can
+  handle these use cases. For yuv4mpeg, for example, use:
+  ``mpv input.mkv -o output.y4m --no-audio --oautofps --oneverdrop``.
+* Image subtitles (DVDs etc.) are rendered in color and use more correct
+  positioning (color can be disabled with ``--sub-gray``)
+* Wayland support
+* Support for precise scrolling which scales the parameter of commands. If the
+  input doesn't support precise scrolling the scale factor stays 1.
+* OSX: Cocoa event loop is independent from mplayer's event loop, so user
+  actions like accessing menus and live resizing do not block the playback.
+* OSX: Apple Remote support.
+* OSX: Media Keys support.
+* Windows: Added WASAPI audio output.
+* New OSD bar with chapter marks and not positioned in the middle of the video
+  (though this can be customized with the ``--osd-bar-align-y`` option).
+* Allow customizing whether a key binding for seeking shows the video time, the
+  OSD bar, or nothing (see section `Input Command Prefixes`_).
+* Display list of chapters and audio/subtitle tracks on OSD (see section
+  `Properties`_).
+* ``--keep-open`` option to stop the player from closing the window and
+  exiting after playback ends.
+* Re-enable screensaver while the player is paused.
+* Matroska edition switching at runtime.
+* Support for libavfilter (for video->video and audio->audio). This allows
+  using most of FFmpeg's filters, which improve greatly on the old MPlayer
+  filters in features, performance, and correctness.
+* Improved downmixing and output of surround audio. Instead of using hardcoded
+  pan filters to do remixing, use libavresample. Channel maps are used to
+  identify the channel layout, so e.g. ``3.0`` and ``2.1`` audio can be
+  distinguished.
+* Allow resuming playback at a later point with ``Shift+q``, also see
+  ``quit_watch_later`` input command.
+* Support mapping multiple commands to one key.
+* Allow changing/adjusting video filters at runtime. (This is also used to make
+  the ``D`` key insert vf_yadif if deinterlacing is not supported otherwise.)
+* General bug fixes and removal of long-standing issues
+* General code cleanups (including refactoring or rewrites of many parts)
+* Many more changes
+
+Detailed Listing of User-visible Changes
+----------------------------------------
+
+This listing is about changed command line switches, slave commands, and similar
+things. Completely removed features are not listed.
+
+Command Line Switches
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+* There is a new command line syntax, which is generally preferred over the old
+  syntax. ``-optname optvalue`` becomes ``--optname=optvalue``.
+
+  The old syntax will not be removed in the near future. However, the new
+  syntax is mentioned in all documentation and so on, so it is a good thing to
+  know about this change.
+
+  (The new syntax was introduced in mplayer2.)
+* In general, negating switches like ``-noopt`` now have to be written as
+  ``-no-opt``, or better ``--no-opt``.
+* Per-file options are not the default anymore. You can explicitly specify
+  file-local options. See ``Usage`` section.
+* Table of renamed/replaced switches:
+
+    =========================== ========================================
+    Old                         New
+    =========================== ========================================
+    ``-no<opt>``                ``--no-<opt>`` (add a dash)
+    ``-nosound``                ``--no-audio``
+    ``-use-filename-title``     ``--title="${filename}"``
+    ``-loop 0``                 ``--loop=inf``
+    ``-hardframedrop``          ``--framedrop=hard``
+    ``-osdlevel``               ``--osd-level``
+    ``-delay``                  ``--audio-delay``
+    ``-subdelay``               ``--sub-delay``
+    ``-subpos``                 ``--sub-pos``
+    ``-forcedsubsonly``         ``--sub-forced-only``
+    ``-benchmark``              ``--untimed`` (no stats)
+    ``-xineramascreen``         ``--screen`` (different values)
+    ``-ss``                     ``--start``
+    ``-endpos``                 ``--length``
+    ``--cursor-autohide-delay`` ``--cursor-autohide``
+    ``-sub-fuzziness``          ``--autosub-match``
+    ``-subfont``                ``--sub-text-font``
+    ``-font``                   ``--osd-font``
+    ``-subfont-*``              ``--sub-text-*``, ``--osd-*``
+    ``-subfont-text-scale``     ``--sub-scale``
+    ``-spugauss``               ``--sub-gauss``
+    ``-vobsub``                 ``--sub`` (pass the .idx file)
+    ``-ass-bottom-margin``      ``--vf=sub=bottom:top``
+    ``-vc ffh264vdpau`` (etc.)  ``--hwdec=vdpau``
+    ``-ac spdifac3``            ``--ad=spdif:ac3`` (see ``--ad=help``)
+    ``-afm hwac3``              ``--ad=spdif:ac3,spdif:dts``
+    ``-x W``, ``-y H``          ``--geometry=WxH`` + ``--no-keepaspect``
+    ``-xy W``                   ``--autofit=W``
+    ``-a52drc level``           ``--ad-lavc-ac3drc=level``
+    ``-dumpstream``             ``--stream-dump=<filename>``
+    ``-capture``                ``--stream-capture=<filename>``
+    ``-stop-xscreensaver``      ``--stop-screensaver``
+    ``-subfile``                ``--sub``
+    ``-lavdopts ...``           ``--vd-lavc-...``
+    ``-lavfdopts``              ``--demuxer-lavf-...``
+    ``-rawaudio ...``           ``--demuxer-rawaudio-...``
+    ``-rawvideo ...``           ``--demuxer-rawvideo-...``
+    ``--mixer``                 AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
+    ``--mixer-channel``         AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
+    ``--ao=alsa:device=hw=0.3`` ``--ao=alsa:device=[hw:0,3]``
+    ``-af volnorm``             ``--af=drc`` (renamed)
+    =========================== ========================================
+
+.. note::
+
+    ``-opt val`` becomes ``--opt=val``.
+
+input.conf and Slave Commands
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+* Table of renamed input commands:
+
+    This lists only commands that are not always gracefully handled by the
+    internal legacy translation layer. If an input.conf contains any legacy
+    commands, a warning will be printed when starting the player. The warnings
+    also show the replacement commands.
+
+    Properties containing ``_`` to separate words use ``-`` instead.
+
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | Old                            | New                                    |
+    +================================+========================================+
+    | ``pt_step 1 [0|1]``            | ``playlist_next [weak|force]``         |
+    |                                | (translation layer cannot deal with    |
+    |                                | whitespace)                            |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``pt_step -1 [0|1]``           | ``playlist_prev [weak|force] (same)``  |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``switch_ratio [<ratio>]``     | ``set aspect <ratio>``                 |
+    |                                |                                        |
+    |                                | ``set aspect 0`` (to reset aspect)     |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``step_property_osd <prop>``   | ``cycle <prop> <step>`` (wraps),       |
+    | ``<step> <dir>``               | ``add <prop> <step>`` (clamps).        |
+    |                                | ``<dir>`` parameter unsupported. Use   |
+    |                                | a negative ``<step>`` instead.         |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``step_property <prop>``       | Prefix ``cycle`` or ``add`` with       |
+    | ``<step> <dir>``               | ``no-osd``: ``no-osd cycle <prop>``    |
+    |                                | ``<step>``                             |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``osd_show_property_text``     | ``show_text <text>``                   |
+    | ``<text>``                     | The property expansion format string   |
+    |                                | syntax slightly changed.               |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``osd_show_text``              | Now does the same as                   |
+    |                                | ``osd_show_property_text``. Use the    |
+    |                                | ``raw`` prefix to disable property     |
+    |                                | expansion.                             |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``show_tracks``                | ``show_text ${track-list}``            |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``show_chapters``              | ``show_text ${chapter-list}``          |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+    | ``af_switch``, ``af_add``, ... | ``af set|add|...``                     |
+    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+
+Other
+~~~~~
+
+* The playtree has been removed. **mpv**'s internal playlist is a simple and
+  flat list now. This simplifies the code and makes **mpv** usage less
+  confusing.
+* Slave mode is broken. This mode is entirely insane in the ``old`` versions of
+  MPlayer. A proper slave mode application needed tons of code and hacks to get
+  it right. The main problem is that slave mode is a bad and incomplete
+  interface, and to get around that, applications parsed output messages
+  intended for users. It is hard to know which messages exactly are parsed by
+  slave mode applications. This makes it virtually impossible to improve
+  terminal output intended for users without possibly breaking something.
+
+  This is absolutely insane, and **mpv** will not try to keep slave mode
+  compatible. If you are a developer of a slave mode application, contact us,
+  and a new and better protocol can be developed.
+
+Policy for Removed Features
+---------------------------
+
+Features are a good thing, because they make users happy. As such, it is
+attempted to preserve useful features as far as possible. But if a feature is
+likely to be not used by many, and causes problems otherwise, it will be
+removed. Developers should not be burdened with fixing or cleaning up code that
+has no actual use.
+
+It is always possible to add back removed features. File a feature request if a
+feature you relied on has been removed, and you want it back. Though it might be
+rejected in the worst case, it is much more likely that it will be either added
+back, or that a better solution will be implemented.
+
+Why this Fork?
+--------------
+
+* MPlayer wants to maintain old code, even if it is very bad code. It seems
+  mplayer2 was forked because MPlayer developers refused to get rid of all the
+  cruft. The mplayer2 and MPlayer codebases also deviated enough to make a
+  reunification unlikely.
+* mplayer2 development is slow, and it is hard to get in changes. Details
+  withheld as to not turn this into a rant.
+* MPlayer rarely merged from mplayer2, and mplayer2 practically stopped
+  merging from MPlayer (not even code cleanups or new features are merged)
+* **mpv** intends to continuously merge from mplayer-svn and mplayer2, while
+  speeding up development. There is willingness for significant changes, even
+  if this means breaking compatibility.
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ENCODING

 You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.

-``--o=<filename>``
+``-o <filename>``
    Enables encoding mode and specifies the output file name.

 ``--of=<format>``
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.

 ``--oautofps``
    Sets the output format time base to the guessed frame rate of the input
-    video (simulates MEncoder behavior, useful for AVI; may cause frame drops).
+    video (simulates mencoder behavior, useful for AVI; may cause frame drops).
    Note that not all codecs and not all formats support VFR encoding, and some
    which do have bugs when a target bitrate is specified - use ``--ofps`` or
    ``--oautofps`` to force CFR encoding in these cases.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
    .. admonition:: Example

        "``--oac=libmp3lame --oacopts=b=128000``"
-            selects 128 kbps MP3 encoding.
+            selects 128kbps MP3 encoding.

    Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
    options list.
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
        Completely empties the options list.

 ``--oafirst``
-    Force the audio stream to become the first stream in the output.
-    By default, the order is unspecified.
+    Force the audio stream to become the first stream in the output. By default
+    the order is unspecified.

 ``--ovc=<codec>``
    Specifies the output video codec. This can be a comma separated list of
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.

    .. admonition:: Examples

-        ``"--ovc=mpeg4 --ovcopts=qscale=5"``
+        ``"--ovc=mpeg4 --oacopts=qscale=5"``
            selects constant quantizer scale 5 for MPEG-4 encoding.

        ``"--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=crf=23"``
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
        Completely empties the options list.

 ``--ovfirst``
-    Force the video stream to become the first stream in the output.
-    By default, the order is unspecified.
+    Force the video stream to become the first stream in the output. By default
+    the order is unspecified.

 ``--ocopyts``
    Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output
@@ -149,7 +149,3 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
    container formats, e.g. AVI). In this mode, discontinuities are not fixed
    and all pts are passed through as-is. Never seek backwards or use multiple
    input files in this mode!
-
-``--no-ometadata``
-    Turns off copying of metadata from input files to output files when
-    encoding (which is enabled by default).
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+INPUT.CONF
+==========
+
+The input.conf file consists of a list of key bindings, for example::
+
+    s screenshot      # take a screenshot with the s key
+
+Each line maps a key to an input command. Keys are specified with their literal
+value (upper case if combined with ``Shift``), or a name for special keys. For
+example, ``a`` maps to the ``a`` key without shift, and ``A`` maps to ``a``
+with shift.
+
+A list of special keys can be obtained with
+
+    ``mpv --input-keylist``
+
+In general, keys can be combined with ``Shift``, ``Ctrl`` and ``Alt``::
+
+    ctrl+q quit
+
+**mpv** can be started in input test mode, which displays key bindings and the
+commands they're bound to on the OSD, instead of executing the commands::
+
+    mpv --input-test --demuxer=rawvideo --demuxer-rawvideo=w=1280:h=720 /dev/zero
+
+(Commands which normally close the player will not work in this mode, and you
+must kill **mpv** externally to make it exit.)
+
+General Input Command Syntax
+----------------------------
+
+``[Shift+][Ctrl+][Alt+][Meta+]<key> [{<section>}] [<prefixes>] <command> (<argument>)* [; <command>]``
+
+Newlines always start a new binding. ``#`` starts a comment (outside of quoted
+string arguments). To bind commands to the ``#`` key, ``SHARP`` can be used.
+
+``<key>`` is either the literal character the key produces (ASCII or Unicode
+character), or a symbolic name (as printed by ``--input-keylist``).
+
+``<section>`` (braced with ``{`` and ``}``) is the input section for this
+command.
+
+Arguments are separated by whitespace. This applies even to string arguments.
+For this reason, string arguments should be quoted with ``"``. Inside quotes,
+C-style escaping can be used.
+
+Optional arguments can be skipped with ``-``.
+
+You can bind multiple commands to one key. For example:
+
+| a show_text "command 1" ; show_text "command 2"
+
+Note that some magic is disabled for keys: seek commands inside lists are not
+coalesced (seeking will appear slower), and no check is done for abort commands
+(so these commands can't be used to abort playback if the network cache is
+stuck).
+
+List of Input Commands
+----------------------
+
+``ignore``
+    Use this to "block" keys that should be unbound, and do nothing. Useful for
+    disabling default bindings, without disabling all bindings with
+    ``--no-input-default-bindings``.
+
+``seek <seconds> [relative|absolute|absolute-percent|- [default-precise|exact|keyframes]]``
+    Change the playback position. By default, seeks by a relative amount of
+    seconds.
+
+    The second argument sets the seek mode:
+
+    relative (default)
+        Seek relative to current position (a negative value seeks backwards).
+    absolute
+        Seek to a given time.
+    absolute-percent
+        Seek to a given percent position.
+
+    The third argument defines how exact the seek is:
+
+    default-precise (default)
+        Follow the default behavior as set by ``--hr-seek``, which by default
+        does imprecise seeks (like ``keyframes``).
+    exact
+        Always do exact/hr/precise seeks (slow).
+    keyframes
+        Always restart playback at keyframe boundaries (fast).
+
+``frame_step``
+    Play one frame, then pause.
+
+``frame_back_step``
+    Go back by one frame, then pause. Note that this can be very slow (it tries
+    to be precise, not fast), and sometimes fails to behave as expected. How
+    well this works depends on whether precise seeking works correctly (e.g.
+    see the ``--hr-seek-demuxer-offset`` option). Video filters or other video
+    postprocessing that modifies timing of frames (e.g. deinterlacing) should
+    usually work, but might make backstepping silently behave incorrectly in
+    corner cases.
+
+    This does not work with audio-only playback.
+
+``set <property> "<value>"``
+    Set the given property to the given value.
+
+``add <property> [<value>]``
+    Add the given value to the property. On overflow or underflow, clamp the
+    property to the maximum. If ``<value>`` is omitted, assume ``1``.
+
+``cycle <property> [up|down]``
+    Cycle the given property. ``up`` and ``down`` set the cycle direction. On
+    overflow, set the property back to the minimum, on underflow set it to the
+    maximum. If ``up`` or ``down`` is omitted, assume ``up``.
+
+``speed_mult <value>``
+    Multiply the ``speed`` property by the given value.
+
+``screenshot [subtitles|video|window|- [single|each-frame]]``
+    Take a screenshot.
+
+    First argument:
+
+    <subtitles> (default)
+        Save the video image, in its original resolution, and with subtitles.
+        Some video outputs may still include the OSD in the output under certain
+        circumstances.
+    <video>
+        Like ``subtitles``, but typically without OSD or subtitles. The exact
+        behavior depends on the selected video output.
+    <window>
+        Save the contents of the mpv window. Typically scaled, with OSD and
+        subtitles. The exact behavior depends on the selected video output, and
+        if no support is available, this will act like ``video``.
+
+    Second argument:
+
+    <single> (default)
+        Take a single screenshot.
+    <each-frame>
+        Take a screenshot each frame. Issue this command again to stop taking
+        screenshots.
+
+``screenshot_to_file "<filename>" [subtitles|video|window]``
+    Take a screenshot and save it to a given file. The format of the file will
+    be guessed by the extension (and ``--screenshot-format`` is ignored - the
+    behavior when the extension is missing or unknown is arbitrary).
+
+    The second argument is like the first argument to ``screenshot``.
+
+    This command tries to never overwrite files. If the file already exists,
+    it fails.
+
+    Like all input command parameters, the filename is subject to property
+    expansion as described in `Property Expansion`_.
+
+``playlist_next [weak|force]``
+    Go to the next entry on the playlist.
+
+    weak (default)
+        If the last file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.
+    force
+        Terminate playback if there are no more files on the playlist.
+
+``playlist_prev [weak|force]``
+    Go to the previous entry on the playlist.
+
+    weak (default)
+        If the first file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.
+    force
+        Terminate playback if the first file is being played.
+
+``loadfile "<file>" [replace|append]``
+    Load the given file and play it.
+
+    Second argument:
+
+    <replace> (default)
+        Stop playback of the current file, and play the new file immediately.
+    <append>
+        Append the file to the playlist.
+
+``loadlist "<playlist>" [replace|append]``
+    Load the given playlist file (like ``--playlist``).
+
+``playlist_clear``
+    Clear the playlist, except the currently played file.
+
+``playlist_remove <index>``
+    Remove the playlist entry at the given index. Index values start counting
+    with 0. You cannot remove the entry for the currently played file.
+
+``playlist_move <index1> <index2>``
+    Move the playlist entry at index1, so that it takes the place of the
+    entry index2. (Paradoxically, the moved playlist entry will not have
+    the index value index2 after moving if index1 was lower than index2,
+    because index2 refers to the target entry, not the index the entry
+    will have after moving.)
+
+``run "<command>"``
+    Run the given command with ``/bin/sh -c``. The string is expanded like in
+    `Property Expansion`_.
+
+``quit [<code>]``
+    Exit the player using the given exit code.
+
+``quit_watch_later``
+    Exit player, and store current playback position. Playing that file later
+    will seek to the previous position on start.
+
+``sub_add "<file>"``
+    Load the given subtitle file. It is not selected as current subtitle after
+    loading.
+
+``sub_remove [<id>]``
+    Remove the given subtitle track. If the ``id`` argument is missing, remove
+    the current track. (Works on external subtitle files only.)
+
+``sub_reload [<id>]``
+    Reload the given subtitle tracks. If the ``id`` argument is missing, remove
+    the current track. (Works on external subtitle files only.)
+
+    This works by unloading and re-adding the subtitle track.
+
+``sub_step <skip>``
+    Change subtitle timing such, that the subtitle event after the next
+    ``<skip>`` subtitle events is displayed. ``<skip>`` can be negative to step
+    backwards.
+
+``osd [<level>]``
+    Toggle OSD level. If ``<level>`` is specified, set the OSD mode
+    (see ``--osd-level`` for valid values).
+
+``print_text "<string>"``
+    Print text to stdout. The string can contain properties (see
+    `Property Expansion`_).
+
+``show_text "<string>" [<duration>|- [<level>]]``
+    Show text on the OSD. The string can contain properties, which are expanded
+    as described in `Property Expansion`_. This can be used to show playback
+    time, filename, and so on.
+
+    <duration>
+        The time in ms to show the message for. By default, it uses the same
+        value as ``--osd-duration``.
+
+    <level>
+        The minimum OSD level to show the text at (see ``--osd-level``).
+
+``show_progress``
+    Show the progress bar, the elapsed time and the total duration of the file
+    on the OSD.
+
+Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+``af set|add|toggle|del|clr "filter1=params,filter2,..."``
+    Change audio filter chain. See ``vf`` command.
+
+``vf set|add|toggle|del|clr "filter1=params,filter2,..."``
+    Change video filter chain.
+
+    The first argument decides what happens:
+
+    set
+        Overwrite the previous filter chain with the new one.
+
+    add
+        Append the new filter chain to the previous one.
+
+    toggle
+        Check if the given filter (with the exact parameters) is already
+        in the video chain. If yes, remove the filter. If no, add the filter.
+        (If several filters are passed to the command, this is done for
+        each filter.)
+
+    del
+        Remove the given filters from the video chain. Unlike in the other
+        cases, the second parameter is a comma separated list of filter names
+        or integer indexes. ``0`` would denote the first filter. Negative
+        indexes start from the last filter, and ``-1`` denotes the last
+        filter.
+
+    clr
+        Remove all filters. Note that like the other sub-commands, this does
+        not control automatically inserted filters.
+
+    You can assign labels to filter by prefixing them with ``@name:`` (where
+    ``name`` is a user-chosen arbitrary identifier). Labels can be used to
+    refer to filters by name in all of the filter chain modification commands.
+    For ``add``, using an already used label will replace the existing filter.
+
+    The ``vf`` command shows the list of requested filters on the OSD after
+    changing the filter chain. This is roughly equivalent to
+    ``show_text ${vf}``. Note that auto-inserted filters for format conversion
+    are not shown on the list, only what was requested by the user.
+
+    .. admonition:: Example for input.conf
+
+        - ``a vf set flip`` turn video upside-down on the ``a`` key
+        - ``b vf set ""`` remove all video filters on ``b``
+        - ``c vf toggle lavfi=gradfun`` toggle debanding on ``c``
+
+``enable_section "<section>" [default|exclusive]``
+    Enable all key bindings in the named input section.
+
+    The enabled input sections form a stack. Bindings in sections on the top of
+    the stack are preferred to lower sections. This command puts the section
+    on top of the stack. If the section was already on the stack, it is
+    implicitly removed beforehand. (A section cannot be on the stack more than
+    once.)
+
+    If ``exclusive`` is specified as second argument, all sections below the
+    newly enabled section are disabled. They will be re-enabled as soon as
+    all exclusive sections above them are removed.
+
+``disable_section "<section>"``
+    Disable the named input section. Undoes ``enable_section``.
+
+Undocumented commands: ``tv_start_scan``, ``tv_step_channel``, ``tv_step_norm``,
+``tv_step_chanlist``, ``tv_set_channel``, ``tv_last_channel``, ``tv_set_freq``,
+``tv_step_freq``, ``tv_set_norm``, ``dvb_set_channel``, ``radio_step_channel``,
+``radio_set_channel``, ``radio_set_freq``, ``radio_step_freq`` (all of these
+should be replaced by properties), ``stop`` (questionable use), ``get_property``
+(?), ``vo_cmdline`` (experimental).
+
+Input Command Prefixes
+----------------------
+
+These prefixes are placed between key name and the actual command. Multiple
+prefixes can be specified. They are separated by whitespace.
+
+``osd-auto`` (default)
+    Use the default behavior for this command.
+``no-osd``
+    Do not use any OSD for this command.
+``osd-bar``
+    If possible, show a bar with this command. Seek commands will show the
+    progress bar, property changing commands may show the newly set value.
+``osd-msg``
+    If possible, show an OSD message with this command. Seek command show
+    the current playback time, property changing commands show the newly set
+    value as text.
+``osd-msg-bar``
+    Combine osd-bar and osd-msg.
+``raw``
+    Do not expand properties in string arguments. (Like ``"${property-name}"``.)
+``expand-properties`` (default)
+    All string arguments are expanded as described in `Property Expansion`_.
+
+
+All of the osd prefixes are still overridden by the global ``--osd-level``
+settings.
+
+Undocumented prefixes: ``pausing``, ``pausing_keep``, ``pausing_toggle``,
+``pausing_keep_force``. (Should these be made official?)
+
+Input Sections
+--------------
+
+Input sections group a set of bindings, and enable or disable them at once.
+In ``input.conf``, each key binding is assigned to an input section, rather
+than actually having explicit text sections.
+
+Also see ``enable_section`` and ``disable_section`` commands.
+
+Predefined bindings:
+
+``default``
+    Bindings without input section are implicitly assigned to this section. It
+    is enabled by default during normal playback.
+``encode``
+    Section which is active in encoding mode. It is enabled exclusively, so
+    that bindings in the ``default`` sections are ignored.
+
+Properties
+----------
+
+Properties are used to set mpv options during runtime, or to query arbitrary
+information. They can be manipulated with the ``set``/``add``/``cycle``
+commands, and retrieved with ``show_text``, or anything else that uses property
+expansion. (See `Property Expansion`_.)
+
+The ``W`` column indicates whether the property is generally writable. If an
+option is referenced, the property should take/return exactly the same values
+as the option.
+
+=============================== = ==================================================
+Name                            W Comment
+=============================== = ==================================================
+``osd-level``                   x see ``--osd-level``
+``osd-scale``                   x osd font size multiplicator, see ``--osd-scale``
+``loop``                        x see ``--loop``
+``speed``                       x see ``--speed``
+``filename``                      currently played file (path stripped)
+``path``                          currently played file (full path)
+``media-title``                   filename, title tag, or libquvi ``QUVIPROP_PAGETITLE``
+``demuxer``
+``stream-path``                   filename (full path) of stream layer filename
+``stream-pos``                  x byte position in source stream
+``stream-start``                  start byte offset in source stream
+``stream-end``                    end position in bytes in source stream
+``stream-length``                 length in bytes (``${stream-end} - ${stream-start}``)
+``stream-time-pos``             x time position in source stream (also see ``time-pos``)
+``length``                        length of the current file in seconds
+``avsync``                        last A/V synchronization difference
+``percent-pos``                 x position in current file (0-100)
+``ratio-pos``                   x position in current file (0.0-1.0)
+``time-pos``                    x position in current file in seconds
+``time-remaining``                estimated remaining length of the file in seconds
+``chapter``                     x current chapter number
+``edition``                     x current MKV edition number
+``titles``                        number of DVD titles
+``chapters``                      number of chapters
+``editions``                      number of MKV editions
+``angle``                       x current DVD angle
+``metadata``                      metadata key/value pairs
+``metadata/<key>``                value of metadata entry ``<key>``
+``pause``                       x pause status (bool)
+``cache``                         network cache fill state (0-100)
+``pts-association-mode``        x see ``--pts-association-mode``
+``hr-seek``                     x see ``--hr-seek``
+``volume``                      x current volume (0-100)
+``mute``                        x current mute status (bool)
+``audio-delay``                 x see ``--audio-delay``
+``audio-format``                  audio format (string)
+``audio-codec``                   audio codec selected for decoding
+``audio-bitrate``                 audio bitrate
+``samplerate``                    audio samplerate
+``channels``                      number of audio channels
+``aid``                         x current audio track (similar to ``--aid``)
+``audio``                       x alias for ``aid``
+``balance``                     x audio channel balance
+``fullscreen``                  x see ``--fullscreen``
+``deinterlace``                 x deinterlacing, if available (bool)
+``colormatrix``                 x see ``--colormatrix``
+``colormatrix-input-range``     x see ``--colormatrix-input-range``
+``colormatrix-output-range``    x see ``--colormatrix-output-range``
+``ontop``                       x see ``--ontop``
+``border``                      x see ``--border``
+``framedrop``                   x see ``--framedrop``
+``gamma``                       x see ``--gamma``
+``brightness``                  x see ``--brightness``
+``contrast``                    x see ``--contrast``
+``saturation``                  x see ``--saturation``
+``hue``                         x see ``--hue``
+``panscan``                     x see ``--panscan``
+``video-format``                  video format (string)
+``video-codec``                   video codec selected for decoding
+``video-bitrate``                 video bitrate
+``width``                         video width (container or decoded size)
+``height``                        video height
+``fps``                           container FPS (may contain bogus values)
+``dwidth``                        video width (after filters and aspect scaling)
+``dheight``                       video height
+``aspect``                      x video aspect
+``vid``                         x current video track (similar to ``--vid``)
+``video``                       x alias for ``vid``
+``program``                     x switch TS program (write-only)
+``sid``                         x current subtitle track (similar to ``--sid``)
+``sub``                         x alias for ``sid``
+``sub-delay``                   x see ``--sub-delay``
+``sub-pos``                     x see ``--sub-pos``
+``sub-visibility``              x see ``--sub-visibility``
+``sub-forced-only``             x see ``--sub-forced-only``
+``sub-scale``                   x subtitle font size multiplicator
+``ass-use-margins``             x see ``--ass-use-margins``
+``ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat``  x see ``--ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat``
+``ass-style-override``          x see ``--ass-style-override``
+``stream-capture``              x a filename, see ``--capture``
+``tv-brightness``               x
+``tv-contrast``                 x
+``tv-saturation``               x
+``tv-hue``                      x
+``playlist-pos``                  current position on playlist
+``playlist-count``                number of total playlist entries
+``playlist``                      playlist, current entry marked
+``track-list``                    list of audio/video/sub tracks, current entry marked
+``chapter-list``                  list of chapters, current entry marked
+``quvi-format``                 x see ``--quvi-format``
+``af``                          x see ``--af``
+``vf``                          x see ``--vf``
+``options/name``                  read-only access to value of option ``--name``
+=============================== = ==================================================
+
+Property Expansion
+------------------
+
+All string arguments to input commands as well as certain options (like
+``--playing-msg``) are subject to property expansion.
+
+.. admonition:: Example for input.conf
+
+    ``i show_text "Filename: ${filename}"``
+        shows the filename of the current file when pressing the ``i`` key
+
+Within ``input.conf``, property expansion can be inhibited by putting the
+``raw`` prefix in front of commands.
+
+The following expansions are supported:
+
+``${NAME}``
+    Expands to the value of the property ``NAME``. If retrieving the property
+    fails, expand to an error string. (Use ``${NAME:}`` with a trailing
+    ``:`` to expand to an empty string instead.)
+    If ``NAME`` is prefixed with ``=``, expand to the raw value of the property
+    (see below).
+``${NAME:STR}``
+    Expands to the value of the property ``NAME``, or ``STR`` if the
+    property cannot be retrieved. ``STR`` is expanded recursively.
+``${!NAME:STR}``
+    Expands to ``STR`` (recursively) if the property ``NAME`` cannot be
+    retrieved.
+``${?NAME:STR}``
+    Expands to ``STR`` (recursively) if the property ``NAME`` is available.
+``$$``
+    Expands to ``$``.
+``$}``
+    Expands to ``}``. (To produce this character inside recursive
+    expansion.)
+``$>``
+    Disable property expansion and special handling of ``$`` for the rest
+    of the string.
+
+In places where property expansion is allowed, C-style escapes are often
+accepted as well. Example:
+
+    - ``\n`` becomes a newline character
+    - ``\\`` expands to ``\``
+
+Raw and Formatted Properties
+----------------------------
+
+Normally, properties are formatted as human-readable text, meant to be
+displayed on OSD or on the terminal. It is possible to retrieve an unformatted
+(raw) value from a property by prefixing its name with ``=``. These raw values
+can be parsed by other programs and follow the same conventions as the options
+associated with the properties.
+
+.. admonition:: Examples
+
+    - ``${time-pos}`` expands to ``00:14:23`` (if playback position is at 14
+      minutes 23 seconds)
+    - ``${=time-pos}`` expands to ``863.4`` (same time, plus 400 milliseconds -
+      milliseconds are normally not shown in the formatted case)
+
+Sometimes, the difference in amount of information carried by raw and formatted
+property values can be rather big. In some cases, raw values have more
+information, like higher precision than seconds with ``time-pos``. Sometimes
+it is the other way around, e.g. ``aid`` shows track title and language in the
+formatted case, but only the track number if it is raw.
@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
+..
+    Hint: To generate a nicely formatted XeLaTeX document from this file, use
+    rst2xetex --use-latex-docinfo --use-latex-toc --hyperlink-color=MidnightBlue --latex-preamble="\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{xcolor}\usepackage{fullpage}\setmainfont{Droid Sans}\setsansfont{Linux Biolinum O}\setmonofont[HyphenChar=None]{DejaVu Sans Mono}" mpv.rst
+
+    You might want to put the .. contents:: directive below to generate a TOC.
+
+mpv
+###
+
+##############
+a movie player
+##############
+
+:Author: wm4
+:Copyright: GPLv3
+:Manual section: 1
+:Manual group: multimedia
+
+SYNOPSIS
+========
+
+| **mpv** [options] [file|URL|-]
+| **mpv** [options] --playlist=PLAYLIST
+| **mpv** [options] files
+| **mpv** [options] {group of files and options}
+| **mpv** [bd]://[title][/device] [options]
+| **mpv** dvd://[title|[start\_title]-end\_title][/device] [options]
+| **mpv** \vcd://[/device]
+| **mpv** \tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
+| **mpv** radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
+| **mpv** \pvr:// [options]
+| **mpv** \dvb://[card\_number@]channel [options]
+| **mpv** \mf://[filemask|\@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
+| **mpv** cdda://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
+| **mpv** [file|mms[t]|http|httpproxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|smb]://[user:pass\@]URL[:port] [options]
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+===========
+
+**mpv** is a movie player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide variety of video
+file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types. Special input URL
+types are available to read input from a variety of sources other than disk
+files. Depending on platform, a variety of different video and audio output
+methods are supported.
+
+Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this man
+page.
+
+
+INTERACTIVE CONTROL
+===================
+
+mpv has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which allows you
+to control mpv using keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote control (with
+LIRC). See the ``--input-`` options for ways to customize it.
+
+Keyboard Control
+----------------
+
+LEFT and RIGHT
+    Seek backward/forward 10 seconds. Shift+arrow does a 1 second exact seek
+    (see ``--hr-seek``).
+
+UP and DOWN
+    Seek forward/backward 1 minute. Shift+arrow does a 5 second exact seek (see
+    ``--hr-seek``).
+
+PGUP and PGDWN
+    Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
+
+[ and ]
+    Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
+
+{ and }
+    Halve/double current playback speed.
+
+BACKSPACE
+    Reset playback speed to normal.
+
+< and >
+    Go backward/forward in the playlist.
+
+ENTER
+    Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
+
+p / SPACE
+    Pause (pressing again unpauses).
+
+\.
+    Step forward. Pressing once will pause movie, every consecutive press will
+    play one frame and then go into pause mode again.
+
+q / ESC
+    Stop playing and quit.
+
+Q
+    Like ``q``, but store the current playback position. Playing the same file
+    later will resume at the old playback position if possible.
+
+U
+    Stop playing (and quit if ``--idle`` is not used).
+
+\+ and -
+    Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
+
+/ and *
+    Decrease/increase volume.
+
+9 and 0
+    Decrease/increase volume.
+
+( and )
+    Adjust audio balance in favor of left/right channel.
+
+m
+    Mute sound.
+
+\_
+    Cycle through the available video tracks.
+
+\#
+    Cycle through the available audio tracks.
+
+TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
+    Cycle through the available programs.
+
+f
+    Toggle fullscreen (see also ``--fs``).
+
+T
+    Toggle stay-on-top (see also ``--ontop``).
+
+w and e
+    Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
+
+o
+    Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.
+
+d
+    Toggle frame dropping states: none / skip display / skip decoding (see
+    ``--framedrop``).
+
+v
+    Toggle subtitle visibility.
+
+j and J
+    Cycle through the available subtitles.
+
+F
+    Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
+
+x and z
+    Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
+
+V
+    Toggle subtitle VSFilter aspect compatibility mode. See
+    ``--ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat`` for more info.
+
+r and t
+    Move subtitles up/down.
+
+s
+    Take a screenshot.
+
+S
+    Take a screenshot, without subtitles. (Whether this works depends on VO
+    driver support.)
+
+I
+    Show filename on the OSD.
+
+P
+    Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.
+
+! and @
+    Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.
+
+D (``--vo=vdpau``, ``--vf=yadif`` only)
+    Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
+
+A
+    Cycle through the available DVD angles.
+
+c
+    Change YUV colorspace.
+
+(The following keys are valid only when using a video output that supports the
+corresponding adjustment, or the software equalizer (``--vf=eq``).)
+
+1 and 2
+    Adjust contrast.
+
+3 and 4
+    Adjust brightness.
+
+5 and 6
+    Adjust gamma.
+
+7 and 8
+    Adjust saturation.
+
+(The following keys are valid only on OSX.)
+
+command + 0
+    Resize movie window to half its original size.
+
+command + 1
+    Resize movie window to its original size.
+
+command + 2
+    Resize movie window to double its original size.
+
+command + f
+    Toggle fullscreen (see also ``--fs``).
+
+command + [ and command + ]
+    Set movie window alpha.
+
+(The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)
+
+PAUSE
+    Pause.
+
+STOP
+    Stop playing and quit.
+
+PREVIOUS and NEXT
+    Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
+
+(The following keys are only valid if you compiled with TV or DVB input
+support.)
+
+h and k
+    Select previous/next channel.
+
+n
+    Change norm.
+
+u
+    Change channel list.
+
+Mouse Control
+-------------
+
+button 3 and button 4
+    Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
+
+button 5 and button 6
+    Decrease/increase volume.
+
+
+USAGE
+=====
+
+Every *flag* option has a *no-flag* counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the
+``--fs`` option is ``--no-fs``. ``--fs=yes`` is same as ``--fs``, ``--fs=no``
+is the same as ``--no-fs``.
+
+If an option is marked as *(XXX only)*, it will only work in combination with
+the *XXX* option or if *XXX* is compiled in.
+
+.. note::
+
+    The suboption parser (used for example for ``--ao=pcm`` suboptions)
+    supports a special kind of string-escaping intended for use with external
+    GUIs.
+
+It has the following format::
+
+    %n%string_of_length_n
+
+.. admonition:: Examples
+
+    ``mpv --ao=pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi``
+
+    Or in a script:
+
+    ``mpv --ao=pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi``
+
+Per-File Options
+----------------
+
+When playing multiple files, any option given on the command line usually
+affects all files. Example::
+
+    mpv --a file1.mkv --b file2.mkv --c
+
+=============== ===========================
+File            Active options
+=============== ===========================
+file1.mkv       ``--a --b --c``
+file2.mkv       ``--a --b --c``
+=============== ===========================
+
+(This is different from MPlayer and mplayer2.)
+
+Also, if any option is changed at runtime (via input commands), they are not
+reset when a new file is played.
+
+Sometimes, it is useful to change options per-file. This can be achieved by
+adding the special per-file markers ``--{`` and ``--}``. (Note that you must
+escape these on some shells.) Example::
+
+    mpv --a file1.mkv --b --\{ --c file2.mkv --d file3.mkv --e --\} file4.mkv --f
+
+=============== ===========================
+File            Active options
+=============== ===========================
+file1.mkv       ``--a --b --f``
+file2.mkv       ``--a --b --f --c --d --e``
+file3.mkv       ``--a --b --f --c --d --e``
+file4.mkv       ``--a --b --f``
+=============== ===========================
+
+Additionally, any file-local option changed at runtime is reset when the current
+file stops playing. If option ``--c`` is changed during playback of
+``file2.mkv``, it is reset when advancing to ``file3.mkv``. This only affects
+file-local options. The option ``--a`` is never reset here.
+
+CONFIGURATION FILES
+===================
+
+Location and Syntax
+-------------------
+
+You can put all of the options in configuration files which will be read every
+time mpv is run. The system-wide configuration file 'mpv.conf' is in your
+configuration directory (e.g. ``/etc/mpv`` or ``/usr/local/etc/mpv``), the
+user-specific one is ``~/.mpv/config``.
+User-specific options override system-wide options and options given on the
+command line override either. The syntax of the configuration files is
+``option=<value>``; everything after a *#* is considered a comment. Options
+that work without values can be enabled by setting them to *yes* and disabled by
+setting them to *no*. Even suboptions can be specified in this way.
+
+.. admonition:: Example configuration file
+
+    ::
+
+        # Use opengl video output by default.
+        vo=opengl
+        # Use quotes for text that can contain spaces:
+        status-msg="Time: ${time-pos}"
+
+Putting Command Line Options into the Configuration File
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+Almost all command line options can be put into the configuration file. Here
+is a small guide:
+
+======================= ========================
+Option                  Configuration file entry
+======================= ========================
+``--flag``              ``flag``
+``-opt val``            ``opt=val``
+``--opt=val``           ``opt=val``
+``-opt "has spaces"``   ``opt="has spaces"``
+======================= ========================
+
+File-specific Configuration Files
+---------------------------------
+
+You can also write file-specific configuration files. If you wish to have a
+configuration file for a file called 'movie.avi', create a file named
+'movie.avi.conf' with the file-specific options in it and put it in
+``~/.mpv/``. You can also put the configuration file in the same directory
+as the file to be played, as long as you give the ``--use-filedir-conf``
+option (either on the command line or in your global config file). If a
+file-specific configuration file is found in the same directory, no
+file-specific configuration is loaded from ``~/.mpv``. In addition, the
+``--use-filedir-conf`` option enables directory-specific configuration files.
+For this, mpv first tries to load a mpv.conf from the same directory
+as the file played and then tries to load any file-specific configuration.
+
+
+Profiles
+--------
+
+To ease working with different configurations, profiles can be defined in the
+configuration files. A profile starts with its name in square brackets,
+e.g. ``[my-profile]``. All following options will be part of the profile. A
+description (shown by ``--profile=help``) can be defined with the
+``profile-desc`` option. To end the profile, start another one or use the
+profile name ``default`` to continue with normal options.
+
+.. admonition:: Example mpv profile
+
+    ::
+
+        [vo.vdpau]
+        # Use hardware decoding (might break playback of some h264 files)
+        hwdec=vdpau
+
+        [protocol.dvd]
+        profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
+        vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
+        alang=en
+
+        [extension.flv]
+        profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
+        flip=yes
+
+        [ao.alsa]
+        device=spdif
+
+
+TAKING SCREENSHOTS
+==================
+
+Screenshots of the currently played file can be taken using the 'screenshot'
+input mode command, which is by default bound to the ``s`` key. Files named
+``shotNNNN.jpg`` will be saved in the working directory, using the first
+available number - no files will be overwritten.
+
+A screenshot will usually contain the unscaled video contents at the end of the
+video filter chain and subtitles. By default, ``S`` takes screenshots without
+subtitles, while ``s`` includes subtitles.
+
+The ``screenshot`` video filter is not required when using a recommended GUI
+video output driver. It should normally not be added to the config file, as
+taking screenshots is handled by the VOs, and adding the screenshot filter will
+break hardware decoding. (The filter may still be useful for taking screenshots
+at a certain point within the video chain when using multiple video filters.)
+
+OPTIONS
+=======
+
+.. include:: options.rst
+
+.. include:: ao.rst
+
+.. include:: vo.rst
+
+.. include:: af.rst
+
+.. include:: vf.rst
+
+.. include:: encode.rst
+
+.. include:: input.rst
+
+.. include:: changes.rst
+
+ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
+=====================
+
+There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control the
+behavior of mpv.
+
+``HOME``
+    Used to determine mpv config directory: ``$HOME/.mpv``
+
+``TERM``
+    Used to determine terminal type.
+
+``MPV_HOME``
+    Directory where mpv looks for user settings. Overrides ``HOME``, and mpv
+    will try to load the config file as ``$MPV_HOME/config``.
+
+``MPV_LOCALEDIR``
+    Directory where mpv looks for gettext translation files (if enabled).
+
+``MPV_VERBOSE`` (see also ``-v`` and ``--msglevel``)
+    Set the initial verbosity level across all message modules (default: 0).
+    The resulting verbosity corresponds to that of ``--msglevel=5`` plus the
+    value of ``MPV_VERBOSE``.
+
+``MPV_LEAK_REPORT``
+    If set to ``1``, enable internal talloc leak reporting. Note that this can
+    cause trouble with multithreading, so only developers should use this.
+
+``LADSPA_PATH``
+    Specifies the search path for LADSPA plugins. If it is unset, fully
+    qualified path names must be used.
+
+``DISPLAY``
+    Standard X11 display name to use.
+
+FFmpeg/Libav:
+    This library accesses various environment variables. However, they are not
+    centrally documented, and documenting them is not our job. Therefore, this
+    list is incomplete.
+
+    Notable environment variables:
+
+    ``http_proxy``
+        URL to proxy for ``http://`` and ``https://`` URLs.
+
+    ``no_proxy``
+        List of domain patterns for which no proxy should be used.
+        List entries are separated by ``,``. Patterns can include ``*``.
+
+libdvdcss:
+    ``DVDCSS_CACHE``
+        Specify a directory in which to store title key values. This will
+        speed up descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache. The
+        ``DVDCSS_CACHE`` directory is created if it does not exist, and a
+        subdirectory is created named after the DVD's title or manufacturing
+        date. If ``DVDCSS_CACHE`` is not set or is empty, libdvdcss will use
+        the default value which is ``${HOME}/.dvdcss/`` under Unix and
+        the roaming application data directory (``%APPDATA%``) under
+        Windows. The special value "off" disables caching.
+
+    ``DVDCSS_METHOD``
+        Sets the authentication and decryption method that libdvdcss will use
+        to read scrambled discs. Can be one of ``title``, ``key`` or ``disc``.
+
+        key
+           is the default method. libdvdcss will use a set of calculated
+           player keys to try and get the disc key. This can fail if the drive
+           does not recognize any of the player keys.
+
+        disc
+           is a fallback method when key has failed. Instead of using player
+           keys, libdvdcss will crack the disc key using a brute force
+           algorithm. This process is CPU intensive and requires 64 MB of
+           memory to store temporary data.
+
+        title
+           is the fallback when all other methods have failed. It does not
+           rely on a key exchange with the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto
+           attack to guess the title key. On rare cases this may fail because
+           there is not enough encrypted data on the disc to perform a
+           statistical attack, but on the other hand it is the only way to
+           decrypt a DVD stored on a hard disc, or a DVD with the wrong region
+           on an RPC2 drive.
+
+    ``DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE``
+        Specify the raw device to use. Exact usage will depend on your
+        operating system, the Linux utility to set up raw devices is raw(8)
+        for instance. Please note that on most operating systems, using a raw
+        device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux requires a 2048 bytes
+        alignment (which is the size of a DVD sector).
+
+    ``DVDCSS_VERBOSE``
+        Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
+
+        :0: Outputs no messages at all.
+        :1: Outputs error messages to stderr.
+        :2: Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.
+
+    ``DVDREAD_NOKEYS``
+        Skip retrieving all keys on startup. Currently disabled.
+
+    ``HOME``
+        FIXME: Document this.
+
+
+EXIT CODES
+==========
+
+Normally **mpv** returns 0 as exit code after finishing playback successfully.
+If errors happen, the following exit codes can be returned:
+
+    :1: Error initializing mpv. This is also returned if unknown options are
+        passed to mpv.
+    :2: The file passed to mpv couldn't be played. This is somewhat fuzzy:
+        currently, playback of a file is considered to be successful if
+        initialization was mostly successful, even if playback fails
+        immediately after initialization.
+    :3: There were some files that could be played, and some files which
+        couldn't (using the definition of success from above).
+
+Note that quitting the player manually will always lead to exit code 0,
+overriding the exit code that would be returned normally. Also, the ``quit``
+input command can take an exit code: in this case, that exit code is returned.
+
+FILES
+=====
+
+``/usr/local/etc/mpv/mpv.conf``
+    mpv system-wide settings (depends on ``--prefix`` passed to configure)
+
+``~/.mpv/config``
+    mpv user settings
+
+``~/.mpv/input.conf``
+    input bindings (see ``--input-keylist`` for the full list)
+
+
+EXAMPLES OF MPV USAGE
+=====================
+
+Blu-ray playback:
+    - ``mpv bd:////path/to/disc``
+    - ``mpv bd:// --bluray-device=/path/to/disc``
+
+Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
+    ``mpv dvd://1 --alang=ja --slang=en``
+
+Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
+    ``mpv dvd://1 --chapter=5-7``
+
+Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
+    ``mpv dvd://5-7``
+
+Play a multiangle DVD:
+    ``mpv dvd://1 --dvdangle=2``
+
+Play from a different DVD device:
+    ``mpv dvd://1 --dvd-device=/dev/dvd2``
+
+Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
+    ``mpv dvd://1 --dvd-device=/path/to/directory/``
+
+Stream from HTTP:
+    ``mpv http://example.com/example.avi``
+
+Stream using RTSP:
+    ``mpv rtsp://server.example.com/streamName``
+
+Play a libavfilter graph:
+    ``mpv avdevice://lavfi:mandelbrot``
+
+AUTHORS
+=======
+
+mpv is a MPlayer fork based on mplayer2, which in turn is a fork of MPlayer.
+
+MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy. See the ``AUTHORS`` file for
+a list of some of the many other contributors.
+
+MPlayer is (C) 2000-2013 The MPlayer Team
+
+This man page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego Biurrun.
@@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
+VIDEO FILTERS
+=============
+
+Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The
+syntax is:
+
+``--vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
+    Setup a chain of video filters.
+
+Many parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted. To
+explicitly use a default value, set a parameter to '-1'. Parameters ``w:h``
+means width x height in pixels, ``x:y`` means x;y position counted from the
+upper left corner of the bigger image.
+
+.. note::
+
+    To get a full list of available video filters, see ``--vf=help``.
+
+Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
+filter list.
+
+``--vf-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
+    Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
+
+``--vf-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
+    Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
+
+``--vf-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
+    Deletes the filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
+    negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
+
+``--vf-clr``
+    Completely empties the filter list.
+
+With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.
+
+``--vf=<filter>=help``
+    Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular
+    filter.
+
+``--vf=<filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>``
+    Sets a named parameter to the given value. Use on and off or yes and no to
+    set flag parameters.
+
+Available filters are:
+
+``crop[=w:h:x:y]``
+    Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest. Useful to remove
+    black bands from widescreen movies.
+
+    ``<w>,<h>``
+        Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height.
+    ``<x>,<y>``
+        Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.
+
+``expand[=w:h:x:y:aspect:round]``
+    Expands (not scales) movie resolution to the given value and places the
+    unscaled original at coordinates x, y.
+
+    ``<w>,<h>``
+        Expanded width,height (default: original width,height). Negative
+        values for w and h are treated as offsets to the original size.
+
+        .. admonition:: Example
+
+            ``expand=0:-50:0:0``
+                Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture.
+
+    ``<x>,<y>``
+        position of original image on the expanded image (default: center)
+
+    ``<aspect>``
+        Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0).
+
+        .. admonition:: Example
+
+            ``expand=800:::::4/3``
+                Expands to 800x600, unless the source is higher resolution, in
+                which case it expands to fill a 4/3 aspect.
+
+    ``<round>``
+        Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).
+
+``flip``
+    Flips the image upside down. See also ``--flip``.
+
+``mirror``
+    Mirrors the image on the Y axis.
+
+``rotate[=<0-7>]``
+    Rotates the image by 90 degrees and optionally flips it. For values
+    between 4-7 rotation is only done if the movie geometry is portrait and
+    not landscape.
+
+    :0: Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).
+    :1: Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.
+    :2: Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.
+    :3: Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.
+
+``scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]``
+    Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV<->RGB
+    colorspace conversion (see also ``--sws``).
+
+    ``<w>,<h>``
+        scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
+
+        :0:      scaled d_width/d_height
+        :-1:     original width/height
+        :-2:     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the prescaled
+                 aspect ratio.
+        :-3:     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original
+                 aspect ratio.
+        :-(n+8): Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to the closest
+                 multiple of 16.
+
+    ``<chr_drop>``
+        chroma skipping
+
+        :0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
+        :1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
+        :2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
+        :3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.
+
+    ``<par>[:<par2>]`` (see also ``--sws``)
+        Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected
+        with ``--sws``::
+
+            --sws=2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
+                0.00:0.60 default
+                0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
+                0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
+                0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
+                1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
+
+            --sws=7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
+
+            --sws=9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)
+
+    ``<noup>``
+        Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
+
+        :0: Allow upscaling (default).
+        :1: Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value.
+        :2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values.
+
+    ``<arnd>``
+        Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be faster or
+        slower than the default rounding.
+
+        :0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
+        :1: Enable accurate rounding.
+
+``dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]``
+    Changes the intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point in the
+    filter chain. Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or floating point
+    number (1.33). Alternatively, you may specify the exact display width and
+    height desired. Note that this filter does *not* do any scaling itself; it
+    just affects what later scalers (software or hardware) will do when
+    auto-scaling to correct aspect.
+
+    ``<w>,<h>``
+        New display width and height.
+
+        Can also be these special values:
+
+        :0:  original display width and height
+        :-1: original video width and height (default)
+        :-2: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original display
+             aspect ratio.
+        :-3: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original video
+             aspect ratio.
+
+        .. admonition:: Example
+
+            ``dsize=800:-2``
+                Specifies a display resolution of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect
+                video, or 800x450 for a 16/9 aspect video.
+
+    ``<aspect-method>``
+        Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios.
+
+        :-1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
+        :0:  Keep display aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as maximum
+             resolution.
+        :1:  Keep display aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as minimum
+             resolution.
+        :2:  Keep video aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as maximum
+             resolution.
+        :3:  Keep video aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as minimum
+             resolution.
+
+        .. admonition:: Example
+
+            ``dsize=800:600:0``
+                Specifies a display resolution of at most 800x600, or smaller,
+                in order to keep aspect.
+
+    ``<r>``
+        Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by ``<r>``
+        (default: 1).
+
+``format[=fmt[:outfmt]]``
+    Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
+    Use together with the scale filter for a real conversion.
+
+    .. note::
+
+        For a list of available formats, see ``format=fmt=help``.
+
+    ``<fmt>``
+        Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: yuyv).
+    ``<outfmt>``
+        Format name that should be substituted for the output. If this is not
+        100% compatible with the ``<fmt>`` value, it will crash.
+
+        .. admonition:: Examples
+
+            ====================== =====================
+            Valid                  Invalid (will crash)
+            ====================== =====================
+            ``format=rgb24:bgr24`` ``format=rgb24:420p``
+            ``format=yuyv:uyvy``
+            ====================== =====================
+
+``noformat[=fmt]``
+    Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without doing any conversion.
+    Unlike the format filter, this will allow any colorspace except the one
+    you specify.
+
+    .. note:: For a list of available formats, see ``noformat=fmt=help``.
+
+    ``<fmt>``
+        Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: 420p).
+
+``pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...]``
+    Enables the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters. Subfilters must
+    be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'. Each
+    subfilter and some options have a short and a long name that can be used
+    interchangeably, i.e. ``dr``/``dering`` are the same. All subfilters share
+    common options to determine their scope:
+
+    ``a/autoq``
+        Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too slow.
+    ``c/chrom``
+        Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
+    ``y/nochrom``
+        Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
+    ``n/noluma``
+        Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).
+
+    .. note::
+
+        ``--pphelp`` shows a list of available subfilters.
+
+    Available subfilters are:
+
+    ``hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]``
+        horizontal deblocking filter
+
+        :<difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more
+                       deblocking (default: 32).
+        :<flatness>:   Flatness threshold where lower values mean more
+                       deblocking (default: 39).
+
+    ``vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]``
+        vertical deblocking filter
+
+        :<difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more
+                       deblocking (default: 32).
+        :<flatness>:   Flatness threshold where lower values mean more
+                       deblocking (default: 39).
+
+    ``ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]``
+        accurate horizontal deblocking filter
+
+        :<difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more
+                       deblocking (default: 32).
+        :<flatness>:   Flatness threshold where lower values mean more
+                       deblocking (default: 39).
+
+    ``va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]``
+        accurate vertical deblocking filter
+
+        :<difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more
+                       deblocking (default: 32).
+        :<flatness>:   Flatness threshold where lower values mean more
+                       deblocking (default: 39).
+
+    The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and
+    flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical
+    thresholds.
+
+    ``h1/x1hdeblock``
+        experimental horizontal deblocking filter
+
+    ``v1/x1vdeblock``
+        experimental vertical deblocking filter
+
+    ``dr/dering``
+        deringing filter
+
+    ``tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]``
+        temporal noise reducer
+
+        :<threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
+        :<threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
+        :<threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering
+
+    ``al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]``
+        automatic brightness / contrast correction
+
+        :f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).
+
+    ``lb/linblenddeint``
+        Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
+        filtering all lines with a (1 2 1) filter.
+
+    ``li/linipoldeint``
+        Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
+        block by linearly interpolating every second line.
+
+    ``ci/cubicipoldeint``
+        Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block
+        by cubically interpolating every second line.
+
+    ``md/mediandeint``
+        Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
+        applying a median filter to every second line.
+
+    ``fd/ffmpegdeint``
+        FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
+        filtering every second line with a (-1 4 2 4 -1) filter.
+
+    ``l5/lowpass5``
+        Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces
+        the given block by filtering all lines with a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.
+
+    ``fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]``
+        Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant
+        quantizer you specify.
+
+        :<quantizer>: quantizer to use
+
+    ``de/default``
+        default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)
+
+    ``fa/fast``
+        fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)
+
+    ``ac``
+        high quality pp filter combination (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)
+
+    .. note::
+
+        This filter is only available if FFmpeg/libav has been compiled
+        with libpostproc enabled.
+
+    .. admonition:: Examples
+
+        ``--vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al``
+            horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic
+            brightness/contrast
+
+        ``--vf=pp=de/-al``
+            default filters without brightness/contrast correction
+
+        ``--vf=pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3``
+            Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
+
+        ``--vf=pp=hb:y/vb:a``
+            Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical
+            deblocking on or off automatically depending on available CPU time.
+
+``lavfi=graph[:sws_flags[:o=opts]]``
+    Filter video using FFmpeg's libavfilter.
+
+    ``<graph>``
+        The libavfilter graph string. The filter must have a single video input
+        pad and a single video output pad.
+
+        See `<https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html>`_ for syntax and available
+        filters.
+
+        .. warning::
+
+            If you want to use the full filter syntax with this option, you have
+            to quote the filter graph in order to prevent mpv's syntax and the
+            filter graph syntax from clashing.
+
+        .. admonition:: Examples
+
+            ``-vf lavfi=[gradfun=20:30,vflip]``
+                ``gradfun`` filter with nonsense parameters, followed by a
+                ``vflip`` filter. (This demonstrates how libavfilter takes a
+                graph and not just a single filter.) The filter graph string is
+                quoted with ``[`` and ``]``. This requires no additional quoting
+                or escaping with some shells (like bash), while others (like
+                zsh) require additional ``"`` quotes around the option string.
+
+            ``'--vf=lavfi="gradfun=20:30,vflip"'``
+                Same as before, but uses quoting that should be safe with all
+                shells. The outer ``'`` quotes make sure that the shell does not
+                remove the ``"`` quotes needed by mpv.
+
+            ``'--vf=lavfi=graph="gradfun=radius=30:strength=20,vflip"'``
+                Same as before, but uses named parameters for everything.
+
+    ``<sws_flags>``
+        If libavfilter inserts filters for pixel format conversion, this
+        option gives the flags which should be passed to libswscale. This
+        option is numeric and takes a bit-wise combination of ``SWS_`` flags.
+
+        See ``http://git.videolan.org/?p=ffmpeg.git;a=blob;f=libswscale/swscale.h``.
+
+    ``<o>``
+        Set AVFilterGraph options. These should be documented by FFmpeg.
+
+        .. admonition:: Example
+
+            ``'--vf=lavfi=yadif:o="threads=2,thread_type=slice"'``
+                forces a specific threading configuration.
+
+``noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]``
+    Adds noise.
+
+    :<0-100>: luma noise
+    :<0-100>: chroma noise
+    :u:       uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
+    :t:       temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
+    :a:       averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
+    :h:       high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
+    :p:       mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
+
+    .. note::
+
+        Deprecated. Use libavfilter's ``noise`` filter through ``--vf=lavfi``
+        instead.
+
+``hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]``
+    This filter aims to reduce image noise producing smooth images and making
+    still images really still (This should enhance compressibility.).
+
+    ``<luma_spatial>``
+        spatial luma strength (default: 4)
+    ``<chroma_spatial>``
+        spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
+    ``<luma_tmp>``
+        luma temporal strength (default: 6)
+    ``<chroma_tmp>``
+        chroma temporal strength (default:
+        ``luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial``)
+
+    .. note::
+
+        Deprecated. Use libavfilter's ``hqdn3d`` filter through ``--vf=lavfi``
+        instead.
+
+``eq[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]``
+    Software equalizer that uses lookup tables (slow), allowing gamma correction
+    in addition to simple brightness and contrast adjustment. The parameters are
+    given as floating point values.
+
+    ``<0.1-10>``
+        initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
+    ``<-2-2>``
+        initial contrast, where negative values result in a negative image
+        (default: 1.0)
+    ``<-1-1>``
+        initial brightness (default: 0.0)
+    ``<0-3>``
+        initial saturation (default: 1.0)
+    ``<0.1-10>``
+        gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
+    ``<0.1-10>``
+        gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
+    ``<0.1-10>``
+        gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
+    ``<0-1>``
+        The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma
+        value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them from getting overamplified
+        and just plain white. A value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all
+        the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).
+
+``ilpack[=mode]``
+    When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma interlacing
+    does not line up properly due to vertical downsampling of the chroma
+    channels. This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data into YUY2 (4:2:2) format
+    with the chroma lines in their proper locations, so that in any given
+    scanline, the luma and chroma data both come from the same field.
+
+    ``<mode>``
+        Select the sampling mode.
+
+        :0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
+        :1: linear interpolation (default)
+
+``unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]``
+    unsharp mask / gaussian blur
+
+    ``l``
+        Apply effect on luma component.
+
+    ``c``
+        Apply effect on chroma components.
+
+    ``<width>x<height>``
+        width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both directions (min =
+        3x3, max = 13x11 or 11x13, usually something between 3x3 and 7x7)
+
+    ``amount``
+        Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a sane range
+        should be -1.5-1.5).
+
+        :<0: blur
+        :>0: sharpen
+
+    .. note::
+
+        Deprecated. Use libavfilter's ``unsharp`` filter through ``--vf=lavfi``
+        instead.
+
+``swapuv``
+    Swap U & V plane.
+
+    .. note::
+
+        Deprecated. Use libavfilter's ``swapuv`` filter through ``--vf=lavfi``
+        instead.
+
+``pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]``
+    Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
+    hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
+    content. The ``pullup`` filter makes use of future context in making its
+    decisions. It is stateless in the sense that it does not lock onto a pattern
+    to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following fields in order to
+    identify matches and rebuild progressive frames.
+
+    ``jl``, ``jr``, ``jt``, and ``jb``
+        These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right,
+        top, and bottom of the image, respectively. Left/right are in units of
+        8 pixels, while top/bottom are in units of 2 lines. The default is 8
+        pixels on each side.
+
+    ``sb`` (strict breaks)
+        Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of ``pullup``
+        generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
+        excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
+        Conversely, setting it to -1 will make ``pullup`` match fields more
+        easily. This may help processing of video where there is slight
+        blurring between the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced
+        frames in the output.
+
+    ``mp`` (metric plane)
+        This option may be set to 1 or 2 to use a chroma plane instead of the
+        luma plane for doing ``pullup``'s computations. This may improve accuracy
+        on very clean source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy,
+        especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale
+        video. The main purpose of setting ``mp`` to a chroma plane is to reduce
+        CPU load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
+
+``divtc[=options]``
+    Inverse telecine for deinterlaced video. If 3:2-pulldown telecined video
+    has lost one of the fields or is deinterlaced using a method that keeps
+    one field and interpolates the other, the result is a juddering video that
+    has every fourth frame duplicated. This filter is intended to find and
+    drop those duplicates and restore the original film framerate. Two
+    different modes are available: One-pass mode is the default and is
+    straightforward to use, but has the disadvantage that any changes in the
+    telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits) cause momentary judder until the
+    filter can resync again. Two-pass mode avoids this by analyzing the entire
+    video beforehand so it will have forward knowledge about the phase changes
+    and can resync at the exact spot. These passes do *not* correspond to pass
+    one and two of the encoding process. You must run an extra pass using
+    ``divtc`` pass one before the actual encoding throwing the resulting video
+    away. Then use ``divtc`` pass two for the actual encoding. If you use
+    multiple encoder passes, use ``divtc`` pass two for all of them.
+
+    The options are:
+
+    ``pass=1|2``
+        Use two pass mode.
+
+    ``file=<filename>``
+        Set the two pass log filename (default: ``framediff.log``).
+
+    ``threshold=<value>``
+        Set the minimum strength the telecine pattern must have for the filter
+        to believe in it (default: 0.5). This is used to avoid recognizing
+        false pattern from the parts of the video that are very dark or very
+        still.
+
+    ``window=<numframes>``
+        Set the number of past frames to look at when searching for pattern
+        (default: 30). Longer window improves the reliability of the pattern
+        search, but shorter window improves the reaction time to the changes
+        in the telecine phase. This only affects the one-pass mode. The
+        two-pass mode currently uses fixed window that extends to both future
+        and past.
+
+    ``phase=0|1|2|3|4``
+        Sets the initial telecine phase for one pass mode (default: 0). The
+        two-pass mode can see the future, so it is able to use the correct
+        phase from the beginning, but one-pass mode can only guess. It catches
+        the correct phase when it finds it, but this option can be used to fix
+        the possible juddering at the beginning. The first pass of the two
+        pass mode also uses this, so if you save the output from the first
+        pass, you get constant phase result.
+
+    ``deghost=<value>``
+        Set the deghosting threshold (0-255 for one-pass mode, -255-255 for
+        two-pass mode, default 0). If nonzero, deghosting mode is used. This
+        is for video that has been deinterlaced by blending the fields
+        together instead of dropping one of the fields. Deghosting amplifies
+        any compression artifacts in the blended frames, so the parameter
+        value is used as a threshold to exclude those pixels from deghosting
+        that differ from the previous frame less than specified value. If two
+        pass mode is used, then negative value can be used to make the filter
+        analyze the whole video in the beginning of pass-2 to determine
+        whether it needs deghosting or not and then select either zero or the
+        absolute value of the parameter. Specify this option for pass 2, it
+        makes no difference on pass 1.
+
+``phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]``
+    Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.
+    The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the
+    opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer. The options are:
+
+    ``t``
+        Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first. Filter will
+        delay the bottom field.
+
+    ``b``
+        Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first. Filter will delay the top
+        field.
+
+    ``p``
+        Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists
+        for the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you
+        actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing ;-)
+
+    ``a``
+        Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer
+        opposite. Filter selects among ``t`` and ``b`` modes on a frame by frame
+        basis using field flags. If no field information is available, then this
+        works just like ``u``.
+
+    ``u``
+        Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite. Filter selects among
+        ``t`` and ``b`` on a frame by frame basis by analyzing the images and
+        selecting the alternative that produces best match between the fields.
+
+    ``T``
+        Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among
+        ``t`` and ``p`` using image analysis.
+
+    ``B``
+        Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects
+        among ``b`` and ``p`` using image analysis.
+
+    ``A``
+        Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying. Filter
+        selects among ``t``, ``b`` and ``p`` using field flags and image
+        analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just
+        like ``U``. This is the default mode.
+
+    ``U``
+        Both capture and transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among
+        ``t``, ``b`` and ``p`` using image analysis only.
+
+    ``v``
+        Verbose operation. Prints the selected mode for each frame and the
+        average squared difference between fields for ``t``, ``b``, and ``p``
+        alternatives.
+
+``yadif=[mode[:enabled=yes|no]]``
+    Yet another deinterlacing filter
+
+    ``<mode>``
+        :0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
+        :1: Output 1 frame for each field.
+        :2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
+        :3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
+
+    ``<enabled>``
+        :yes: Filter is active (default).
+        :no:  Filter is not active, but can be activated with the ``D`` key
+              (or any other key that toggles the ``deinterlace`` property).
+
+    .. note::
+
+        Deprecated. Use libavfilter's ``yadif`` filter through ``--vf=lavfi``
+        instead.
+
+    This filter, or libavfilter's implementation if available, is automatically
+    inserted when using the ``D`` key (or any other key that toggles the
+    ``deinterlace`` property), assuming the video output does not have native
+    deinterlacing support.
+
+``down3dright[=lines]``
+    Reposition and resize stereoscopic images. Extracts both stereo fields and
+    places them side by side, resizing them to maintain the original movie
+    aspect.
+
+    ``<lines>``
+        number of lines to select from the middle of the image (default: 12)
+
+``delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]``
+    Suppresses a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding
+    pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear (and
+    sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
+
+    ``<x>,<y>``
+        top left corner of the logo
+    ``<w>,<h>``
+        width and height of the cleared rectangle
+    ``<t>``
+        Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to ``w`` and
+        ``h``). When set to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to
+        simplify finding the right ``x``,``y``,``w``,``h`` parameters.
+    ``file=<file>``
+        You can specify a text file to load the coordinates from.  Each line
+        must have a timestamp (in seconds, and in ascending order) and the
+        ``x:y:w:h:t`` coordinates (``t`` can be omitted).
+
+    .. note::
+
+        Deprecated. Use libavfilter's ``delogo`` or ``removelogo`` filters
+        through ``--vf=lavfi`` instead.
+
+``screenshot``
+    Optional filter for screenshot support. This is only needed if the video
+    output does not provide working direct screenshot support. Note that it is
+    not always safe to insert this filter by default. See `TAKING SCREENSHOTS`_
+    for details.
+
+``sub=[=bottom-margin:top-margin]``
+    Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain, or force
+    subtitle rendering in the video filter as opposed to using video output OSD
+    support.
+
+    ``<bottom-margin>``
+        Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can
+        place subtitles there (with ``--ass-use-margins``).
+    ``<top-margin>``
+        Black band on the top for toptitles  (with ``--ass-use-margins``).
+
+    .. admonition:: Examples
+
+        ``--vf=sub,eq``
+            Moves sub rendering before the eq filter. This will put both
+            subtitle colors and video under the influence of the video equalizer
+            settings.
+
+``stereo3d[=in:out]``
+    Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.
+
+    ``<in>``
+        Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:
+
+        ``sbsl`` or ``side_by_side_left_first``
+            side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
+        ``sbsr`` or ``side_by_side_right_first``
+            side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
+        ``abl`` or ``above_below_left_first``
+            above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
+        ``abr`` or ``above_below_right_first``
+            above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
+        ``ab2l`` or ``above_below_half_height_left_first``
+            above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye
+            below)
+        ``ab2r`` or ``above_below_half_height_right_first``
+            above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye
+            below)
+
+    ``<out>``
+        Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are all the input
+        formats as well as:
+
+        ``arcg`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_gray``
+            anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on
+            right eye)
+        ``arch`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color``
+            anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter
+            on right eye)
+        ``arcc`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_color``
+            anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on
+            right eye)
+        ``arcd`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois``
+            anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares
+            projection of dubois (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right
+            eye)
+        ``agmg`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_gray``
+            anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta
+            filter on right eye)
+        ``agmh`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color``
+            anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left eye,
+            magenta filter on right eye)
+        ``agmc`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_color``
+            anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on left eye, magenta
+            filter on right eye)
+        ``aybg`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray``
+            anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter
+            on right eye)
+        ``aybh`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color``
+            anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue
+            filter on right eye)
+        ``aybc`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_color``
+            anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue
+            filter on right eye)
+        ``irl`` or ``interleave_rows_left_first``
+            Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next
+            row)
+        ``irr`` or ``interleave_rows_right_first``
+            Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next
+            row)
+        ``ml`` or ``mono_left``
+            mono output (left eye only)
+        ``mr`` or ``mono_right``
+            mono output (right eye only)
+
+    .. note::
+
+        Deprecated. Use libavfilter's ``stereo3d`` filter through ``--vf=lavfi``
+        instead.
+
+``gradfun[=strength[:radius]]``
+    Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat
+    regions by truncation to 8bit color depth. Interpolates the gradients that
+    should go where the bands are, and dithers them.
+
+    ``<strength>``
+        Maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. Also the
+        threshold for detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.2).
+
+    ``<radius>``
+        Neighborhood to fit the gradient to. Larger radius makes for smoother
+        gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying pixels near
+        detailed regions (default: 16).
+
+    .. note::
+
+        Deprecated. Use libavfilter's ``gradfun`` filter through ``--vf=lavfi``
+        instead.
+
+``dlopen=dll[:a0[:a1[:a2[:a3]]]]``
+    Loads an external library to filter the image. The library interface
+    is the ``vf_dlopen`` interface specified using ``libmpcodecs/vf_dlopen.h``.
+
+    ``dll=<library>``
+        Specify the library to load. This may require a full file system path
+        in some cases. This argument is required.
+
+    ``a0=<string>``
+        Specify the first parameter to pass to the library.
+
+    ``a1=<string>``
+        Specify the second parameter to pass to the library.
+
+    ``a2=<string>``
+        Specify the third parameter to pass to the library.
+
+    ``a3=<string>``
+        Specify the fourth parameter to pass to the library.
@@ -0,0 +1,712 @@
+VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS
+====================
+
+Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. The
+syntax is:
+
+``--vo=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>``
+    Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.
+
+If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained
+in the list. Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
+
+.. note::
+
+    See ``--vo=help`` for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.
+
+.. admonition:: Example
+
+    ``--vo=opengl,xv,``
+        Try the ``opengl`` driver, then the ``xv`` driver, then others.
+
+Available video output drivers are:
+
+``xv`` (X11 only)
+    Uses the XVideo extension to enable hardware-accelerated display. This is
+    the most compatible VO on X, but may be low-quality, and has issues with
+    OSD and subtitle display.
+
+    ``adaptor=<number>``
+        Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
+    ``port=<number>``
+        Select a specific XVideo port.
+    ``ck=<cur|use|set>``
+        Select the source from which the colorkey is taken (default: cur).
+
+        cur
+          The default takes the colorkey currently set in Xv.
+        use
+          Use but do not set the colorkey from mpv (use the ``--colorkey``
+          option to change it).
+        set
+          Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
+
+    ``ck-method=<man|bg|auto>``
+        Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
+
+        man
+          Draw the colorkey manually (reduces flicker in some cases).
+        bg
+          Set the colorkey as window background.
+        auto
+          Let Xv draw the colorkey.
+
+    ``colorkey=<number>``
+        Changes the colorkey to an RGB value of your choice. ``0x000000`` is
+        black and ``0xffffff`` is white.
+
+    ``no-colorkey``
+        Disables colorkeying.
+
+``x11`` (X11 only)
+    Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works
+    whenever X11 is present.
+
+    .. note:: This is a fallback only, and should not be normally used.
+
+``vdpau`` (X11 only)
+    Uses the VDPAU interface to display and optionally also decode video.
+    Hardware decoding is used with ``--hwdec=vdpau``.
+
+    ``sharpen=<-1-1>``
+        For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for
+        negative values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).
+    ``denoise=<0-1>``
+        Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise
+        reduction).
+    ``deint=<-4-4>``
+        Select deinterlacing mode (default: -3). Positive values choose mode
+        and enable deinterlacing. Corresponding negative values select the
+        same deinterlacing mode, but do not enable deinterlacing on startup
+        (useful in configuration files to specify which mode will be enabled by
+        the "D" key). All modes respect ``--field-dominance``.
+
+        0
+            Same as -3.
+        1
+            Show only first field.
+        2
+            Bob deinterlacing.
+        3
+            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead to A/V desync
+            with slow video hardware and/or high resolution.
+        4
+            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided spatial
+            interpolation. Needs fast video hardware.
+    ``chroma-deint``
+        Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default).
+        Use no-chroma-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced
+        deinterlacing. Useful with slow video memory.
+    ``pullup``
+        Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal
+        deinterlacing.
+    ``hqscaling=<0-9>``
+        0
+            Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
+        1-9
+            Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).
+    ``fps=<number>``
+        Override autodetected display refresh rate value (the value is needed
+        for framedrop to allow video playback rates higher than display
+        refresh rate, and for vsync-aware frame timing adjustments). Default 0
+        means use autodetected value. A positive value is interpreted as a
+        refresh rate in Hz and overrides the autodetected value. A negative
+        value disables all timing adjustment and framedrop logic.
+    ``composite-detect``
+        NVIDIA's current VDPAU implementation behaves somewhat differently
+        under a compositing window manager and does not give accurate frame
+        timing information. With this option enabled, the player tries to
+        detect whether a compositing window manager is active. If one is
+        detected, the player disables timing adjustments as if the user had
+        specified ``fps=-1`` (as they would be based on incorrect input). This
+        means timing is somewhat less accurate than without compositing, but
+        with the composited mode behavior of the NVIDIA driver, there is no
+        hard playback speed limit even without the disabled logic. Enabled by
+        default, use ``no-composite-detect`` to disable.
+    ``queuetime_windowed=<number>`` and ``queuetime_fs=<number>``
+        Use VDPAU's presentation queue functionality to queue future video
+        frame changes at most this many milliseconds in advance (default: 50).
+        See below for additional information.
+    ``output_surfaces=<2-15>``
+        Allocate this many output surfaces to display video frames (default:
+        3). See below for additional information.
+
+    Using the VDPAU frame queueing functionality controlled by the queuetime
+    options makes mpv's frame flip timing less sensitive to system CPU load and
+    allows mpv to start decoding the next frame(s) slightly earlier, which can
+    reduce jitter caused by individual slow-to-decode frames. However, the
+    NVIDIA graphics drivers can make other window behavior such as window moves
+    choppy if VDPAU is using the blit queue (mainly happens if you have the
+    composite extension enabled) and this feature is active. If this happens on
+    your system and it bothers you then you can set the queuetime value to 0 to
+    disable this feature. The settings to use in windowed and fullscreen mode
+    are separate because there should be no reason to disable this for
+    fullscreen mode (as the driver issue should not affect the video itself).
+
+    You can queue more frames ahead by increasing the queuetime values and the
+    ``output_surfaces`` count (to ensure enough surfaces to buffer video for a
+    certain time ahead you need at least as many surfaces as the video has
+    frames during that time, plus two). This could help make video smoother in
+    some cases. The main downsides are increased video RAM requirements for
+    the surfaces and laggier display response to user commands (display
+    changes only become visible some time after they're queued). The graphics
+    driver implementation may also have limits on the length of maximum
+    queuing time or number of queued surfaces that work well or at all.
+
+``direct3d_shaders`` (Windows only)
+    Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface.
+
+    ``prefer-stretchrect``
+        Use ``IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect`` over other methods if possible.
+
+    ``disable-stretchrect``
+        Never render the video using ``IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect``.
+
+    ``disable-textures``
+        Never render the video using D3D texture rendering. Rendering with
+        textures + shader will still be allowed. Add ``disable-shaders`` to
+        completely disable video rendering with textures.
+
+    ``disable-shaders``
+        Never use shaders when rendering video.
+
+    ``only-8bit``
+        Never render YUV video with more than 8 bits per component.
+        Using this flag will force software conversion to 8-bit.
+
+    ``disable-texture-align``
+        Normally texture sizes are always aligned to 16. With this option
+        enabled, the video texture will always have exactly the same size as
+        the video itself.
+
+
+    Debug options. These might be incorrect, might be removed in the future,
+    might crash, might cause slow downs, etc. Contact the developers if you
+    actually need any of these for performance or proper operation.
+
+    ``force-power-of-2``
+        Always force textures to power of 2, even if the device reports
+        non-power-of-2 texture sizes as supported.
+
+    ``texture-memory=N``
+        Only affects operation with shaders/texturing enabled, and (E)OSD.
+        Values for N:
+
+            0
+                default, will often use an additional shadow texture + copy
+            1
+                use ``D3DPOOL_MANAGED``
+            2
+                use ``D3DPOOL_DEFAULT``
+            3
+                use ``D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM``, but without shadow texture
+
+    ``swap-discard``
+        Use ``D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD``, which might be faster.
+        Might be slower too, as it must(?) clear every frame.
+
+    ``exact-backbuffer``
+        Always resize the backbuffer to window size.
+
+``direct3d`` (Windows only)
+    Same as ``direct3d_shaders``, but with the options ``disable-textures``
+    and ``disable-shaders`` forced.
+
+``corevideo`` (Mac OS X 10.6 and later)
+    Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver. Uses the CoreVideo APIs to fill
+    PixelBuffers and generate OpenGL textures from them (useful as a fallback
+    for ``opengl``).
+
+``opengl``
+    OpenGL video output driver. It supports extended scaling methods, dithering
+    and color management.
+
+    By default, it tries to use fast and fail-safe settings. Use the alias
+    ``opengl-hq`` to use this driver with defaults set to high quality
+    rendering.
+
+    Requires at least OpenGL 2.1 and the ``GL_ARB_texture_rg`` extension. For
+    older drivers, ``opengl-old`` may work.
+
+    Some features are available with OpenGL 3 capable graphics drivers only
+    (or if the necessary extensions are available).
+
+    ``lscale=<filter>``
+
+        ``bilinear``
+            Bilinear hardware texture filtering (fastest, mid-quality).
+            This is the default.
+
+        ``lanczos2``
+            Lanczos scaling with radius=2. Provides good quality and speed.
+            This is the default when using ``opengl-hq``.
+
+        ``lanczos3``
+            Lanczos with radius=3.
+
+        ``bicubic_fast``
+            Bicubic filter. Has a blurring effect on the image, even if no
+            scaling is done.
+
+        ``sharpen3``
+            Unsharp masking (sharpening) with radius=3 and a default strength
+            of 0.5 (see ``lparam1``).
+
+        ``sharpen5``
+            Unsharp masking (sharpening) with radius=5 and a default strength
+            of 0.5 (see ``lparam1``).
+
+        ``mitchell``
+            Mitchell-Netravali. The ``b`` and ``c`` parameters can be set with
+            ``lparam1`` and ``lparam2``. Both are set to 1/3 by default.
+
+
+        There are some more filters. For a complete list, pass ``help`` as
+        value, e.g.::
+
+            mpv --vo=opengl:lscale=help
+
+    ``lparam1=<value>``
+        Set filter parameters. Ignored if the filter is not tunable. These are
+        unset by default, and use the filter specific default if applicable.
+
+    ``lparam2=<value>``
+        See ``lparam1``.
+
+    ``scaler-resizes-only``
+        Disable the scaler if the video image is not resized. In that case,
+        ``bilinear`` is used instead whatever is set with ``lscale``. Bilinear
+        will reproduce the source image perfectly if no scaling is performed.
+        Note that this option never affects ``cscale``, although the different
+        processing chain might do chroma scaling differently if ``lscale`` is
+        disabled.
+
+    ``stereo=<value>``
+        Select a method for stereo display. You may have to use ``--aspect`` to
+        fix the aspect value. Experimental, do not expect too much from it.
+
+        no
+            Normal 2D display
+        red-cyan
+            Convert side by side input to full-color red-cyan stereo.
+        green-magenta
+            Convert side by side input to full-color green-magenta stereo.
+        quadbuffer
+            Convert side by side input to quadbuffered stereo. Only supported
+            by very few OpenGL cards.
+
+    ``srgb``
+        Enable gamma-correct scaling by working in linear light. This
+        makes use of sRGB textures and framebuffers.
+        This option forces the options ``indirect`` and ``gamma``.
+
+        .. note::
+
+            for YUV colorspaces, gamma 1/0.45 (2.222) is assumed. RGB input is
+            always assumed to be in sRGB.
+
+        This option is not really useful, as gamma-correct scaling has not much
+        influence on typical video playback. Most visible effect comes from
+        slightly different gamma.
+
+    ``pbo``
+        Enable use of PBOs. This is faster, but can sometimes lead to sporadic
+        and temporary image corruption.
+
+    ``dither-depth=<N|no|auto>``
+        Set dither target depth to N. Default: no.
+
+        no
+            Disable any dithering done by mpv.
+        auto
+            Automatic selection. If output bit depth cannot be detected,
+            8 bits per component are assumed.
+        8
+            Dither to 8 bit output.
+
+        Note that the depth of the connected video display device can not be
+        detected. Often, LCD panels will do dithering on their own, which
+        conflicts with ``opengl``'s dithering and leads to ugly output.
+
+    ``dither-size-fruit=<2-8>``
+        Set the size of the dither matrix (default: 6). The actual size of
+        the matrix is ``(2^N) x (2^N)`` for an option value of ``N``, so a
+        value of 6 gives a size of 64x64. The matrix is generated at startup
+        time, and a large matrix can take rather long to compute (seconds).
+
+        Used in ``dither=fruit`` mode only.
+
+    ``dither=<fruit|ordered|no>``
+        Select dithering algorithm (default: fruit).
+
+    ``temporal-dither``
+        Enable temporal dithering. (Only active if dithering is enabled in
+        general.) This changes between 8 different dithering pattern on each
+        frame by changing the orientation of the tiled dithering matrix.
+        Unfortunately, this can lead to flicker on LCD displays, since these
+        have a high reaction time.
+
+    ``debug``
+        Check for OpenGL errors, i.e. call ``glGetError()``. Also request a
+        debug OpenGL context (which does nothing with current graphics drivers
+        as of this writing).
+
+    ``swapinterval=<n>``
+        Interval in displayed frames between two buffer swaps.
+        1 is equivalent to enable VSYNC, 0 to disable VSYNC.
+
+    ``no-scale-sep``
+        When using a separable scale filter for luma, usually two filter
+        passes are done. This is often faster. However, it forces
+        conversion to RGB in an extra pass, so it can actually be slower
+        if used with fast filters on small screen resolutions. Using
+        this options will make rendering a single operation.
+        Note that chroma scalers are always done as 1-pass filters.
+
+    ``cscale=<n>``
+        As ``lscale``, but for chroma (2x slower with little visible effect).
+        Note that with some scaling filters, upscaling is always done in
+        RGB. If chroma is not subsampled, this option is ignored, and the
+        luma scaler is used instead. Setting this option is often useless.
+
+    ``fancy-downscaling``
+        When using convolution based filters, extend the filter size
+        when downscaling. Trades quality for reduced downscaling performance.
+
+    ``no-npot``
+        Force use of power-of-2 texture sizes. For debugging only.
+        Borders will be distorted due to filtering.
+
+    ``glfinish``
+        Call ``glFinish()`` before swapping buffers
+
+    ``sw``
+        Continue even if a software renderer is detected.
+
+    ``backend=<sys>``
+        The value ``auto`` (the default) selects the windowing backend. You
+        can also pass ``help`` to get a complete list of compiled in backends
+        (sorted by autoprobe order).
+
+        auto
+            auto-select (default)
+        cocoa
+            Cocoa/OSX
+        win
+            Win32/WGL
+        x11
+            X11/GLX
+        wayland
+            Wayland/EGL
+
+    ``indirect``
+        Do YUV conversion and scaling as separate passes. This will first render
+        the video into a video-sized RGB texture, and draw the result on screen.
+        The luma scaler is used to scale the RGB image when rendering to screen.
+        The chroma scaler is used only on YUV conversion, and only if the video
+        is chroma-subsampled (usually the case).
+        This mechanism is disabled on RGB input.
+        Specifying this option directly is generally useful for debugging only.
+
+    ``fbo-format=<fmt>``
+        Selects the internal format of textures used for FBOs. The format can
+        influence performance and quality of the video output. (FBOs are not
+        always used, and typically only when using extended scalers.)
+        ``fmt`` can be one of: rgb, rgba, rgb8, rgb10, rgb16, rgb16f, rgb32f,
+        rgba12, rgba16, rgba16f, rgba32f.
+        Default: rgb.
+
+    ``gamma``
+        Always enable gamma control. (Disables delayed enabling.)
+
+    ``icc-profile=<file>``
+        Load an ICC profile and use it to transform linear RGB to screen output.
+        Needs LittleCMS2 support compiled in.
+
+    ``icc-cache=<file>``
+        Store and load the 3D LUT created from the ICC profile in this file.
+        This can be used to speed up loading, since LittleCMS2 can take a while
+        to create the 3D LUT. Note that this file contains an uncompressed LUT.
+        Its size depends on the ``3dlut-size``, and can be very big.
+
+    ``icc-intent=<value>``
+        0
+            perceptual
+        1
+            relative colorimetric
+        2
+            saturation
+        3
+            absolute colorimetric (default)
+
+    ``3dlut-size=<r>x<g>x<b>``
+        Size of the 3D LUT generated from the ICC profile in each dimension.
+        Default is 128x256x64.
+        Sizes must be a power of two, and 256 at most.
+
+    ``alpha``
+        Try to create a framebuffer with alpha component. This only makes sense
+        if the video contains alpha information (which is extremely rare). May
+        not be supported on all platforms. If alpha framebuffers are
+        unavailable, it silently falls back on a normal framebuffer. Note
+        that when using FBO indirections (such as with ``opengl-hq``), an FBO
+        format with alpha must be specified with the ``fbo-format`` option.
+
+    ``chroma-location=<auto|center|left>``
+        Set the YUV chroma sample location. auto means use the bitstream
+        flags (default: auto).
+
+``opengl-hq``
+    Same as ``opengl``, but with default settings for high quality rendering.
+
+    This is equivalent to::
+
+        --vo=opengl:lscale=lanczos2:dither-depth=auto:pbo:fbo-format=rgb16
+
+    Note that some cheaper LCDs do dithering that gravely interferes with
+    ``opengl``'s dithering. Disabling dithering with ``dither-depth=no`` helps.
+
+    Unlike ``opengl``, ``opengl-hq`` makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you
+    can achieve better quality or performance by changing the ``fbo-format``
+    suboption to ``rgb16f``, ``rgb32f`` or ``rgb``. Known problems include
+    Mesa/Intel not accepting ``rgb16``, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with
+    float texture support, and some OSX setups being very slow with ``rgb16``
+    but fast with ``rgb32f``.
+
+``opengl-old``
+    OpenGL video output driver, old version. Video size must be smaller
+    than the maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementation. Intended to
+    work even with the most basic OpenGL implementations, but also makes use
+    of newer extensions which allow support for more color spaces.
+
+    The code performs very few checks, so if a feature does not work, this
+    might be because it is not supported by your card and/or OpenGL
+    implementation, even if you do not get any error message. Use ``glxinfo``
+    or a similar tool to display the supported OpenGL extensions.
+
+    ``(no-)ati-hack``
+        ATI drivers may give a corrupted image when PBOs are used (when using
+        ``force-pbo``). This option fixes this, at the expense of using a bit
+        more memory.
+    ``(no-)force-pbo``
+        Always uses PBOs to transfer textures even if this involves an extra
+        copy. Currently this gives a little extra speed with NVIDIA drivers
+        and a lot more speed with ATI drivers. May need the ``ati-hack``
+        suboption to work correctly.
+    ``(no-)scaled-osd``
+        Scales the OSD and subtitles instead of rendering them at display size
+        (default: disabled).
+    ``rectangle=<0,1,2>``
+        Select usage of rectangular textures, which saves video RAM, but often
+        is slower (default: 0).
+
+        0
+            Use power-of-two textures (default).
+        1
+            Use the ``GL_ARB_texture_rectangle`` extension.
+        2
+            Use the ``GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two`` extension. In some
+            cases only supported in software and thus very slow.
+
+    ``swapinterval=<n>``
+        Minimum interval between two buffer swaps, counted in displayed frames
+        (default: 1). 1 is equivalent to enabling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC.
+        Values below 0 will leave it at the system default. This limits the
+        framerate to (horizontal refresh rate / n). Requires
+        ``GLX_SGI_swap_control`` support to work. With some (most/all?)
+        implementations this only works in fullscreen mode.
+    ``ycbcr``
+        Use the ``GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture`` extension to convert YUV to RGB. In
+        most cases this is probably slower than doing software conversion to
+        RGB.
+    ``yuv=<n>``
+        Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion. The default is
+        auto-detection deciding between values 0 and 2.
+
+        0
+            Use software conversion. Compatible with all OpenGL versions.
+            Provides brightness, contrast and saturation control.
+        1
+            Same as 2. This used to use NVIDIA-specific extensions, which
+            did not provide any advantages over using fragment programs, except
+            possibly on very ancient graphics cards. It produced a gray-ish
+            output, which is why it has been removed.
+        2
+            Use a fragment program. Needs the ``GL_ARB_fragment_program``
+            extension and at least three texture units. Provides brightness,
+            contrast, saturation and hue control.
+        3
+            Use a fragment program using the ``POW`` instruction. Needs the
+            ``GL_ARB_fragment_program`` extension and at least three texture
+            units. Provides brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma
+            control. Gamma can also be set independently for red, green and
+            blue. Method 4 is usually faster.
+        4
+            Use a fragment program with additional lookup. Needs the
+            ``GL_ARB_fragment_program`` extension and at least four texture
+            units. Provides brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma
+            control. Gamma can also be set independently for red, green and
+            blue.
+        5
+            Use ATI-specific method (for older cards). This uses an
+            ATI-specific extension (``GL_ATI_fragment_shader`` - not
+            ``GL_ARB_fragment_shader``!). At least three texture units are
+            needed. Provides saturation and hue control. This method is fast
+            but inexact.
+        6
+            Use a 3D texture to do conversion via lookup. Needs the
+            ``GL_ARB_fragment_program extension`` and at least four texture
+            units. Extremely slow (software emulation) on some (all?) ATI
+            cards since it uses a texture with border pixels. Provides
+            brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma control. Gamma can
+            also be set independently for red, green and blue. Speed depends
+            more on GPU memory bandwidth than other methods.
+
+    ``lscale=<n>``
+        Select the scaling function to use for luminance scaling. Only valid
+        for yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
+
+        0
+            Use simple linear filtering (default).
+        1
+            Use bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality). Needs one
+            additional texture unit. Older cards will not be able to handle
+            this for chroma at least in fullscreen mode.
+        2
+            Use cubic filtering in horizontal, linear filtering in vertical
+            direction. Works on a few more cards than method 1.
+        3
+            Same as 1 but does not use a lookup texture. Might be faster on
+            some cards.
+        4
+            Use experimental unsharp masking with 3x3 support and a default
+            strength of 0.5 (see ``filter-strength``).
+        5
+            Use experimental unsharp masking with 5x5 support and a default
+            strength of 0.5 (see ``filter-strength``).
+
+    ``cscale=<n>``
+        Select the scaling function to use for chrominance scaling. For
+        details see ``lscale``.
+    ``filter-strength=<value>``
+        Set the effect strength for the ``lscale``/``cscale`` filters that
+        support it.
+    ``stereo=<value>``
+        Select a method for stereo display. You may have to use ``--aspect`` to
+        fix the aspect value. Experimental, do not expect too much from it.
+
+        0
+            Normal 2D display
+        1
+            Convert side by side input to full-color red-cyan stereo.
+        2
+            Convert side by side input to full-color green-magenta stereo.
+        3
+            Convert side by side input to quadbuffered stereo. Only supported
+            by very few OpenGL cards.
+
+    The following options are only useful if writing your own fragment programs.
+
+    ``customprog=<filename>``
+        Load a custom fragment program from ``<filename>``.
+    ``customtex=<filename>``
+        Load a custom "gamma ramp" texture from ``<filename>``. This can be used
+        in combination with ``yuv=4`` or with the ``customprog`` option.
+    ``(no-)customtlin``
+        If enabled (default) use ``GL_LINEAR`` interpolation, otherwise use
+        ``GL_NEAREST`` for customtex texture.
+    ``(no-)customtrect``
+        If enabled, use ``texture_rectangle`` for the ``customtex`` texture.
+        Default is disabled.
+    ``(no-)mipmapgen``
+        If enabled, mipmaps for the video are automatically generated. This
+        should be useful together with the ``customprog`` and the ``TXB``
+        instruction to implement blur filters with a large radius. For most
+        OpenGL implementations, this is very slow for any non-RGB formats.
+        Default is disabled.
+
+    Normally there is no reason to use the following options; they mostly
+    exist for testing purposes.
+
+    ``(no-)glfinish``
+        Call ``glFinish()`` before swapping buffers. Slower but in some cases
+        more correct output (default: disabled).
+    ``(no-)manyfmts``
+        Enables support for more (RGB and BGR) color formats (default: enabled).
+        Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
+    ``slice-height=<0-...>``
+        Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default: 0). 0 for
+        whole image.
+    ``sw``
+        Continue even if a software renderer is detected.
+
+    ``backend=<sys>``
+        auto
+            auto-select (default)
+        cocoa
+            Cocoa/OSX
+        win
+            Win32/WGL
+        x11
+            X11/GLX
+        wayland
+            Wayland/EGL
+
+``sdl``
+    SDL 2.0+ Render video output driver, depending on system with or without
+    hardware acceleration. Should work on all platforms supported by SDL 2.0.
+    For tuning, refer to your copy of the file ``SDL_hints.h``.
+
+    ``sw``
+        Continue even if a software renderer is detected.
+
+    ``switch-mode``
+        Instruct SDL to switch the monitor video mode when going fullscreen.
+
+``null``
+    Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking.
+
+``caca``
+    Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
+
+``image``
+    Output each frame into an image file in the current directory. Each file
+    takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name.
+
+    ``format=<format>``
+        Select the image file format.
+
+        jpg
+            JPEG files, extension .jpg. (Default.)
+        jpeg
+            JPEG files, extension .jpeg.
+        png
+            PNG files.
+        ppm
+            Portable bitmap format.
+        pgm
+            Portable graymap format.
+        pgmyuv
+            Portable graymap format, using the YV12 pixel format.
+        tga
+            Truevision TGA.
+
+    ``png-compression=<0-9>``
+        PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7)
+    ``png-filter=<0-5>``
+        Filter applied prior to PNG compression (0 = none; 1 = sub; 2 = up;
+        3 = average; 4 = Paeth; 5 = mixed) (default: 5)
+    ``jpeg-quality=<0-100>``
+        JPEG quality factor (default: 90)
+    ``(no-)jpeg-progressive``
+        Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default: no).
+    ``(no-)jpeg-baseline``
+        Specify use of JPEG baseline or not (default: yes).
+    ``jpeg-optimize=<0-100>``
+        JPEG optimization factor (default: 100)
+    ``jpeg-smooth=<0-100>``
+        smooth factor (default: 0)
+    ``jpeg-dpi=<1->``
+        JPEG DPI (default: 72)
+    ``outdir=<dirname>``
+        Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: ``./``).
@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-JSON IPC
-========
-
-mpv can be controlled by external programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol.
-It can be enabled by specifying the path to a unix socket or a named pipe using
-the option ``--input-ipc-server``. Clients can connect to this socket and send
-commands to the player or receive events from it.
-
-.. warning::
-
-    This is not intended to be a secure network protocol. It is explicitly
-    insecure: there is no authentication, no encryption, and the commands
-    themselves are insecure too. For example, the ``run`` command is exposed,
-    which can run arbitrary system commands. The use-case is controlling the
-    player locally. This is not different from the MPlayer slave protocol.
-
-Socat example
-------------
-
-You can use the ``socat`` tool to send commands (and receive replies) from the
-shell. Assuming mpv was started with:
-
-::
-
-    mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpvsocket
-
-Then you can control it using socat:
-
-::
-
-    > echo '{ "command": ["get_property", "playback-time"] }' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
-    {"data":190.482000,"error":"success"}
-
-In this case, socat copies data between stdin/stdout and the mpv socket
-connection.
-
-See the ``--idle`` option how to make mpv start without exiting immediately or
-playing a file.
-
-It's also possible to send input.conf style text-only commands:
-
-::
-
-    > echo 'show-text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
-
-But you won't get a reply over the socket. (This particular command shows the
-playback time on the player's OSD.)
-
-Command Prompt example
----------------------
-
-Unfortunately, it's not as easy to test the IPC protocol on Windows, since
-Windows ports of socat (in Cygwin and MSYS2) don't understand named pipes. In
-the absence of a simple tool to send and receive from bidirectional pipes, the
-``echo`` command can be used to send commands, but not receive replies from the
-command prompt.
-
-Assuming mpv was started with:
-
-::
-
-    mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\mpvsocket
-
-You can send commands from a command prompt:
-
-::
-
-    echo show-text ${playback-time} >\\.\pipe\mpvsocket
-
-To be able to simultaneously read and write from the IPC pipe, like on Linux,
-it's necessary to write an external program that uses overlapped file I/O (or
-some wrapper like .NET's NamedPipeClientStream.)
-
-Protocol
--------
-
-Clients can execute commands on the player by sending JSON messages of the
-following form:
-
-::
-
-    { "command": ["command_name", "param1", "param2", ...] }
-
-where ``command_name`` is the name of the command to be executed, followed by a
-list of parameters. Parameters must be formatted as native JSON values
-(integers, strings, booleans, ...). Every message **must** be terminated with
-``\n``. Additionally, ``\n`` must not appear anywhere inside the message. In
-practice this means that messages should be minified before being sent to mpv.
-
-mpv will then send back a reply indicating whether the command was run
-correctly, and an additional field holding the command-specific return data (it
-can also be null).
-
-::
-
-    { "error": "success", "data": null }
-
-mpv will also send events to clients with JSON messages of the following form:
-
-::
-
-    { "event": "event_name" }
-
-where ``event_name`` is the name of the event. Additional event-specific fields
-can also be present. See `List of events`_ for a list of all supported events.
-
-Because events can occur at any time, it may be difficult at times to determine
-which response goes with which command. Commands may optionally include a
-``request_id`` which, if provided in the command request, will be copied
-verbatim into the response. mpv does not intrepret the ``request_id`` in any
-way; it is solely for the use of the requester.
-
-For example, this request:
-
-::
-
-    { "command": ["get_property", "time-pos"], "request_id": 100 }
-
-Would generate this response:
-
-::
-
-    { "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 }
-
-All commands, replies, and events are separated from each other with a line
-break character (``\n``).
-
-If the first character (after skipping whitespace) is not ``{``, the command
-will be interpreted as non-JSON text command, as they are used in input.conf
-(or ``mpv_command_string()`` in the client API). Additionally, lines starting
-with ``#`` and empty lines are ignored.
-
-Currently, embedded 0 bytes terminate the current line, but you should not
-rely on this.
-
-Commands
--------
-
-In addition to the commands described in `List of Input Commands`_, a few
-extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
-
-``client_name``
-    Return the name of the client as string. This is the string ``ipc-N`` with
-    N being an integer number.
-
-``get_time_us``
-    Return the current mpv internal time in microseconds as a number. This is
-    basically the system time, with an arbitrary offset.
-
-``get_property``
-    Return the value of the given property. The value will be sent in the data
-    field of the replay message.
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        { "command": ["get_property", "volume"] }
-        { "data": 50.0, "error": "success" }
-
-``get_property_string``
-    Like ``get_property``, but the resulting data will always be a string.
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        { "command": ["get_property_string", "volume"] }
-        { "data": "50.000000", "error": "success" }
-
-``set_property``
-    Set the given property to the given value. See `Properties`_ for more
-    information about properties.
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        { "command": ["set_property", "pause", true] }
-        { "error": "success" }
-
-``set_property_string``
-    Like ``set_property``, but the argument value must be passed as string.
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        { "command": ["set_property_string", "pause", "yes"] }
-        { "error": "success" }
-
-``observe_property``
-    Watch a property for changes. If the given property is changed, then an
-    event of type ``property-change`` will be generated
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        { "command": ["observe_property", 1, "volume"] }
-        { "error": "success" }
-        { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": 52.0, "name": "volume" }
-
-    .. warning::
-
-        If the connection is closed, the IPC client is destroyed internally,
-        and the observed properties are unregistered. This happens for example
-        when sending commands to a socket with separate ``socat`` invocations.
-        This can make it seem like property observation does not work. You must
-        keep the IPC connection open to make it work.
-
-``observe_property_string``
-    Like ``observe_property``, but the resulting data will always be a string.
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        { "command": ["observe_property_string", 1, "volume"] }
-        { "error": "success" }
-        { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": "52.000000", "name": "volume" }
-
-``unobserve_property``
-    Undo ``observe_property`` or ``observe_property_string``. This requires the
-    numeric id passed to the observed command as argument.
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        { "command": ["unobserve_property", 1] }
-        { "error": "success" }
-
-``request_log_messages``
-    Enable output of mpv log messages. They will be received as events. The
-    parameter to this command is the log-level (see ``mpv_request_log_messages``
-    C API function).
-
-    Log message output is meant for humans only (mostly for debugging).
-    Attempting to retrieve information by parsing these messages will just
-    lead to breakages with future mpv releases. Instead, make a feature request,
-    and ask for a proper event that returns the information you need.
-
-``enable_event``, ``disable_event``
-    Enables or disables the named event. Mirrors the ``mpv_request_event`` C
-    API function. If the string ``all`` is used instead of an event name, all
-    events are enabled or disabled.
-
-    By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this
-    command.
-
-``get_version``
-    Returns the client API version the C API of the remote mpv instance
-    provides.
-
-    See also: ``DOCS/client-api-changes.rst``.
-
-UTF-8
-----
-
-Normally, all strings are in UTF-8. Sometimes it can happen that strings are
-in some broken encoding (often happens with file tags and such, and filenames
-on many Unixes are not required to be in UTF-8 either). This means that mpv
-sometimes sends invalid JSON. If that is a problem for the client application's
-parser, it should filter the raw data for invalid UTF-8 sequences and perform
-the desired replacement, before feeding the data to its JSON parser.
-
-mpv will not attempt to construct invalid UTF-8 with broken escape sequences.
@@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
-JAVASCRIPT
-==========
-
-JavaScript support in mpv is near identical to its Lua support. Use this section
-as reference on differences and availability of APIs, but otherwise you should
-refer to the Lua documentation for API details and general scripting in mpv.
-
-Example
-------
-
-JavaScript code which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:
-
-::
-
-    function on_pause_change(name, value) {
-        if (value == true)
-            mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no");
-    }
-    mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change);
-
-
-Similarities with Lua
---------------------
-
-mpv tries to load a script file as JavaScript if it has a ``.js`` extension, but
-otherwise, the documented Lua options, script directories, loading, etc apply to
-JavaScript files too.
-
-Script initialization and lifecycle is the same as with Lua, and most of the Lua
-functions at the modules ``mp``, ``mp.utils`` and ``mp.msg`` are available to
-JavaScript with identical APIs - including running commands, getting/setting
-properties, registering events/key-bindings/property-changes/hooks, etc.
-
-Differences from Lua
--------------------
-
-No need to load modules. ``mp``, ``mp.utils`` and ``mp.msg`` are preloaded, and
-you can use e.g. ``var cwd = mp.utils.getcwd();`` without prior setup.
-``mp.options`` is currently not implemented, but ``mp.get_opt(...)`` is.
-
-Errors are slightly different. Where the Lua APIs return ``nil`` for error,
-the JavaScript ones return ``undefined``. Where Lua returns ``something, error``
-JavaScript returns only ``something`` - and makes ``error`` available via
-``mp.last_error()``. Note that only some of the functions have this additional
-``error`` value - typically the same ones which have it in Lua.
-
-Standard APIs are preferred. For instance ``setTimeout`` and ``JSON.stringify``
-are available, but ``mp.add_timeout`` and ``mp.utils.format_json`` are not.
-
-No standard library. This means that interaction with anything outside of mpv is
-limited to the available APIs, typically via ``mp.utils``. However, some file
-functions were added, and CommonJS ``require`` is available too - where the
-loaded modules have the same privileges as normal scripts.
-
-Language features - ECMAScript 5
--------------------------------
-
-The scripting backend which mpv currently uses is MuJS - a compatible minimal
-ES5 interpreter. As such, ``String.substring`` is implemented for instance,
-while the common but non-standard ``String.substr`` is not. Please consult the
-MuJS pages on language features and platform support - http://mujs.com .
-
-Unsupported Lua APIs and their JS alternatives
----------------------------------------------
-
-``mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)``  JS: ``id = setTimeout(fn, ms)``
-
-``mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)``  JS: ``id = setInterval(fn, ms)``
-
-``mp.register_idle(fn)``  JS: ``id = setTimeout(fn)``
-
-``mp.unregister_idle(fn)``  JS:  ``clearTimeout(id)``
-
-``utils.parse_json(str [, trail])``  JS: ``JSON.parse(str)``
-
-``utils.format_json(v)``  JS: ``JSON.stringify(v)``
-
-``utils.to_string(v)``  see ``dump`` below.
-
-``mp.suspend()`` JS: none (deprecated).
-
-``mp.resume()`` JS: none (deprecated).
-
-``mp.resume_all()`` JS: none (deprecated).
-
-``mp.get_next_timeout()`` see event loop below.
-
-``mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait])`` see event loop below.
-
-``mp.options`` module is not implemented currently for JS.
-
-Scripting APIs - identical to Lua
---------------------------------
-
-(LE) - Last-Error, indicates that ``mp.last_error()`` can be used after the
-call to test for success (empty string) or failure (non empty reason string).
-Otherwise, where the Lua APIs return ``nil`` on error, JS returns ``undefined``.
-
-``mp.command(string)`` (LE)
-
-``mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)`` (LE)
-
-``mp.command_native(table [,def])`` (LE)
-
-``mp.get_property(name [,def])`` (LE)
-
-``mp.get_property_osd(name [,def])`` (LE)
-
-``mp.get_property_bool(name [,def])`` (LE)
-
-``mp.get_property_number(name [,def])`` (LE)
-
-``mp.get_property_native(name [,def])`` (LE)
-
-``mp.set_property(name, value)`` (LE)
-
-``mp.set_property_bool(name, value)`` (LE)
-
-``mp.set_property_number(name, value)`` (LE)
-
-``mp.set_property_native(name, value)`` (LE)
-
-``mp.get_time()``
-
-``mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])``
-
-``mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)``
-
-``mp.remove_key_binding(name)``
-
-``mp.register_event(name, fn)``
-
-``mp.unregister_event(fn)``
-
-``mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)``
-
-``mp.unobserve_property(fn)``
-
-``mp.get_opt(key)``
-
-``mp.get_script_name()``
-
-``mp.osd_message(text [,duration])``
-
-``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()``
-
-``mp.enable_messages(level)``
-
-``mp.register_script_message(name, fn)``
-
-``mp.unregister_script_message(name)``
-
-``mp.msg.log(level, ...)``
-
-``mp.msg.fatal(...)``
-
-``mp.msg.error(...)``
-
-``mp.msg.warn(...)``
-
-``mp.msg.info(...)``
-
-``mp.msg.verbose(...)``
-
-``mp.msg.debug(...)``
-
-``mp.utils.getcwd()`` (LE)
-
-``mp.utils.readdir(path [, filter])`` (LE)
-
-``mp.utils.split_path(path)``
-
-``mp.utils.join_path(p1, p2)``
-
-``mp.utils.subprocess(t)``
-
-``mp.utils.subprocess_detached(t)``
-
-``mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)``
-
-Additional utilities
--------------------
-
-``mp.last_error()``
-    If used after an API call which updates last error, returns an empty string
-    if the API call succeeded, or a non-empty error reason string otherwise.
-
-``Error.stack`` (string)
-    When using ``try { ... } catch(e) { ... }``, then ``e.stack`` is the stack
-    trace of the error - if it was created using the ``Error(...)`` constructor.
-
-``print`` (global)
-    A convenient alias to ``mp.msg.info``.
-
-``dump`` (global)
-    Like ``print`` but also expands objects and arrays recursively.
-
-``mp.utils.getenv(name)``
-    Returns the value of the host environment variable ``name``, or
-    ``undefined`` if the variable is not defined.
-
-``mp.utils.get_user_path(path)``
-    Expands (mpv) meta paths like ``~/x``, ``~~/y``, ``~~desktop/z`` etc.
-    ``read_file``, ``write_file`` and ``require`` already use this internaly.
-
-``mp.utils.read_file(fname [,max])``
-    Returns the content of file ``fname`` as string. If ``max`` is provided and
-    not negative, limit the read to ``max`` bytes.
-
-``mp.utils.write_file(fname, str)``
-    (Over)write file ``fname`` with text content ``str``. ``fname`` must be
-    prefixed with ``file://`` as simple protection against accidental arguments
-    switch, e.g. ``mp.utils.write_file("file://~/abc.txt", "hello world")``.
-
-Note: ``read_file`` and ``write_file`` throw on errors, allow text content only.
-
-``mp.get_time_ms()``
-    Same as ``mp.get_time()`` but in ms instead of seconds.
-
-``mp.get_script_file()``
-    Returns the file name of the current script.
-
-``exit()`` (global)
-    Make the script exit at the end of the current event loop iteration.
-    Note: please reomve added key bindings before calling ``exit()``.
-
-``mp.utils.compile_js(fname, content_str)``
-    Compiles the JS code ``content_str`` as file name ``fname`` (without loading
-    anything from the filesystem), and returns it as a function. Very similar
-    to a ``Function`` constructor, but shows at stack traces as ``fname``.
-
-Timers (global)
---------------
-
-The standard HTML/node.js timers are available:
-
-``id = setTimeout(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])``
-
-``id = setTimeout(code_string [,duration])``
-
-``clearTimeout(id)``
-
-``id = setInterval(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])``
-
-``id = setInterval(code_string [,duration])``
-
-``clearInterval(id)``
-
-``setTimeout`` and ``setInterval`` return id, and later call ``fn`` (or execute
-``code_string``) after ``duration`` ms. Interval also repeat every ``duration``.
-
-``duration`` has a minimum and default value of 0, ``code_string`` is
-a plain string which is evaluated as JS code, and ``[,arg1 [,arg2..]]`` are used
-as arguments (if provided) when calling back ``fn``.
-
-The ``clear...(id)`` functions cancel timer ``id``, and are irreversible.
-
-Note: timers always call back asynchronously, e.g. ``setTimeout(fn)`` will never
-call ``fn`` before returning. ``fn`` will be called either at the end of this
-event loop iteration or at a later event loop iteration. This is true also for
-intervals - which also never call back twice at the same event loop iteration.
-
-Additionally, timers are processed after the event queue is empty, so it's valid
-to use ``setTimeout(fn)`` instead of Lua's ``mp.register_idle(fn)``.
-
-CommonJS modules and ``require(id)``
------------------------------------
-
-CommonJS Modules are a standard system where scripts can export common functions
-for use by other scripts. A module is a script which adds properties (functions,
-etc) to its invisible ``exports`` object, which another script can access by
-loading it with ``require(module-id)`` - which returns that ``exports`` object.
-
-Modules and ``require`` are supported, standard compliant, and generally similar
-to node.js. However, most node.js modules won't run due to missing modules such
-as ``fs``, ``process``, etc, but some node.js modules with minimal dependencies
-do work. In general, this is for mpv modules and not a node.js replacement.
-
-A ``.js`` file extension is always added to ``id``, e.g. ``require("./foo")``
-will load the file ``./foo.js`` and return its ``exports`` object.
-
-An id is relative (to the script which ``require``'d it) if it starts with
-``./`` or ``../``. Otherwise, it's considered a "top-level id" (CommonJS term).
-
-Top level id is evaluated as absolute filesystem path if possible (e.g. ``/x/y``
-or ``~/x``). Otherwise, it's searched at ``scripts/modules.js/`` in mpv config
-dirs - in normal config search order. E.g. ``require("x")`` is searched as file
-``x.js`` at those dirs, and id ``foo/x`` is searched as file ``foo/x.js``.
-
-No ``global`` variable, but a module's ``this`` at its top lexical scope is the
-global object - also in strict mode. If you have a module which needs ``global``
-as the global object, you could do ``this.global = this;`` before ``require``.
-
-Functions and variables declared at a module don't pollute the global object.
-
-The event loop
--------------
-
-The event loop poll/dispatch mpv events as long as the queue is not empty, then
-processes the timers, then waits for the next event, and repeats this forever.
-
-You could put this code at your script to replace the built-in event loop, and
-also print every event which mpv sends to your script:
-
-::
-
-    function mp_event_loop() {
-        var wait = 0;
-        do {
-            var e = mp.wait_event(wait);
-            dump(e);  // there could be a lot of prints...
-            if (e.event != "none") {
-                mp.dispatch_event(e);
-                wait = 0;
-            } else {
-                wait = mp.process_timers() / 1000;
-            }
-        } while (mp.keep_running);
-    }
-
-
-``mp_event_loop`` is a name which mpv tries to call after the script loads.
-The internal implementation is similar to this (without ``dump`` though..).
-
-``e = mp.wait_event(wait)`` returns when the next mpv event arrives, or after
-``wait`` seconds if positive and no mpv events arrived. ``wait`` value of 0
-returns immediately (with ``e.event == "none"`` if the queue is empty).
-
-``mp.dispatch_event(e)`` calls back the handlers registered for ``e.event``,
-if there are such (event handlers, property observers, script messages, etc).
-
-``mp.process_timers()`` calls back the already-added, non-canceled due timers,
-and returns the duration in ms till the next due timer (possibly 0), or -1 if
-there are no pending timers. Must not be called recursively.
-
-Note: ``exit()`` is also registered for the ``shutdown`` event, and its
-implementation is a simple ``mp.keep_running = false``.
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-EMBEDDING INTO OTHER PROGRAMS (LIBMPV)
-======================================
-
-mpv can be embedded into other programs as video/audio playback backend. The
-recommended way to do so is using libmpv. See ``libmpv/client.h`` in the mpv
-source code repository. This provides a C API. Bindings for other languages
-might be available (see wiki).
-
-Since libmpv merely allows access to underlying mechanisms that can control
-mpv, further documentation is spread over a few places:
-
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/libmpv/client.h
- http://mpv.io/manual/master/#options
- http://mpv.io/manual/master/#list-of-input-commands
- http://mpv.io/manual/master/#properties
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/libmpv
-
-C PLUGINS
-=========
-
-You can write C plugins for mpv. These use the libmpv API, although they do not
-use the libmpv library itself.
-
-Currently, they must be explicitly enabled at build time with
-``--enable-cplugins``. They are available on Linux/BSD platforms only.
-
-C plugins location
------------------
-
-C plugins are put into the mpv scripts directory in its config directory
-(see the `FILES`_ section for details). They must have a ``.so`` file extension.
-They can also be explicitly loaded with the ``--script`` option.
-
-API
---
-
-A C plugin must export the following function::
-
-    int mpv_open_cplugin(mpv_handle *handle)
-
-The plugin function will be called on loading time. This function does not
-return as long as your plugin is loaded (it runs in its own thread). The
-``handle`` will be deallocated as soon as the plugin function returns.
-
-The return value is interpreted as error status. A value of ``0`` is
-interpreted as success, while ``-1`` signals an error. In the latter case,
-the player prints an uninformative error message that loading failed.
-
-Return values other than ``0`` and ``-1`` are reserved, and trigger undefined
-behavior.
-
-Within the plugin function, you can call libmpv API functions. The ``handle``
-is created by ``mpv_create_client()`` (or actually an internal equivalent),
-and belongs to you. You can call ``mpv_wait_event()`` to wait for things
-happening, and so on.
-
-Note that the player might block until your plugin calls ``mpv_wait_event()``
-for the first time. This gives you a chance to install initial hooks etc.
-before playback begins.
-
-The details are quite similar to Lua scripts.
-
-Linkage to libmpv
-----------------
-
-The current implementation requires that your plugins are **not** linked against
-libmpv. What your plugins uses are not symbols from a libmpv binary, but
-symbols from the mpv host binary.
-
-Examples
--------
-
-See:
-
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/cplugins
@@ -1,826 +0,0 @@
-LUA SCRIPTING
-=============
-
-mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the ``--script`` option, or found in
-the ``scripts`` subdirectory of the mpv configuration directory (usually
-``~/.config/mpv/scripts/``) will be loaded on program start. mpv also appends the
-``scripts`` subdirectory to the end of Lua's path so you can import scripts from
-there too. Since it's added to the end, don't name scripts you want to import
-the same as Lua libraries because they will be overshadowed by them.
-
-mpv provides the built-in module ``mp``, which contains functions to send
-commands to the mpv core and to retrieve information about playback state, user
-settings, file information, and so on.
-
-These scripts can be used to control mpv in a similar way to slave mode.
-Technically, the Lua code uses the client API internally.
-
-Example
-------
-
-A script which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:
-
-::
-
-    function on_pause_change(name, value)
-        if value == true then
-            mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no")
-        end
-    end
-    mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)
-
-
-Details on the script initialization and lifecycle
--------------------------------------------------
-
-Your script will be loaded by the player at program start from the ``scripts``
-configuration subdirectory, or from a path specified with the ``--script``
-option. Some scripts are loaded internally (like ``--osc``). Each script runs in
-its own thread. Your script is first run "as is", and once that is done, the event loop
-is entered. This event loop will dispatch events received by mpv and call your
-own event handlers which you have registered with ``mp.register_event``, or
-timers added with ``mp.add_timeout`` or similar.
-
-When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via
-a ``shutdown`` event, which by default will make the event loop return. If your
-script got into an endless loop, mpv will probably behave fine during playback,
-but it won't terminate when quitting, because it's waiting on your script.
-
-Internally, the C code will call the Lua function ``mp_event_loop`` after
-loading a Lua script. This function is normally defined by the default prelude
-loaded before your script (see ``player/lua/defaults.lua`` in the mpv sources).
-The event loop will wait for events and dispatch events registered with
-``mp.register_event``. It will also handle timers added with ``mp.add_timeout``
-and similar (by waiting with a timeout).
-
-Since mpv 0.6.0, the player will wait until the script is fully loaded before
-continuing normal operation. The player considers a script as fully loaded as
-soon as it starts waiting for mpv events (or it exits). In practice this means
-the player will more or less hang until the script returns from the main chunk
-(and ``mp_event_loop`` is called), or the script calls ``mp_event_loop`` or
-``mp.dispatch_events`` directly. This is done to make it possible for a script
-to fully setup event handlers etc. before playback actually starts. In older
-mpv versions, this happened asynchronously.
-
-mp functions
------------
-
-The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
-``require 'mp'``. It provides the core client API.
-
-``mp.command(string)``
-    Run the given command. This is similar to the commands used in input.conf.
-    See `List of Input Commands`_.
-
-    By default, this will show something on the OSD (depending on the command),
-    as if it was used in ``input.conf``. See `Input Command Prefixes`_ how
-    to influence OSD usage per command.
-
-    Returns ``true`` on success, or ``nil, error`` on error.
-
-``mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)``
-    Similar to ``mp.command``, but pass each command argument as separate
-    parameter. This has the advantage that you don't have to care about
-    quoting and escaping in some cases.
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        mp.command("loadfile " .. filename .. " append")
-        mp.commandv("loadfile", filename, "append")
-
-    These two commands are equivalent, except that the first version breaks
-    if the filename contains spaces or certain special characters.
-
-    Note that properties are *not* expanded.  You can use either ``mp.command``,
-    the ``expand-properties`` prefix, or the ``mp.get_property`` family of
-    functions.
-
-    Unlike ``mp.command``, this will not use OSD by default either (except
-    for some OSD-specific commands).
-
-``mp.command_native(table [,def])``
-    Similar to ``mp.commandv``, but pass the argument list as table. This has
-    the advantage that in at least some cases, arguments can be passed as
-    native types.
-
-    Returns a result table on success (usually empty), or ``def, error`` on
-    error. ``def`` is the second parameter provided to the function, and is
-    nil if it's missing.
-
-``mp.get_property(name [,def])``
-    Return the value of the given property as string. These are the same
-    properties as used in input.conf. See `Properties`_ for a list of
-    properties. The returned string is formatted similar to ``${=name}``
-    (see `Property Expansion`_).
-
-    Returns the string on success, or ``def, error`` on error. ``def`` is the
-    second parameter provided to the function, and is nil if it's missing.
-
-``mp.get_property_osd(name [,def])``
-    Similar to ``mp.get_property``, but return the property value formatted for
-    OSD. This is the same string as printed with ``${name}`` when used in
-    input.conf.
-
-    Returns the string on success, or ``def, error`` on error. ``def`` is the
-    second parameter provided to the function, and is an empty string if it's
-    missing. Unlike ``get_property()``, assigning the return value to a variable
-    will always result in a string.
-
-``mp.get_property_bool(name [,def])``
-    Similar to ``mp.get_property``, but return the property value as Boolean.
-
-    Returns a Boolean on success, or ``def, error`` on error.
-
-``mp.get_property_number(name [,def])``
-    Similar to ``mp.get_property``, but return the property value as number.
-
-    Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers and floats,
-    mpv internals do. This function simply request a double float from mpv,
-    and mpv will usually convert integer property values to float.
-
-    Returns a number on success, or ``def, error`` on error.
-
-``mp.get_property_native(name [,def])``
-    Similar to ``mp.get_property``, but return the property value using the best
-    Lua type for the property. Most time, this will return a string, Boolean,
-    or number. Some properties (for example ``chapter-list``) are returned as
-    tables.
-
-    Returns a value on success, or ``def, error`` on error. Note that ``nil``
-    might be a possible, valid value too in some corner cases.
-
-``mp.set_property(name, value)``
-    Set the given property to the given string value. See ``mp.get_property``
-    and `Properties`_ for more information about properties.
-
-    Returns true on success, or ``nil, error`` on error.
-
-``mp.set_property_bool(name, value)``
-    Similar to ``mp.set_property``, but set the given property to the given
-    Boolean value.
-
-``mp.set_property_number(name, value)``
-    Similar to ``mp.set_property``, but set the given property to the given
-    numeric value.
-
-    Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers and floats,
-    mpv internals do. This function will test whether the number can be
-    represented as integer, and if so, it will pass an integer value to mpv,
-    otherwise a double float.
-
-``mp.set_property_native(name, value)``
-    Similar to ``mp.set_property``, but set the given property using its native
-    type.
-
-    Since there are several data types which cannot represented natively in
-    Lua, this might not always work as expected. For example, while the Lua
-    wrapper can do some guesswork to decide whether a Lua table is an array
-    or a map, this would fail with empty tables. Also, there are not many
-    properties for which it makes sense to use this, instead of
-    ``set_property``, ``set_property_bool``, ``set_property_number``.
-    For these reasons, this function should probably be avoided for now, except
-    for properties that use tables natively.
-
-``mp.get_time()``
-    Return the current mpv internal time in seconds as a number. This is
-    basically the system time, with an arbitrary offset.
-
-``mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])``
-    Register callback to be run on a key binding. The binding will be mapped to
-    the given ``key``, which is a string describing the physical key. This uses
-    the same key names as in input.conf, and also allows combinations
-    (e.g. ``ctrl+a``). If the key is empty or ``nil``, no physical key is
-    registered, but the user still can create own bindings (see below).
-
-    After calling this function, key presses will cause the function ``fn`` to
-    be called (unless the user remapped the key with another binding).
-
-    The ``name`` argument should be a short symbolic string. It allows the user
-    to remap the key binding via input.conf using the ``script-message``
-    command, and the name of the key binding (see below for
-    an example). The name should be unique across other bindings in the same
-    script - if not, the previous binding with the same name will be
-    overwritten. You can omit the name, in which case a random name is generated
-    internally.
-
-    The last argument is used for optional flags. This is a table, which can
-    have the following entries:
-
-        ``repeatable``
-            If set to ``true``, enables key repeat for this specific binding.
-
-        ``complex``
-            If set to ``true``, then ``fn`` is called on both key up and down
-            events (as well as key repeat, if enabled), with the first
-            argument being a table. This table has an ``event`` entry, which
-            is set to one of the strings ``down``, ``repeat``, ``up`` or
-            ``press`` (the latter if key up/down can't be tracked). It further
-            has an ``is_mouse`` entry, which tells whether the event was caused
-            by a mouse button.
-
-    Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the ``script-message-to`` or
-    ``script-binding`` input commands and ``mp.register_script_message``.
-
-    Trying to map multiple commands to a key will essentially prefer a random
-    binding, while the other bindings are not called. It is guaranteed that
-    user defined bindings in the central input.conf are preferred over bindings
-    added with this function (but see ``mp.add_forced_key_binding``).
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        function something_handler()
-            print("the key was pressed")
-        end
-        mp.add_key_binding("x", "something", something_handler)
-
-    This will print the message ``the key was pressed`` when ``x`` was pressed.
-
-    The user can remap these key bindings. Then the user has to put the
-    following into their input.conf to remap the command to the ``y`` key:
-
-    ::
-
-        y script-binding something
-
-
-    This will print the message when the key ``y`` is pressed. (``x`` will
-    still work, unless the user remaps it.)
-
-    You can also explicitly send a message to a named script only. Assume the
-    above script was using the filename ``fooscript.lua``:
-
-    ::
-
-        y script-binding fooscript/something
-
-``mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)``
-    This works almost the same as ``mp.add_key_binding``, but registers the
-    key binding in a way that will overwrite the user's custom bindings in their
-    input.conf. (``mp.add_key_binding`` overwrites default key bindings only,
-    but not those by the user's input.conf.)
-
-``mp.remove_key_binding(name)``
-    Remove a key binding added with ``mp.add_key_binding`` or
-    ``mp.add_forced_key_binding``. Use the same name as you used when adding
-    the bindings. It's not possible to remove bindings for which you omitted
-    the name.
-
-``mp.register_event(name, fn)``
-    Call a specific function when an event happens. The event name is a string,
-    and the function fn is a Lua function value.
-
-    Some events have associated data. This is put into a Lua table and passed
-    as argument to fn. The Lua table by default contains a ``name`` field,
-    which is a string containing the event name. If the event has an error
-    associated, the ``error`` field is set to a string describing the error,
-    on success it's not set.
-
-    If multiple functions are registered for the same event, they are run in
-    registration order, which the first registered function running before all
-    the other ones.
-
-    Returns true if such an event exists, false otherwise.
-
-    See `Events`_ and `List of events`_ for details.
-
-``mp.unregister_event(fn)``
-    Undo ``mp.register_event(..., fn)``. This removes all event handlers that
-    are equal to the ``fn`` parameter. This uses normal Lua ``==`` comparison,
-    so be careful when dealing with closures.
-
-``mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)``
-    Watch a property for changes. If the property ``name`` is changed, then
-    the function ``fn(name)`` will be called. ``type`` can be ``nil``, or be
-    set to one of ``none``, ``native``, ``bool``, ``string``, or ``number``.
-    ``none`` is the same as ``nil``. For all other values, the new value of
-    the property will be passed as second argument to ``fn``, using
-    ``mp.get_property_<type>`` to retrieve it. This means if ``type`` is for
-    example ``string``, ``fn`` is roughly called as in
-    ``fn(name, mp.get_property_string(name))``.
-
-    If possible, change events are coalesced. If a property is changed a bunch
-    of times in a row, only the last change triggers the change function. (The
-    exact behavior depends on timing and other things.)
-
-    In some cases the function is not called even if the property changes.
-    Whether this can happen depends on the property.
-
-    If the ``type`` is ``none`` or ``nil``, sporadic property change events are
-    possible. This means the change function ``fn`` can be called even if the
-    property doesn't actually change.
-
-``mp.unobserve_property(fn)``
-    Undo ``mp.observe_property(..., fn)``. This removes all property handlers
-    that are equal to the ``fn`` parameter. This uses normal Lua ``==``
-    comparison, so be careful when dealing with closures.
-
-``mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)``
-    Call the given function fn when the given number of seconds has elapsed.
-    Note that the number of seconds can be fractional. For now, the timer's
-    resolution may be as low as 50 ms, although this will be improved in the
-    future.
-
-    This is a one-shot timer: it will be removed when it's fired.
-
-    Returns a timer object. See ``mp.add_periodic_timer`` for details.
-
-``mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)``
-    Call the given function periodically. This is like ``mp.add_timeout``, but
-    the timer is re-added after the function fn is run.
-
-    Returns a timer object. The timer object provides the following methods:
-        ``stop()``
-            Disable the timer. Does nothing if the timer is already disabled.
-            This will remember the current elapsed time when stopping, so that
-            ``resume()`` essentially unpauses the timer.
-
-        ``kill()``
-            Disable the timer. Resets the elapsed time. ``resume()`` will
-            restart the timer.
-
-        ``resume()``
-            Restart the timer. If the timer was disabled with ``stop()``, this
-            will resume at the time it was stopped. If the timer was disabled
-            with ``kill()``, or if it's a previously fired one-shot timer (added
-            with ``add_timeout()``), this starts the timer from the beginning,
-            using the initially configured timeout.
-
-        ``is_enabled()``
-            Whether the timer is currently enabled or was previously disabled
-            (e.g. by ``stop()`` or ``kill()``).
-
-        ``timeout`` (RW)
-            This field contains the current timeout period. This value is not
-            updated as time progresses. It's only used to calculate when the
-            timer should fire next when the timer expires.
-
-            If you write this, you can call ``t:kill() ; t:resume()`` to reset
-            the current timeout to the new one. (``t:stop()`` won't use the
-            new timeout.)
-
-        ``oneshot`` (RW)
-            Whether the timer is periodic (``false``) or fires just once
-            (``true``). This value is used when the timer expires (but before
-            the timer callback function fn is run).
-
-    Note that these are method, and you have to call them using ``:`` instead
-    of ``.`` (Refer to http://www.lua.org/manual/5.2/manual.html#3.4.9 .)
-
-    Example:
-
-    ::
-
-        seconds = 0
-        timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, function()
-            print("called every second")
-            # stop it after 10 seconds
-            seconds = seconds + 1
-            if seconds >= 10 then
-                timer:kill()
-            end
-        end)
-
-
-``mp.get_opt(key)``
-    Return a setting from the ``--script-opts`` option. It's up to the user and
-    the script how this mechanism is used. Currently, all scripts can access
-    this equally, so you should be careful about collisions.
-
-``mp.get_script_name()``
-    Return the name of the current script. The name is usually made of the
-    filename of the script, with directory and file extension removed. If
-    there are several scripts which would have the same name, it's made unique
-    by appending a number.
-
-    .. admonition:: Example
-
-        The script ``/path/to/fooscript.lua`` becomes ``fooscript``.
-
-``mp.osd_message(text [,duration])``
-    Show an OSD message on the screen. ``duration`` is in seconds, and is
-    optional (uses ``--osd-duration`` by default).
-
-Advanced mp functions
---------------------
-
-These also live in the ``mp`` module, but are documented separately as they
-are useful only in special situations.
-
-``mp.suspend()``
-    This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting
-    with mpv 0.23.0 (no replacement).
-
-``mp.resume()``
-    This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting
-    with mpv 0.23.0 (no replacement).
-
-``mp.resume_all()``
-    This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting
-    with mpv 0.23.0 (no replacement).
-
-``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()``
-    Calls ``mpv_get_wakeup_pipe()`` and returns the read end of the wakeup
-    pipe. (See ``client.h`` for details.)
-
-``mp.get_next_timeout()``
-    Return the relative time in seconds when the next timer (``mp.add_timeout``
-    and similar) expires. If there is no timer, return ``nil``.
-
-``mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait])``
-    This can be used to run custom event loops. If you want to have direct
-    control what the Lua script does (instead of being called by the default
-    event loop), you can set the global variable ``mp_event_loop`` to your
-    own function running the event loop. From your event loop, you should call
-    ``mp.dispatch_events()`` to dequeue and dispatch mpv events.
-
-    If the ``allow_wait`` parameter is set to ``true``, the function will block
-    until the next event is received or the next timer expires. Otherwise (and
-    this is the default behavior), it returns as soon as the event loop is
-    emptied. It's strongly recommended to use ``mp.get_next_timeout()`` and
-    ``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()`` if you're interested in properly working
-    notification of new events and working timers.
-
-``mp.register_idle(fn)``
-    Register an event loop idle handler. Idle handlers are called before the
-    script goes to sleep after handling all new events. This can be used for
-    example to delay processing of property change events: if you're observing
-    multiple properties at once, you might not want to act on each property
-    change, but only when all change notifications have been received.
-
-``mp.unregister_idle(fn)``
-    Undo ``mp.register_idle(fn)``. This removes all idle handlers that
-    are equal to the ``fn`` parameter. This uses normal Lua ``==`` comparison,
-    so be careful when dealing with closures.
-
-``mp.enable_messages(level)``
-    Set the minimum log level of which mpv message output to receive. These
-    messages are normally printed to the terminal. By calling this function,
-    you can set the minimum log level of messages which should be received with
-    the ``log-message`` event. See the description of this event for details.
-    The level is a string, see ``msg.log`` for allowed log levels.
-
-``mp.register_script_message(name, fn)``
-    This is a helper to dispatch ``script-message`` or ``script-message-to``
-    invocations to Lua functions. ``fn`` is called if ``script-message`` or
-    ``script-message-to`` (with this script as destination) is run
-    with ``name`` as first parameter. The other parameters are passed to ``fn``.
-    If a message with the given name is already registered, it's overwritten.
-
-    Used by ``mp.add_key_binding``, so be careful about name collisions.
-
-``mp.unregister_script_message(name)``
-    Undo a previous registration with ``mp.register_script_message``. Does
-    nothing if the ``name`` wasn't registered.
-
-mp.msg functions
----------------
-
-This module allows outputting messages to the terminal, and can be loaded
-with ``require 'mp.msg'``.
-
-``msg.log(level, ...)``
-    The level parameter is the message priority. It's a string and one of
-    ``fatal``, ``error``, ``warn``, ``info``, ``v``, ``debug``. The user's
-    settings will determine which of these messages will be visible. Normally,
-    all messages are visible, except ``v`` and ``debug``.
-
-    The parameters after that are all converted to strings. Spaces are inserted
-    to separate multiple parameters.
-
-    You don't need to add newlines.
-
-``msg.fatal(...)``, ``msg.error(...)``, ``msg.warn(...)``, ``msg.info(...)``, ``msg.verbose(...)``, ``msg.debug(...)``
-    All of these are shortcuts and equivalent to the corresponding
-    ``msg.log(level, ...)`` call.
-
-mp.options functions
--------------------
-
-mpv comes with a built-in module to manage options from config-files and the
-command-line. All you have to do is to supply a table with default options to
-the read_options function. The function will overwrite the default values
-with values found in the config-file and the command-line (in that order).
-
-``options.read_options(table [, identifier])``
-    A ``table`` with key-value pairs. The type of the default values is
-    important for converting the values read from the config file or
-    command-line back. Do not use ``nil`` as a default value!
-
-    The ``identifier`` is used to identify the config-file and the command-line
-    options. These needs to unique to avoid collisions with other scripts.
-    Defaults to ``mp.get_script_name()``.
-
-
-Example implementation::
-
-    require 'mp.options'
-    local options = {
-        optionA = "defaultvalueA",
-        optionB = -0.5,
-        optionC = true,
-    }
-    read_options(options, "myscript")
-    print(options.optionA)
-
-
-The config file will be stored in ``lua-settings/identifier.conf`` in mpv's user
-folder. Comment lines can be started with # and stray spaces are not removed.
-Boolean values will be represented with yes/no.
-
-Example config::
-
-    # comment
-    optionA=Hello World
-    optionB=9999
-    optionC=no
-
-
-Command-line options are read from the ``--script-opts`` parameter. To avoid
-collisions, all keys have to be prefixed with ``identifier-``.
-
-Example command-line::
-
-     --script-opts=myscript-optionA=TEST,myscript-optionB=0,myscript-optionC=yes
-
-
-mp.utils functions
------------------
-
-This built-in module provides generic helper functions for Lua, and have
-strictly speaking nothing to do with mpv or video/audio playback. They are
-provided for convenience. Most compensate for Lua's scarce standard library.
-
-Be warned that any of these functions might disappear any time. They are not
-strictly part of the guaranteed API.
-
-``utils.getcwd()``
-    Returns the directory that mpv was launched from. On error, ``nil, error``
-    is returned.
-
-``utils.readdir(path [, filter])``
-    Enumerate all entries at the given path on the filesystem, and return them
-    as array. Each entry is a directory entry (without the path).
-    The list is unsorted (in whatever order the operating system returns it).
-
-    If the ``filter`` argument is given, it must be one of the following
-    strings:
-
-        ``files``
-            List regular files only. This excludes directories, special files
-            (like UNIX device files or FIFOs), and dead symlinks. It includes
-            UNIX symlinks to regular files.
-
-        ``dirs``
-            List directories only, or symlinks to directories. ``.`` and ``..``
-            are not included.
-
-        ``normal``
-            Include the results of both ``files`` and ``dirs``. (This is the
-            default.)
-
-        ``all``
-            List all entries, even device files, dead symlinks, FIFOs, and the
-            ``.`` and ``..`` entries.
-
-    On error, ``nil, error`` is returned.
-
-``utils.split_path(path)``
-    Split a path into directory component and filename component, and return
-    them. The first return value is always the directory. The second return
-    value is the trailing part of the path, the directory entry.
-
-``utils.join_path(p1, p2)``
-    Return the concatenation of the 2 paths. Tries to be clever. For example,
-    if ```p2`` is an absolute path, p2 is returned without change.
-
-``utils.subprocess(t)``
-    Runs an external process and waits until it exits. Returns process status
-    and the captured output.
-
-    The parameter ``t`` is a table. The function reads the following entries:
-
-        ``args``
-            Array of strings. The first array entry is the executable. This
-            can be either an absolute path, or a filename with no path
-            components, in which case the ``PATH`` environment variable is
-            used to resolve the executable. The other array elements are
-            passed as command line arguments.
-
-        ``cancellable``
-            Optional. If set to ``true`` (default), then if the user stops
-            playback or goes to the next file while the process is running,
-            the process will be killed.
-
-        ``max_size``
-            Optional. The maximum size in bytes of the data that can be captured
-            from stdout. (Default: 16 MB.)
-
-    The function returns a table as result with the following entries:
-
-        ``status``
-            The raw exit status of the process. It will be negative on error.
-
-        ``stdout``
-            Captured output stream as string, limited to ``max_size``.
-
-        ``error``
-            ``nil`` on success. The string ``killed`` if the process was
-            terminated in an unusual way. The string ``init`` if the process
-            could not be started.
-
-            On Windows, ``killed`` is only returned when the process has been
-            killed by mpv as a result of ``cancellable`` being set to ``true``.
-
-        ``killed_by_us``
-            Set to ``true`` if the process has been killed by mpv as a result
-            of ``cancellable`` being set to ``true``.
-
-``utils.subprocess_detached(t)``
-    Runs an external process and detaches it from mpv's control.
-
-    The parameter ``t`` is a table. The function reads the following entries:
-
-        ``args``
-            Array of strings of the same semantics as the ``args`` used in the
-            ``subprocess`` function.
-
-    The function returns ``nil``.
-
-``utils.parse_json(str [, trail])``
-    Parses the given string argument as JSON, and returns it as a Lua table. On
-    error, returns ``nil, error``. (Currently, ``error`` is just a string
-    reading ``error``, because there is no fine-grained error reporting of any
-    kind.)
-
-    The returned value uses similar conventions as ``mp.get_property_native()``
-    to distinguish empty objects and arrays.
-
-    If the ``trail`` parameter is ``true`` (or any value equal to ``true``),
-    then trailing non-whitespace text is tolerated by the function, and the
-    trailing text is returned as 3rd return value. (The 3rd return value is
-    always there, but with ``trail`` set, no error is raised.)
-
-``utils.format_json(v)``
-    Format the given Lua table (or value) as a JSON string and return it. On
-    error, returns ``nil, error``. (Errors usually only happen on value types
-    incompatible with JSON.)
-
-    The argument value uses similar conventions as ``mp.set_property_native()``
-    to distinguish empty objects and arrays.
-
-``utils.to_string(v)``
-    Turn the given value into a string. Formats tables and their contents. This
-    doesn't do anything special; it is only needed because Lua is terrible.
-
-Events
------
-
-Events are notifications from player core to scripts. You can register an
-event handler with ``mp.register_event``.
-
-Note that all scripts (and other parts of the player) receive events equally,
-and there's no such thing as blocking other scripts from receiving events.
-
-Example:
-
-::
-
-    function my_fn(event)
-        print("start of playback!")
-    end
-
-    mp.register_event("file-loaded", my_fn)
-
-
-
-List of events
--------------
-
-``start-file``
-    Happens right before a new file is loaded. When you receive this, the
-    player is loading the file (or possibly already done with it).
-
-``end-file``
-    Happens after a file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the
-    next file right away, or quit if this was the last file.
-
-    The event has the ``reason`` field, which takes one of these values:
-
-    ``eof``
-        The file has ended. This can (but doesn't have to) include
-        incomplete files or broken network connections under
-        circumstances.
-
-    ``stop``
-        Playback was ended by a command.
-
-    ``quit``
-        Playback was ended by sending the quit command.
-
-    ``error``
-        An error happened. In this case, an ``error`` field is present with
-        the error string.
-
-    ``redirect``
-        Happens with playlists and similar. Details see
-        ``MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT`` in the C API.
-
-    ``unknown``
-        Unknown. Normally doesn't happen, unless the Lua API is out of sync
-        with the C API. (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets
-        reason strings that did not exist yet at the time your script was
-        written.)
-
-``file-loaded``
-    Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback.
-
-``seek``
-    Happens on seeking. (This might include cases when the player seeks
-    internally, even without user interaction. This includes e.g. segment
-    changes when playing ordered chapters Matroska files.)
-
-``playback-restart``
-    Start of playback after seek or after file was loaded.
-
-``idle``
-    Idle mode is entered. This happens when playback ended, and the player was
-    started with ``--idle`` or ``--force-window``. This mode is implicitly ended
-    when the ``start-file`` or ``shutdown`` events happen.
-
-``tick``
-    Called after a video frame was displayed. This is a hack, and you should
-    avoid using it. Use timers instead and maybe watch pausing/unpausing events
-    to avoid wasting CPU when the player is paused.
-
-``shutdown``
-    Sent when the player quits, and the script should terminate. Normally
-    handled automatically. See `Details on the script initialization and lifecycle`_.
-
-``log-message``
-    Receives messages enabled with ``mp.enable_messages``. The message data
-    is contained in the table passed as first parameter to the event handler.
-    The table contains, in addition to the default event fields, the following
-    fields:
-
-    ``prefix``
-        The module prefix, identifies the sender of the message. This is what
-        the terminal player puts in front of the message text when using the
-        ``--v`` option, and is also what is used for ``--msg-level``.
-
-    ``level``
-        The log level as string. See ``msg.log`` for possible log level names.
-        Note that later versions of mpv might add new levels or remove
-        (undocumented) existing ones.
-
-    ``text``
-        The log message. The text will end with a newline character. Sometimes
-        it can contain multiple lines.
-
-    Keep in mind that these messages are meant to be hints for humans. You
-    should not parse them, and prefix/level/text of messages might change
-    any time.
-
-``get-property-reply``
-    Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).
-
-``set-property-reply``
-    Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).
-
-``command-reply``
-    Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).
-
-``client-message``
-    Undocumented (used internally).
-
-``video-reconfig``
-    Happens on video output or filter reconfig.
-
-``audio-reconfig``
-    Happens on audio output or filter reconfig.
-
-The following events also happen, but are deprecated: ``tracks-changed``,
-``track-switched``, ``pause``, ``unpause``, ``metadata-update``,
-``chapter-change``. Use ``mp.observe_property()`` instead.
-
-Extras
------
-
-This documents experimental features, or features that are "too special" to
-guarantee a stable interface.
-
-``mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)``
-    Add a hook callback for ``type`` (a string identifying a certain kind of
-    hook). These hooks allow the player to call script functions and wait for
-    their result (normally, the Lua scripting interface is asynchronous from
-    the point of view of the player core). ``priority`` is an arbitrary integer
-    that allows ordering among hooks of the same kind. Using the value 50 is
-    recommended as neutral default value. ``fn`` is the function that will be
-    called during execution of the hook.
-
-    See `Hooks`_ for currently existing hooks and what they do - only the hook
-    list is interesting; handling hook execution is done by the Lua script
-    function automatically.
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-ON SCREEN CONTROLLER
-====================
-
-The On Screen Controller (short: OSC) is a minimal GUI integrated with mpv to
-offer basic mouse-controllability. It is intended to make interaction easier
-for new users and to enable precise and direct seeking.
-
-The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support. It can be
-disabled entirely using the ``--osc=no`` option.
-
-Using the OSC
-------------
-
-By default, the OSC will show up whenever the mouse is moved inside the
-player window and will hide if the mouse is not moved outside the OSC for
-0.5 seconds or if the mouse leaves the window.
-
-The Interface
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-::
-
-    +---------+----------+------------------------------------------+----------+
-    | pl prev | pl next  |  title                                   |    cache |
-    +------+--+---+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
-    | play | skip | skip | time    |  seekbar  | time | audio | sub | vol | fs |
-    |      | back | frwd | elapsed |           | left |       |     |     |    |
-    +------+------+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
-
-
-pl prev
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      play previous file in playlist
-    right-click     show playlist
-    shift+L-click   show playlist
-    =============   ================================================
-
-pl next
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      play next file in playlist
-    right-click     show playlist
-    shift+L-click   show playlist
-    =============   ================================================
-
-title
-    | Displays current media-title, filename, or custom title
-
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      show playlist position and length and full title
-    right-click     show filename
-    =============   ================================================
-
-cache
-    | Shows current cache fill status
-
-play
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      toggle play/pause
-    =============   ================================================
-
-skip back
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      go to beginning of chapter / previous chapter
-    right-click     show chapters
-    shift+L-click   show chapters
-    =============   ================================================
-
-skip frwd
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      go to next chapter
-    right-click     show chapters
-    shift+L-click   show chapters
-    =============   ================================================
-
-time elapsed
-    | Shows current playback position timestamp
-
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      toggle displaying timecodes with milliseconds
-    =============   ================================================
-
-seekbar
-    | Indicates current playback position and position of chapters
-
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      seek to position
-    =============   ================================================
-
-time left
-    | Shows remaining playback time timestamp
-
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      toggle between total and remaining time
-    =============   ================================================
-
-audio and sub
-    | Displays selected track and amount of available tracks
-
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      cycle audio/sub tracks forward
-    right-click     cycle audio/sub tracks backwards
-    shift+L-click   show available audio/sub tracks
-    =============   ================================================
-
-vol
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      toggle mute
-    mouse wheel     volume up/down
-    =============   ================================================
-
-fs
-    =============   ================================================
-    left-click      toggle fullscreen
-    =============   ================================================
-
-Key Bindings
-~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-These key bindings are active by default if nothing else is already bound to
-these keys. In case of collision, the function needs to be bound to a
-different key. See the `Script Commands`_ section.
-
-=============   ================================================
-del             Cycles visibility between never / auto (mouse-move) / always
-=============   ================================================
-
-Configuration
-------------
-
-The OSC offers limited configuration through a config file
-``lua-settings/osc.conf`` placed in mpv's user dir and through the
-``--script-opts`` command-line option. Options provided through the command-line
-will override those from the config file.
-
-Config Syntax
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-The config file must exactly follow the following syntax::
-
-    # this is a comment
-    optionA=value1
-    optionB=value2
-
-``#`` can only be used at the beginning of a line and there may be no
-spaces around the ``=`` or anywhere else.
-
-Command-line Syntax
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-To avoid collisions with other scripts, all options need to be prefixed with
-``osc-``.
-
-Example::
-
-    --script-opts=osc-optionA=value1,osc-optionB=value2
-
-
-Configurable Options
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-``layout``
-    Default: bottombar
-
-    The layout for the OSC. Currently available are: box, slimbox,
-    bottombar and topbar. Default pre-0.21.0 was 'box'.
-
-``seekbarstyle``
-    Default: bar
-
-    Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker), knob (circle
-    marker with guide), or bar (fill).
-    Default pre-0.21.0 was 'slider'.
-
-``deadzonesize``
-    Default: 0.5
-
-    Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act
-    like leaving the window. Movement there won't make the OSC show up and
-    it will hide immediately if the mouse enters it. The deadzone starts
-    at the window border opposite to the OSC and the size controls how much
-    of the window it will span. Values between 0.0 and 1.0, where 0 means the
-    OSC will always popup with mouse movement in the window, and 1 means the
-    OSC will only show up when the mouse hovers it. Default pre-0.21.0 was 0.
-
-``minmousemove``
-    Default: 0
-
-    Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make
-    the OSC show up. Default pre-0.21.0 was 3.
-
-``showwindowed``
-    Default: yes
-
-    Enable the OSC when windowed
-
-``showfullscreen``
-    Default: yes
-
-    Enable the OSC when fullscreen
-
-``scalewindowed``
-    Default: 1.0
-
-    Scale factor of the OSC when windowed.
-
-``scalefullscreen``
-    Default: 1.0
-
-    Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen
-
-``scaleforcedwindow``
-    Default: 2.0
-
-    Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window
-
-``vidscale``
-    Default: yes
-
-    Scale the OSC with the video
-    ``no`` tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the window size allows
-
-``valign``
-    Default: 0.8
-
-    Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)
-
-``halign``
-    Default: 0.0
-
-    Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)
-
-``barmargin``
-    Default: 0
-
-    Margin from bottom (bottombar) or top (topbar), in pixels
-
-``boxalpha``
-    Default: 80
-
-    Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)
-
-``hidetimeout``
-    Default: 500
-
-    Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, must not be
-    negative
-
-``fadeduration``
-    Default: 200
-
-    Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade
-
-``title``
-    Default: ${media-title}
-
-    String that supports property expansion that will be displayed as
-    OSC title.
-    ASS tags are escaped, and newlines and trailing slashes are stripped.
-
-``tooltipborder``
-    Default: 1
-
-    Size of the tooltip outline when using bottombar or topbar layouts
-
-``timetotal``
-    Default: no
-
-    Show total time instead of time remaining
-
-``timems``
-    Default: no
-
-    Display timecodes with milliseconds
-
-``visibility``
-    Default: auto (auto hide/show on mouse move)
-
-    Also supports ``never`` and ``always``
-
-``boxmaxchars``
-    Default: 80
-
-    Max chars for the osc title at the box layout. mpv does not measure the
-    text width on screen and so it needs to limit it by number of chars. The
-    default is conservative to allow wide fonts to be used without overflow.
-    However, with many common fonts a bigger number can be used. YMMV.
-
-Script Commands
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-The OSC script listens to certain script commands. These commands can bound
-in ``input.conf``, or sent by other scripts.
-
-``osc-message``
-    Show a message on screen using the OSC. First argument is the message,
-    second the duration in seconds.
-
-``osc-visibility``
-    Controls visibility mode ``never`` / ``auto`` (on mouse move) / ``always``
-    and also ``cycle`` to cycle between the modes
-
-Example
-
-You could put this into ``input.conf`` to hide the OSC with the ``a`` key and
-to set auto mode (the default) with ``b``::
-
-    a script-message osc-visibility never
-    b script-message osc-visibility auto
-
-``osc-playlist``, ``osc-chapterlist``, ``osc-tracklist``
-    Shows a limited view of the respective type of list using the OSC. First
-    argument is duration in seconds.
-
@@ -1,865 +0,0 @@
-VIDEO FILTERS
-=============
-
-Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The
-syntax is:
-
-``--vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
-    Setup a chain of video filters. This consists on the filter name, and an
-    option list of parameters after ``=``. The parameters are separated by
-    ``:`` (not ``,``, as that starts a new filter entry).
-
-    Before the filter name, a label can be specified with ``@name:``, where
-    name is an arbitrary user-given name, which identifies the filter. This
-    is only needed if you want to toggle the filter at runtime.
-
-    A ``!`` before the filter name means the filter is enabled by default. It
-    will be skipped on filter creation. This is also useful for runtime filter
-    toggling.
-
-    See the ``vf`` command (and ``toggle`` sub-command) for further explanations
-    and examples.
-
-    The general filter entry syntax is:
-
-        ``["@"<label-name>":"] ["!"] <filter-name> [ "=" <filter-parameter-list> ]``
-
-    or for the special "toggle" syntax (see ``vf`` command):
-
-        ``"@"<label-name>``
-
-    and the ``filter-parameter-list``:
-
-        ``<filter-parameter> | <filter-parameter> "," <filter-parameter-list>``
-
-    and ``filter-parameter``:
-
-        ``( <param-name> "=" <param-value> ) | <param-value>``
-
-    ``param-value`` can further be quoted in ``[`` / ``]`` in case the value
-    contains characters like ``,`` or ``=``. This is used in particular with
-    the ``lavfi`` filter, which uses a very similar syntax as mpv (MPlayer
-    historically) to specify filters and their parameters.
-
-You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the
-normal filter parameters.
-
-``--vf-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
-    Set defaults for each filter.
-
-.. note::
-
-    To get a full list of available video filters, see ``--vf=help`` and
-    http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html .
-
-    Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the ``lavfi``
-    wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
-    includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
-
-    Most builtin filters are deprecated in some ways, unless they're only available
-    in mpv (such as filters which deal with mpv specifics, or which are
-    implemented in mpv only).
-
-    If a filter is not builtin, the ``lavfi-bridge`` will be automatically
-    tried. This bridge does not support help output, and does not verify
-    parameters before the filter is actually used. Although the mpv syntax
-    is rather similar to libavfilter's, it's not the same. (Which means not
-    everything accepted by vf_lavfi's ``graph`` option will be accepted by
-    ``--vf``.)
-
-    You can also prefix the filter name with ``lavfi-`` to force the wrapper.
-    This is helpful if the filter name collides with a deprecated mpv builtin
-    filter. For example ``--vf=lavfi-scale=args`` would use libavfilter's
-    ``scale`` filter over mpv's deprecated builtin one.
-
-Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
-filter list.
-
-``--vf-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
-    Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
-
-``--vf-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
-    Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
-
-``--vf-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
-    Deletes the filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
-    negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
-
-``--vf-clr``
-    Completely empties the filter list.
-
-With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.
-
-``--vf=<filter>=help``
-    Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular
-    filter.
-
-``--vf=<filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>``
-    Sets a named parameter to the given value. Use on and off or yes and no to
-    set flag parameters.
-
-Available mpv-only filters are:
-
-``crop[=w:h:x:y]``
-    Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest. Useful to remove
-    black bands from widescreen videos.
-
-    ``<w>,<h>``
-        Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height.
-    ``<x>,<y>``
-        Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.
-
-``expand[=w:h:x:y:aspect:round]``
-    Expands (not scales) video resolution to the given value and places the
-    unscaled original at coordinates x, y.
-
-    ``<w>,<h>``
-        Expanded width,height (default: original width,height). Negative
-        values for w and h are treated as offsets to the original size.
-
-        .. admonition:: Example
-
-            ``expand=0:-50:0:0``
-                Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture.
-
-    ``<x>,<y>``
-        position of original image on the expanded image (default: center)
-
-    ``<aspect>``
-        Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0).
-
-        .. admonition:: Example
-
-            ``expand=800::::4/3``
-                Expands to 800x600, unless the source is higher resolution, in
-                which case it expands to fill a 4/3 aspect.
-
-    ``<round>``
-        Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).
-
-``flip``
-    Flips the image upside down.
-
-``mirror``
-    Mirrors the image on the Y axis.
-
-``rotate[=0|90|180|270]``
-    Rotates the image by a multiple of 90 degrees clock-wise.
-
-``scale[=w:h:param:param2:chr-drop:noup:arnd``
-    Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV<->RGB
-    color space conversion (see also ``--sws``).
-
-    All parameters are optional.
-
-    ``<w>:<h>``
-        scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
-
-        :0:      scaled d_width/d_height
-        :-1:     original width/height
-        :-2:     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the prescaled
-                 aspect ratio.
-        :-3:     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original
-                 aspect ratio.
-        :-(n+8): Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to the closest
-                 multiple of 16.
-
-    ``<param>[:<param2>]`` (see also ``--sws``)
-        Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected
-        with ``--sws``::
-
-            --sws=2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
-                0.00:0.60 default
-                0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
-                0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
-                0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
-                1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
-
-            --sws=7 (Gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
-
-            --sws=9 (Lanczos):  filter length (1-10)
-
-    ``<chr-drop>``
-        chroma skipping
-
-        :0: Use all available input lines for chroma (default).
-        :1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
-        :2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
-        :3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.
-
-    ``<noup>``
-        Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
-
-        :0: Allow upscaling (default).
-        :1: Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value.
-        :2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values.
-
-    ``<arnd>``
-        Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be faster or
-        slower than the default rounding.
-
-        :no:  Disable accurate rounding (default).
-        :yes: Enable accurate rounding.
-
-``dsize[=w:h:aspect-method:r:aspect]``
-    Changes the intended display aspect at an arbitrary point in the
-    filter chain. Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or floating point
-    number (1.33). Note that this filter does *not* do any scaling itself; it
-    just affects what later scalers (software or hardware) will do when
-    auto-scaling to the correct aspect.
-
-    ``<w>,<h>``
-        New aspect ratio given by a display width and height. Unlike older mpv
-        versions or MPlayer, this does not set the display size.
-
-        Can also be these special values:
-
-        :0:  original display width and height
-        :-1: original video width and height (default)
-        :-2: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original display
-             aspect ratio.
-        :-3: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original video
-             aspect ratio.
-
-        .. admonition:: Example
-
-            ``dsize=800:-2``
-                Specifies a display resolution of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect
-                video, or 800x450 for a 16/9 aspect video.
-
-    ``<aspect-method>``
-        Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios.
-
-        :-1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
-        :0:  Keep display aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as maximum
-             resolution.
-        :1:  Keep display aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as minimum
-             resolution.
-        :2:  Keep video aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as maximum
-             resolution.
-        :3:  Keep video aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as minimum
-             resolution.
-
-        .. admonition:: Example
-
-            ``dsize=800:600:0``
-                Specifies a display resolution of at most 800x600, or smaller,
-                in order to keep aspect.
-
-    ``<r>``
-        Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by ``<r>``
-        (default: 1).
-
-    ``<aspect>``
-        Force an aspect ratio.
-
-``format=fmt=<value>:colormatrix=<value>:...``
-    Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
-    Use together with the scale filter for a real conversion.
-
-    .. note::
-
-        For a list of available formats, see ``format=fmt=help``.
-
-    ``<fmt>``
-        Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: don't change).
-    ``<outfmt>``
-        Format name that should be substituted for the output. If they do not
-        have the same bytes per pixel and chroma subsampling, it will fail.
-    ``<colormatrix>``
-        Controls the YUV to RGB color space conversion when playing video. There
-        are various standards. Normally, BT.601 should be used for SD video, and
-        BT.709 for HD video. (This is done by default.) Using incorrect color space
-        results in slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors.
-
-        These options are not always supported. Different video outputs provide
-        varying degrees of support. The ``opengl`` and ``vdpau`` video output
-        drivers usually offer full support. The ``xv`` output can set the color
-        space if the system video driver supports it, but not input and output
-        levels. The ``scale`` video filter can configure color space and input
-        levels, but only if the output format is RGB (if the video output driver
-        supports RGB output, you can force this with ``-vf scale,format=rgba``).
-
-        If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the video's
-        color space flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space
-        will be selected automatically. This is done using a simple heuristic that
-        attempts to distinguish SD and HD video. If the video is larger than
-        1279x576 pixels, BT.709 (HD) will be used; otherwise BT.601 (SD) is
-        selected.
-
-        Available color spaces are:
-
-        :auto:          automatic selection (default)
-        :bt.601:        ITU-R BT.601 (SD)
-        :bt.709:        ITU-R BT.709 (HD)
-        :bt.2020-ncl:   ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance system
-        :bt.2020-cl:    ITU-R BT.2020 constant luminance system
-        :smpte-240m:    SMPTE-240M
-
-    ``<colorlevels>``
-        YUV color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. This option is only
-        necessary when playing broken files which do not follow standard color
-        levels or which are flagged wrong. If the video does not specify its
-        color range, it is assumed to be limited range.
-
-        The same limitations as with ``<colormatrix>`` apply.
-
-        Available color ranges are:
-
-        :auto:      automatic selection (normally limited range) (default)
-        :limited:   limited range (16-235 for luma, 16-240 for chroma)
-        :full:      full range (0-255 for both luma and chroma)
-
-    ``<primaries>``
-        RGB primaries the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
-        in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be
-        used to override the setting.
-
-        This option only affects video output drivers that perform color
-        management, for example ``opengl`` with the ``target-prim`` or
-        ``icc-profile`` suboptions set.
-
-        If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the video's
-        primaries flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space will
-        be selected automatically, using the following heuristics: If the
-        ``<colormatrix>`` is set or determined as BT.2020 or BT.709, the
-        corresponding primaries are used. Otherwise, if the video height is
-        exactly 576 (PAL), BT.601-625 is used. If it's exactly 480 or 486 (NTSC),
-        BT.601-525 is used. If the video resolution is anything else, BT.709 is
-        used.
-
-        Available primaries are:
-
-        :auto:         automatic selection (default)
-        :bt.601-525:   ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 525-line systems (NTSC, SMPTE-C)
-        :bt.601-625:   ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 625-line systems (PAL, SECAM)
-        :bt.709:       ITU-R BT.709 (HD) (same primaries as sRGB)
-        :bt.2020:      ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)
-        :apple:        Apple RGB
-        :adobe:        Adobe RGB (1998)
-        :prophoto:     ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)
-        :cie1931:      CIE 1931 RGB
-        :dci-p3:       DCI-P3 (Digital Cinema)
-        :v-gamut:      Panasonic V-Gamut primaries
-
-    ``<gamma>``
-       Gamma function the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
-       in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be
-       used to override the setting.
-
-       This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management.
-
-       If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the gamma will
-       be set to BT.1886 for YCbCr content, sRGB for RGB content and Linear for
-       XYZ content.
-
-       Available gamma functions are:
-
-       :auto:         automatic selection (default)
-       :bt.1886:      ITU-R BT.1886 (EOTF corresponding to BT.601/BT.709/BT.2020)
-       :srgb:         IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)
-       :linear:       Linear light
-       :gamma1.8:     Pure power curve (gamma 1.8)
-       :gamma2.2:     Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)
-       :gamma2.8:     Pure power curve (gamma 2.8)
-       :prophoto:     ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve
-       :pq:           ITU-R BT.2100 PQ (Perceptual quantizer) curve
-       :hlg:          ITU-R BT.2100 HLG (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve
-       :v-log:        Panasonic V-Log transfer curve
-       :s-log1:       Sony S-Log1 transfer curve
-       :s-log2:       Sony S-Log2 transfer curve
-
-    ``<sig-peak>``
-        Reference peak illumination for the video file, relative to the
-        signal's reference white level. This is mostly interesting for HDR, but
-        it can also be used tone map SDR content to simulate a different
-        exposure. Normally inferred from tags such as MaxCLL or mastering
-        metadata.
-
-        The default of 0.0 will default to the source's nominal peak luminance.
-
-    ``<light>``
-        Light type of the scene. This is mostly correctly inferred based on the
-        gamma function, but it can be useful to override this when viewing raw
-        camera footage (e.g. V-Log), which is normally scene-referred instead
-        of display-referred.
-
-        Available light types are:
-
-       :auto:         Automatic selection (default)
-       :display:      Display-referred light (most content)
-       :hlg:          Scene-referred using the HLG OOTF (e.g. HLG content)
-       :709-1886:     Scene-referred using the BT709+BT1886 interaction
-       :gamma1.2:     Scene-referred using a pure power OOTF (gamma=1.2)
-
-    ``<stereo-in>``
-        Set the stereo mode the video is assumed to be encoded in. Takes the
-        same values as the ``--video-stereo-mode`` option.
-
-    ``<stereo-out>``
-        Set the stereo mode the video should be displayed as. Takes the
-        same values as the ``--video-stereo-mode`` option.
-
-    ``<rotate>``
-        Set the rotation the video is assumed to be encoded with in degrees.
-        The special value ``-1`` uses the input format.
-
-    ``<dw>``, ``<dh>``
-        Set the display size. Note that setting the display size such that
-        the video is scaled in both directions instead of just changing the
-        aspect ratio is an implementation detail, and might change later.
-
-    ``<dar>``
-        Set the display aspect ratio of the video frame. This is a float,
-        but values such as ``[16:9]`` can be passed too (``[...]`` for quoting
-        to prevent the option parser from interpreting the ``:`` character).
-
-    ``<spherical-type>``
-        Type of the spherical projection:
-
-        :auto:      As indicated by the file (default)
-        :none:      Normal video
-        :equirect:  Equirectangular
-        :unknown:   Unknown projection
-
-    ``<spherical-yaw>``, ``<spherical-pitch>``, ``<spherical-roll>``
-        Reference angle in degree, if spherical video is used.
-
-``noformat[=fmt]``
-    Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
-    Unlike the format filter, this will allow any color space except the one
-    you specify.
-
-    .. note:: For a list of available formats, see ``noformat=fmt=help``.
-
-    ``<fmt>``
-        Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: 420p).
-
-``lavfi=graph[:sws-flags[:o=opts]]``
-    Filter video using FFmpeg's libavfilter.
-
-    ``<graph>``
-        The libavfilter graph string. The filter must have a single video input
-        pad and a single video output pad.
-
-        See `<https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html>`_ for syntax and available
-        filters.
-
-        .. warning::
-
-            If you want to use the full filter syntax with this option, you have
-            to quote the filter graph in order to prevent mpv's syntax and the
-            filter graph syntax from clashing.
-
-        .. admonition:: Examples
-
-            ``-vf lavfi=[gradfun=20:30,vflip]``
-                ``gradfun`` filter with nonsense parameters, followed by a
-                ``vflip`` filter. (This demonstrates how libavfilter takes a
-                graph and not just a single filter.) The filter graph string is
-                quoted with ``[`` and ``]``. This requires no additional quoting
-                or escaping with some shells (like bash), while others (like
-                zsh) require additional ``"`` quotes around the option string.
-
-            ``'--vf=lavfi="gradfun=20:30,vflip"'``
-                Same as before, but uses quoting that should be safe with all
-                shells. The outer ``'`` quotes make sure that the shell does not
-                remove the ``"`` quotes needed by mpv.
-
-            ``'--vf=lavfi=graph="gradfun=radius=30:strength=20,vflip"'``
-                Same as before, but uses named parameters for everything.
-
-    ``<sws-flags>``
-        If libavfilter inserts filters for pixel format conversion, this
-        option gives the flags which should be passed to libswscale. This
-        option is numeric and takes a bit-wise combination of ``SWS_`` flags.
-
-        See ``http://git.videolan.org/?p=ffmpeg.git;a=blob;f=libswscale/swscale.h``.
-
-    ``<o>``
-        Set AVFilterGraph options. These should be documented by FFmpeg.
-
-        .. admonition:: Example
-
-            ``'--vf=lavfi=yadif:o="threads=2,thread_type=slice"'``
-                forces a specific threading configuration.
-
-``pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]``
-    Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
-    hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
-    content. The ``pullup`` filter makes use of future context in making its
-    decisions. It is stateless in the sense that it does not lock onto a pattern
-    to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following fields in order to
-    identify matches and rebuild progressive frames.
-
-    ``jl``, ``jr``, ``jt``, and ``jb``
-        These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right,
-        top, and bottom of the image, respectively. Left/right are in units of
-        8 pixels, while top/bottom are in units of 2 lines. The default is 8
-        pixels on each side.
-
-    ``sb`` (strict breaks)
-        Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of ``pullup``
-        generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
-        excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
-        Conversely, setting it to -1 will make ``pullup`` match fields more
-        easily. This may help process video with slight blurring between the
-        fields, but may also cause interlaced frames in the output.
-
-    ``mp`` (metric plane)
-        This option may be set to ``u`` or ``v`` to use a chroma plane instead of the
-        luma plane for doing ``pullup``'s computations. This may improve accuracy
-        on very clean source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy,
-        especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale
-        video. The main purpose of setting ``mp`` to a chroma plane is to reduce
-        CPU load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
-
-``yadif=[mode:interlaced-only]``
-    Yet another deinterlacing filter
-
-    ``<mode>``
-        :frame: Output 1 frame for each frame.
-        :field: Output 1 frame for each field (default).
-        :frame-nospatial: Like ``frame`` but skips spatial interlacing check.
-        :field-nospatial: Like ``field`` but skips spatial interlacing check.
-
-    ``<interlaced-only>``
-        :no:  Deinterlace all frames.
-        :yes: Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).
-
-    This filter is automatically inserted when using the ``d`` key (or any
-    other key that toggles the ``deinterlace`` property or when using the
-    ``--deinterlace`` switch), assuming the video output does not have native
-    deinterlacing support.
-
-    If you just want to set the default mode, put this filter and its options
-    into ``--vf-defaults`` instead, and enable deinterlacing with ``d`` or
-    ``--deinterlace``.
-
-    Also, note that the ``d`` key is stupid enough to insert a deinterlacer twice
-    when inserting yadif with ``--vf``, so using the above methods is
-    recommended.
-
-``sub=[=bottom-margin:top-margin]``
-    Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain, or force
-    subtitle rendering in the video filter as opposed to using video output OSD
-    support.
-
-    ``<bottom-margin>``
-        Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can
-        place subtitles there (with ``--sub-use-margins``).
-    ``<top-margin>``
-        Black band on the top for toptitles  (with ``--sub-use-margins``).
-
-    .. admonition:: Examples
-
-        ``--vf=sub,eq``
-            Moves sub rendering before the eq filter. This will put both
-            subtitle colors and video under the influence of the video equalizer
-            settings.
-
-``stereo3d[=in:out]``
-    Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.
-
-    ``<in>``
-        Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:
-
-        ``sbsl`` or ``side_by_side_left_first``
-            side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
-        ``sbsr`` or ``side_by_side_right_first``
-            side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
-        ``abl`` or ``above_below_left_first``
-            above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
-        ``abr`` or ``above_below_right_first``
-            above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
-        ``ab2l`` or ``above_below_half_height_left_first``
-            above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye
-            below)
-        ``ab2r`` or ``above_below_half_height_right_first``
-            above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye
-            below)
-
-    ``<out>``
-        Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are all the input
-        formats as well as:
-
-        ``arcg`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_gray``
-            anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on
-            right eye)
-        ``arch`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color``
-            anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter
-            on right eye)
-        ``arcc`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_color``
-            anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on
-            right eye)
-        ``arcd`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois``
-            anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least-squares
-            projection of Dubois (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right
-            eye)
-        ``agmg`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_gray``
-            anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta
-            filter on right eye)
-        ``agmh`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color``
-            anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left eye,
-            magenta filter on right eye)
-        ``agmc`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_color``
-            anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on left eye, magenta
-            filter on right eye)
-        ``aybg`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray``
-            anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter
-            on right eye)
-        ``aybh`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color``
-            anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue
-            filter on right eye)
-        ``aybc`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_color``
-            anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue
-            filter on right eye)
-        ``irl`` or ``interleave_rows_left_first``
-            Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next
-            row)
-        ``irr`` or ``interleave_rows_right_first``
-            Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next
-            row)
-        ``ml`` or ``mono_left``
-            mono output (left eye only)
-        ``mr`` or ``mono_right``
-            mono output (right eye only)
-
-``gradfun[=strength[:radius|:size=<size>]]``
-    Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat
-    regions by truncation to 8-bit color depth. Interpolates the gradients that
-    should go where the bands are, and dithers them.
-
-    ``<strength>``
-        Maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. Also the
-        threshold for detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.5).
-
-    ``<radius>``
-        Neighborhood to fit the gradient to. Larger radius makes for smoother
-        gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying pixels near
-        detailed regions (default: disabled).
-
-    ``<size>``
-        size of the filter in percent of the image diagonal size. This is
-        used to calculate the final radius size (default: 1).
-
-``vapoursynth=file:buffered-frames:concurrent-frames``
-    Loads a VapourSynth filter script. This is intended for streamed
-    processing: mpv actually provides a source filter, instead of using a
-    native VapourSynth video source. The mpv source will answer frame
-    requests only within a small window of frames (the size of this window
-    is controlled with the ``buffered-frames`` parameter), and requests outside
-    of that will return errors. As such, you can't use the full power of
-    VapourSynth, but you can use certain filters.
-
-    If you just want to play video generated by a VapourSynth (i.e. using
-    a native VapourSynth video source), it's better to use ``vspipe`` and a
-    FIFO to feed the video to mpv. The same applies if the filter script
-    requires random frame access (see ``buffered-frames`` parameter).
-
-    This filter is experimental. If it turns out that it works well and is
-    used, it will be ported to libavfilter. Otherwise, it will be just removed.
-
-    ``file``
-        Filename of the script source. Currently, this is always a python
-        script. The variable ``video_in`` is set to the mpv video source,
-        and it is expected that the script reads video from it. (Otherwise,
-        mpv will decode no video, and the video packet queue will overflow,
-        eventually leading to audio being stopped.) The script is also
-        expected to pass through timestamps using the ``_DurationNum`` and
-        ``_DurationDen`` frame properties.
-
-        .. admonition:: Example:
-
-            ::
-
-                import vapoursynth as vs
-                core = vs.get_core()
-                core.std.AddBorders(video_in, 10, 10, 20, 20).set_output()
-
-        .. warning::
-
-            The script will be reloaded on every seek. This is done to reset
-            the filter properly on discontinuities.
-
-    ``buffered-frames``
-        Maximum number of decoded video frames that should be buffered before
-        the filter (default: 4). This specifies the maximum number of frames
-        the script can request in reverse direction.
-        E.g. if ``buffered-frames=5``, and the script just requested frame 15,
-        it can still request frame 10, but frame 9 is not available anymore.
-        If it requests frame 30, mpv will decode 15 more frames, and keep only
-        frames 25-30.
-
-        The actual number of buffered frames also depends on the value of the
-        ``concurrent-frames`` option. Currently, both option values are
-        multiplied to get the final buffer size.
-
-        (Normally, VapourSynth source filters must provide random access, but
-        mpv was made for playback, and does not provide frame-exact random
-        access. The way this video filter works is a compromise to make simple
-        filters work anyway.)
-
-    ``concurrent-frames``
-        Number of frames that should be requested in parallel. The
-        level of concurrency depends on the filter and how quickly mpv can
-        decode video to feed the filter. This value should probably be
-        proportional to the number of cores on your machine. Most time,
-        making it higher than the number of cores can actually make it
-        slower.
-
-        By default, this uses the special value ``auto``, which sets the option
-        to the number of detected logical CPU cores.
-
-    The following variables are defined by mpv:
-
-    ``video_in``
-        The mpv video source as vapoursynth clip. Note that this has no length
-        set, which confuses many filters. Using ``Trim`` on the clip with a
-        high dummy length can turn it into a finite clip.
-
-    ``video_in_dw``, ``video_in_dh``
-        Display size of the video. Can be different from video size if the
-        video does not use square pixels (e.g. DVD).
-
-    ``container_fps``
-        FPS value as reported by file headers. This value can be wrong or
-        completely broken (e.g. 0 or NaN). Even if the value is correct,
-        if another filter changes the real FPS (by dropping or inserting
-        frames), the value of this variable might not be useful. Note that
-        the ``--fps`` command line option overrides this value.
-
-        Useful for some filters which insist on having a FPS.
-
-    ``display_fps``
-        Refresh rate of the current display. Note that this value can be 0.
-
-``vapoursynth-lazy``
-    The same as ``vapoursynth``, but doesn't load Python scripts. Instead, a
-    custom backend using Lua and the raw VapourSynth API is used. The syntax
-    is completely different, and absolutely no convenience features are
-    provided. There's no type checking either, and you can trigger crashes.
-
-    .. admonition:: Example:
-
-        ::
-
-            video_out = invoke("morpho", "Open", {clip = video_in})
-
-    The special variable ``video_in`` is the mpv video source, while the
-    special variable ``video_out`` is used to read video from. The 1st argument
-    is the plugin (queried with ``getPluginByNs``), the 2nd is the filter name,
-    and the 3rd argument is a table with the arguments. Positional arguments
-    are not supported. The types must match exactly. Since Lua is terrible and
-    can't distinguish integers and floats, integer arguments must be prefixed
-    with ``i_``, in which case the prefix is removed and the argument is cast
-    to an integer. Should the argument's name start with ``i_``, you're out of
-    luck.
-
-    Clips (VSNodeRef) are passed as light userdata, so trying to pass any
-    other userdata type will result in hard crashes.
-
-``vavpp``
-    VA-AP-API video post processing. Works with ``--vo=vaapi`` and ``--vo=opengl``
-    only. Currently deinterlaces. This filter is automatically inserted if
-    deinterlacing is requested (either using the ``d`` key, by default mapped to
-    the command ``cycle deinterlace``, or the ``--deinterlace`` option).
-
-    ``deint=<method>``
-        Select the deinterlacing algorithm.
-
-        no
-            Don't perform deinterlacing.
-        first-field
-            Show only first field.
-        bob
-            bob deinterlacing (default).
-        weave, motion-adaptive, motion-compensated
-            Advanced deinterlacing algorithms. Whether these actually work
-            depends on the GPU hardware, the GPU drivers, driver bugs, and
-            mpv bugs.
-
-    ``<interlaced-only>``
-        :no:  Deinterlace all frames.
-        :yes: Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).
-
-    ``reversal-bug=<yes|no>``
-        :no:  Use the API as it was interpreted by older Mesa drivers. While
-              this interpretation was more obvious and inuitive, it was
-              apparently wrong, and not shared by Intel driver developers.
-        :yes: Use Intel interpretation of surface forward and backwards
-              references (default). This is what Intel drivers and newer Mesa
-              drivers expect. Matters only for the advanced deinterlacing
-              algorithms.
-
-``vdpaupp``
-    VDPAU video post processing. Works with ``--vo=vdpau`` and ``--vo=opengl``
-    only. This filter is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested
-    (either using the ``d`` key, by default mapped to the command
-    ``cycle deinterlace``, or the ``--deinterlace`` option). When enabling
-    deinterlacing, it is always preferred over software deinterlacer filters
-    if the ``vdpau`` VO is used, and also if ``opengl`` is used and hardware
-    decoding was activated at least once (i.e. vdpau was loaded).
-
-    ``sharpen=<-1-1>``
-        For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for
-        negative values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).
-    ``denoise=<0-1>``
-        Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise
-        reduction).
-    ``deint=<yes|no>``
-        Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no). If enabled, it will use
-        the mode selected with ``deint-mode``.
-    ``deint-mode=<first-field|bob|temporal|temporal-spatial>``
-        Select deinterlacing mode (default: temporal).
-
-        Note that there's currently a mechanism that allows the ``vdpau`` VO to
-        change the ``deint-mode`` of auto-inserted ``vdpaupp`` filters. To avoid
-        confusion, it's recommended not to use the ``--vo=vdpau`` suboptions
-        related to filtering.
-
-        first-field
-            Show only first field.
-        bob
-            Bob deinterlacing.
-        temporal
-            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead to A/V desync
-            with slow video hardware and/or high resolution.
-        temporal-spatial
-            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided spatial
-            interpolation. Needs fast video hardware.
-    ``chroma-deint``
-        Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default).
-        Use no-chroma-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced
-        deinterlacing. Useful with slow video memory.
-    ``pullup``
-        Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal
-        deinterlacing.
-    ``interlaced-only=<yes|no>``
-        If ``yes`` (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
-    ``hqscaling=<0-9>``
-        0
-            Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
-        1-9
-            Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).
-
-``d3d11vpp``
-    Direct3D 11 video post processing. Currently requires D3D11 hardware
-    decoding for use.
-
-    ``deint=<yes|no>``
-        Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no).
-    ``interlaced-only=<yes|no>``
-        If ``yes`` (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
-    ``mode=<blend|bob|adaptive|mocomp|ivctc|none>``
-        Tries to select a video processor with the given processing capability.
-        If a video processor supports multiple capabilities, it is not clear
-        which algorithm is actually selected. ``none`` always falls back. On
-        most if not all hardware, this option will probably do nothing, because
-        a video processor usually supports all modes or none.
-
-``buffer=<num>``
-    Buffer ``<num>`` frames in the filter chain. This filter is probably pretty
-    useless, except for debugging. (Note that this won't help to smooth out
-    latencies with decoding, because the filter will never output a frame if
-    the buffer isn't full, except on EOF.)
@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
-VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS
-====================
-
-Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. The
-syntax is:
-
-``--vo=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>``
-    Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.
-
-If the list has a trailing ``,``, mpv will fall back on drivers not contained
-in the list.
-
-.. note::
-
-    See ``--vo=help`` for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.
-
-    The recommended output driver is ``--vo=opengl``, which is the default. All
-    other drivers are for compatibility or special purposes. If the default
-    does not work, it will fallback to other drivers (in the same order as
-    listed by ``--vo=help``).
-
-Available video output drivers are:
-
-``xv`` (X11 only)
-    Uses the XVideo extension to enable hardware-accelerated display. This is
-    the most compatible VO on X, but may be low-quality, and has issues with
-    OSD and subtitle display.
-
-    .. note:: This driver is for compatibility with old systems.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--xv-adaptor=<number>``
-        Select a specific XVideo adapter (check xvinfo results).
-    ``--xv-port=<number>``
-        Select a specific XVideo port.
-    ``--xv-ck=<cur|use|set>``
-        Select the source from which the color key is taken (default: cur).
-
-        cur
-          The default takes the color key currently set in Xv.
-        use
-          Use but do not set the color key from mpv (use the ``--colorkey``
-          option to change it).
-        set
-          Same as use but also sets the supplied color key.
-
-    ``--xv-ck-method=<none|man|bg|auto>``
-        Sets the color key drawing method (default: man).
-
-        none
-          Disables color-keying.
-        man
-          Draw the color key manually (reduces flicker in some cases).
-        bg
-          Set the color key as window background.
-        auto
-          Let Xv draw the color key.
-
-    ``--xv-colorkey=<number>``
-        Changes the color key to an RGB value of your choice. ``0x000000`` is
-        black and ``0xffffff`` is white.
-
-    ``--xv-buffers=<number>``
-        Number of image buffers to use for the internal ringbuffer (default: 2).
-        Increasing this will use more memory, but might help with the X server
-        not responding quickly enough if video FPS is close to or higher than
-        the display refresh rate.
-
-``x11`` (X11 only)
-    Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works
-    whenever X11 is present.
-
-    .. note:: This is a fallback only, and should not be normally used.
-
-``vdpau`` (X11 only)
-    Uses the VDPAU interface to display and optionally also decode video.
-    Hardware decoding is used with ``--hwdec=vdpau``.
-
-    .. note::
-
-        Earlier versions of mpv (and MPlayer, mplayer2) provided sub-options
-        to tune vdpau post-processing, like ``deint``, ``sharpen``, ``denoise``,
-        ``chroma-deint``, ``pullup``, ``hqscaling``. These sub-options are
-        deprecated, and you should use the ``vdpaupp`` video filter instead.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--vo-vdpau-sharpen=<-1-1>``
-        (Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
-
-        For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for
-        negative values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).
-    ``--vo-vdpau-denoise=<0-1>``
-        (Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
-
-        Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise
-        reduction).
-    ``--vo-vdpau-deint=<-4-4>``
-        (Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
-
-        Select deinterlacing mode (default: 0). In older versions (as well as
-        MPlayer/mplayer2) you could use this option to enable deinterlacing.
-        This doesn't work anymore, and deinterlacing is enabled with either
-        the ``d`` key (by default mapped to the command ``cycle deinterlace``),
-        or the ``--deinterlace`` option. Also, to select the default deint mode,
-        you should use something like ``--vf-defaults=vdpaupp:deint-mode=temporal``
-        instead of this sub-option.
-
-        0
-            Pick the ``vdpaupp`` video filter default, which corresponds to 3.
-        1
-            Show only first field.
-        2
-            Bob deinterlacing.
-        3
-            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead to A/V desync
-            with slow video hardware and/or high resolution.
-        4
-            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided spatial
-            interpolation. Needs fast video hardware.
-    ``--vo-vdpau-chroma-deint``
-        (Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
-
-        Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default).
-        Use no-chroma-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced
-        deinterlacing. Useful with slow video memory.
-    ``--vo-vdpau-pullup``
-        (Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
-
-        Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal
-        deinterlacing.
-    ``--vo-vdpau-hqscaling=<0-9>``
-        (Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
-
-        0
-            Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
-        1-9
-            Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).
-    ``--vo-vdpau-fps=<number>``
-        Override autodetected display refresh rate value (the value is needed
-        for framedrop to allow video playback rates higher than display
-        refresh rate, and for vsync-aware frame timing adjustments). Default 0
-        means use autodetected value. A positive value is interpreted as a
-        refresh rate in Hz and overrides the autodetected value. A negative
-        value disables all timing adjustment and framedrop logic.
-    ``--vo-vdpau-composite-detect``
-        NVIDIA's current VDPAU implementation behaves somewhat differently
-        under a compositing window manager and does not give accurate frame
-        timing information. With this option enabled, the player tries to
-        detect whether a compositing window manager is active. If one is
-        detected, the player disables timing adjustments as if the user had
-        specified ``fps=-1`` (as they would be based on incorrect input). This
-        means timing is somewhat less accurate than without compositing, but
-        with the composited mode behavior of the NVIDIA driver, there is no
-        hard playback speed limit even without the disabled logic. Enabled by
-        default, use ``--vo-vdpau-composite-detect=no`` to disable.
-    ``--vo-vdpau-queuetime-windowed=<number>`` and ``queuetime-fs=<number>``
-        Use VDPAU's presentation queue functionality to queue future video
-        frame changes at most this many milliseconds in advance (default: 50).
-        See below for additional information.
-    ``--vo-vdpau-output-surfaces=<2-15>``
-        Allocate this many output surfaces to display video frames (default:
-        3). See below for additional information.
-    ``--vo-vdpau-colorkey=<#RRGGBB|#AARRGGBB>``
-        Set the VDPAU presentation queue background color, which in practice
-        is the colorkey used if VDPAU operates in overlay mode (default:
-        ``#020507``, some shade of black). If the alpha component of this value
-        is 0, the default VDPAU colorkey will be used instead (which is usually
-        green).
-    ``--vo-vdpau-force-yuv``
-        Never accept RGBA input. This means mpv will insert a filter to convert
-        to a YUV format before the VO. Sometimes useful to force availability
-        of certain YUV-only features, like video equalizer or deinterlacing.
-
-    Using the VDPAU frame queuing functionality controlled by the queuetime
-    options makes mpv's frame flip timing less sensitive to system CPU load and
-    allows mpv to start decoding the next frame(s) slightly earlier, which can
-    reduce jitter caused by individual slow-to-decode frames. However, the
-    NVIDIA graphics drivers can make other window behavior such as window moves
-    choppy if VDPAU is using the blit queue (mainly happens if you have the
-    composite extension enabled) and this feature is active. If this happens on
-    your system and it bothers you then you can set the queuetime value to 0 to
-    disable this feature. The settings to use in windowed and fullscreen mode
-    are separate because there should be no reason to disable this for
-    fullscreen mode (as the driver issue should not affect the video itself).
-
-    You can queue more frames ahead by increasing the queuetime values and the
-    ``output_surfaces`` count (to ensure enough surfaces to buffer video for a
-    certain time ahead you need at least as many surfaces as the video has
-    frames during that time, plus two). This could help make video smoother in
-    some cases. The main downsides are increased video RAM requirements for
-    the surfaces and laggier display response to user commands (display
-    changes only become visible some time after they're queued). The graphics
-    driver implementation may also have limits on the length of maximum
-    queuing time or number of queued surfaces that work well or at all.
-
-``direct3d`` (Windows only)
-    Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface.
-
-    .. note:: This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide
-              proper OpenGL drivers, and where ANGLE does not perform well.
-
-    .. note:: Before to 0.21.0, ``direct3d_shaders`` and ``direct3d`` were
-              different, with ``direct3d`` not using shader by default. Now
-              both use shaders by default, and ``direct3d_shaders`` is a
-              deprecated alias. Use the ``--vo-direct3d-prefer-stretchrect``
-              or the ``--vo-direct3d-disable-shaders`` options to get the old
-              behavior of ``direct3d``.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-prefer-stretchrect``
-        Use ``IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect`` over other methods if possible.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-disable-stretchrect``
-        Never render the video using ``IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect``.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-disable-textures``
-        Never render the video using D3D texture rendering. Rendering with
-        textures + shader will still be allowed. Add ``disable-shaders`` to
-        completely disable video rendering with textures.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-disable-shaders``
-        Never use shaders when rendering video.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-only-8bit``
-        Never render YUV video with more than 8 bits per component.
-        Using this flag will force software conversion to 8-bit.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-disable-texture-align``
-        Normally texture sizes are always aligned to 16. With this option
-        enabled, the video texture will always have exactly the same size as
-        the video itself.
-
-
-    Debug options. These might be incorrect, might be removed in the future,
-    might crash, might cause slow downs, etc. Contact the developers if you
-    actually need any of these for performance or proper operation.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-force-power-of-2``
-        Always force textures to power of 2, even if the device reports
-        non-power-of-2 texture sizes as supported.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-texture-memory=<mode>``
-        Only affects operation with shaders/texturing enabled, and (E)OSD.
-        Possible values:
-
-        ``default`` (default)
-            Use ``D3DPOOL_DEFAULT``, with a ``D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM`` texture for
-            locking. If the driver supports ``D3DDEVCAPS_TEXTURESYSTEMMEMORY``,
-            ``D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM`` is used directly.
-
-        ``default-pool``
-            Use ``D3DPOOL_DEFAULT``. (Like ``default``, but never use a
-            shadow-texture.)
-
-        ``default-pool-shadow``
-            Use ``D3DPOOL_DEFAULT``, with a ``D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM`` texture for
-            locking. (Like ``default``, but always force the shadow-texture.)
-
-        ``managed``
-            Use ``D3DPOOL_MANAGED``.
-
-        ``scratch``
-            Use ``D3DPOOL_SCRATCH``, with a ``D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM`` texture for
-            locking.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-swap-discard``
-        Use ``D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD``, which might be faster.
-        Might be slower too, as it must(?) clear every frame.
-
-    ``--vo-direct3d-exact-backbuffer``
-        Always resize the backbuffer to window size.
-
-``opengl``
-    OpenGL video output driver. It supports extended scaling methods, dithering
-    and color management.
-
-    See `OpenGL renderer options`_ for options specific to this VO.
-
-    By default, it tries to use fast and fail-safe settings. Use the
-    ``opengl-hq`` profile to use this driver with defaults set to high
-    quality rendering. (This profile is also the replacement for
-    ``--vo=opengl-hq``.) The profile can be applied with ``--profile=opengl-hq``
-    and its contents can be viewed with ``--show-profile=opengl-hq``.
-
-    Requires at least OpenGL 2.1.
-
-    Some features are available with OpenGL 3 capable graphics drivers only
-    (or if the necessary extensions are available).
-
-    OpenGL ES 2.0 and 3.0 are supported as well.
-
-    Hardware decoding over OpenGL-interop is supported to some degree. Note
-    that in this mode, some corner case might not be gracefully handled, and
-    color space conversion and chroma upsampling is generally in the hand of
-    the hardware decoder APIs.
-
-    ``opengl`` makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve better
-    quality or performance by changing the ``--opengl-fbo-format`` option to
-    ``rgb16f``, ``rgb32f`` or ``rgb``. Known problems include Mesa/Intel not
-    accepting ``rgb16``, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with float texture
-    support, and some OS X setups being very slow with ``rgb16`` but fast
-    with ``rgb32f``. If you have problems, you can also try enabling the
-    ``--opengl-dumb-mode=yes`` option.
-
-``sdl``
-    SDL 2.0+ Render video output driver, depending on system with or without
-    hardware acceleration. Should work on all platforms supported by SDL 2.0.
-    For tuning, refer to your copy of the file ``SDL_hints.h``.
-
-    .. note:: This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide
-              proper graphics drivers, or which support GLES only.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--sdl-sw``
-        Continue even if a software renderer is detected.
-
-    ``--sdl-switch-mode``
-        Instruct SDL to switch the monitor video mode when going fullscreen.
-
-``vaapi``
-    Intel VA API video output driver with support for hardware decoding. Note
-    that there is absolutely no reason to use this, other than compatibility.
-    This is low quality, and has issues with OSD.
-
-    .. note:: This driver is for compatibility with crappy systems. You can
-              use vaapi hardware decoding with ``--vo=opengl`` too.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--vo-vaapi-scaling=<algorithm>``
-        default
-            Driver default (mpv default as well).
-        fast
-            Fast, but low quality.
-        hq
-            Unspecified driver dependent high-quality scaling, slow.
-        nla
-            ``non-linear anamorphic scaling``
-
-    ``--vo-vaapi-deint-mode=<mode>``
-        Select deinterlacing algorithm. Note that by default deinterlacing is
-        initially always off, and needs to be enabled with the ``d`` key
-        (default key binding for ``cycle deinterlace``).
-
-        This option doesn't apply if libva supports video post processing (vpp).
-        In this case, the default for ``deint-mode`` is ``no``, and enabling
-        deinterlacing via user interaction using the methods mentioned above
-        actually inserts the ``vavpp`` video filter. If vpp is not actually
-        supported with the libva backend in use, you can use this option to
-        forcibly enable VO based deinterlacing.
-
-        no
-            Don't allow deinterlacing (default for newer libva).
-        first-field
-            Show only first field.
-        bob
-            bob deinterlacing (default for older libva).
-
-    ``--vo-vaapi-scaled-osd=<yes|no>``
-        If enabled, then the OSD is rendered at video resolution and scaled to
-        display resolution. By default, this is disabled, and the OSD is
-        rendered at display resolution if the driver supports it.
-
-``null``
-    Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking.
-
-    Usually, it's better to disable video with ``--no-video`` instead.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--vo-null-fps=<value>``
-        Simulate display FPS. This artificially limits how many frames the
-        VO accepts per second.
-
-``caca``
-    Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
-
-    .. note:: This driver is a joke.
-
-``tct``
-    Color Unicode art video output driver that works on a text console.
-    Depends on support of true color by modern terminals to display the images
-    at full color range. On Windows it requires an ansi terminal such as mintty.
-
-    ``--vo-tct-algo=<algo>``
-        Select how to write the pixels to the terminal.
-
-        half-blocks
-            Uses unicode LOWER HALF BLOCK character to achieve higher vertical
-            resolution. (Default.)
-        plain
-            Uses spaces. Causes vertical resolution to drop twofolds, but in
-            theory works in more places.
-
-    ``--vo-tct-width=<width>``  ``--vo-tct-height=<height>``
-        Assume the terminal has the specified character width and/or height.
-        These default to 80x25 if the terminal size cannot be determined.
-
-    ``--vo-tct-256=<yes|no>`` (default: no)
-        Use 256 colors - for terminals which don't support true color.
-
-``image``
-    Output each frame into an image file in the current directory. Each file
-    takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--vo-image-format=<format>``
-        Select the image file format.
-
-        jpg
-            JPEG files, extension .jpg. (Default.)
-        jpeg
-            JPEG files, extension .jpeg.
-        png
-            PNG files.
-
-    ``--vo-image-png-compression=<0-9>``
-        PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7)
-    ``--vo-image-png-filter=<0-5>``
-        Filter applied prior to PNG compression (0 = none; 1 = sub; 2 = up;
-        3 = average; 4 = Paeth; 5 = mixed) (default: 5)
-    ``--vo-image-jpeg-quality=<0-100>``
-        JPEG quality factor (default: 90)
-    ``--vo-image-jpeg-optimize=<0-100>``
-        JPEG optimization factor (default: 100)
-    ``--vo-image-outdir=<dirname>``
-        Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: ``./``).
-
-``wayland`` (Wayland only)
-    Wayland shared memory video output as fallback for ``opengl``.
-
-    .. note:: This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide
-              working OpenGL drivers.
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--vo-wayland-alpha``
-        Use a buffer format that supports videos and images with alpha
-        information
-    ``--vo-wayland-rgb565``
-        Use RGB565 as buffer format. This format is implemented on most
-        platforms, especially on embedded where it is far more efficient then
-        RGB8888.
-    ``--vo-wayland-triple-buffering``
-        Use 3 buffers instead of 2. This can lead to more fluid playback, but
-        uses more memory.
-
-``opengl-cb``
-    For use with libmpv direct OpenGL embedding; useless in any other contexts.
-    (See ``<mpv/opengl_cb.h>``.)
-
-    This also supports many of the options the ``opengl`` VO has.
-
-``rpi`` (Raspberry Pi)
-    Native video output on the Raspberry Pi using the MMAL API.
-
-    This is deprecated. Use ``--vo=opengl`` instead, which is the default and
-    provides the same functionality. The ``rpi`` VO will be removed in
-    mpv 0.23.0. Its functionality was folded into --vo=opengl, which now uses
-    RPI hardware decoding by treating it as a hardware overlay (without applying
-    GL filtering). Also to be changed in 0.23.0: the --fs flag will be reset to
-    "no" by default (like on the other platforms).
-
-    The following deprecated global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--rpi-display=<number>``
-        Select the display number on which the video overlay should be shown
-        (default: 0).
-
-    ``--rpi-layer=<number>``
-        Select the dispmanx layer on which the video overlay should be shown
-        (default: -10). Note that mpv will also use the 2 layers above the
-        selected layer, to handle the window background and OSD. Actual video
-        rendering will happen on the layer above the selected layer.
-
-    ``--rpi-background=<yes|no>``
-        Whether to render a black background behind the video (default: no).
-        Normally it's better to kill the console framebuffer instead, which
-        gives better performance.
-
-    ``--rpi-osd=<yes|no>``
-        Enabled by default. If disabled with ``no``, no OSD layer is created.
-        This also means there will be no subtitles rendered.
-
-``drm`` (Direct Rendering Manager)
-    Video output driver using Kernel Mode Setting / Direct Rendering Manager.
-    Should be used when one doesn't want to install full-blown graphical
-    environment (e.g. no X). Does not support hardware acceleration (if you
-    need this, check the ``drm`` backend for ``opengl`` VO).
-
-    The following global options are supported by this video output:
-
-    ``--drm-connector=[<gpu_number>.]<name>``
-        Select the connector to use (usually this is a monitor.) If ``<name>``
-        is empty or ``auto``, mpv renders the output on the first available
-        connector. Use ``--drm-connector=help`` to get list of available
-        connectors. When using multiple graphic cards, use the ``<gpu_number>``
-        argument to disambiguate.
-        (default: empty)
-
-    ``--drm-mode=<number>``
-        Mode ID to use (resolution, bit depth and frame rate).
-        (default: 0)
-
@@ -1,456 +0,0 @@
-CHANGES FROM OTHER VERSIONS OF MPLAYER
-======================================
-
-**mpv** is based on mplayer2, which in turn is based on the original MPlayer
-(also called mplayer, mplayer-svn, mplayer1). Many changes have been made, a
-large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
-behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, **mpv**
-should generally be treated as a completely different program.
-
-.. admonition:: Warning
-
-    This document is **not updated** anymore, and is **incomplete** and
-    **outdated**. If you look for old option replacements, always check with
-    the current mpv manpage, as the options could have changed meanwhile.
-
-General Changes from MPlayer to mpv
-----------------------------------
-
-This listing is about changes introduced by mplayer2 and mpv relatively to
-MPlayer.
-
-Player
-~~~~~~
-
-* New name for the binary (``mpv``). New location for config files (either
-  ``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``, or if you want, ``~/.mpv/config``).
-* Encoding functionality (replacement for MEncoder, see the `ENCODING`_ section).
-* Support for Lua scripting (see the `LUA SCRIPTING`_ section).
-* Better pause handling (e.g. do not unpause on a command).
-* Precise seeking support.
-* Improvements in audio/video sync handling.
-* Do not lose settings when playing a new file in the same player instance.
-* Slave mode compatibility broken (see below).
-* Re-enable screensaver while the player is paused.
-* Allow resuming playback at a later point with ``Shift+q``, also see the
-  ``quit-watch-later`` input command.
-* ``--keep-open`` option to stop the player from closing the window and
-  exiting after playback ends.
-* A client API, that allows embedding **mpv** into applications
-  (see ``libmpv/client.h`` in the sources).
-
-Input
-~~~~~
-
-* Improved default keybindings. MPlayer bindings are also available (see
-  ``etc/mplayer-input.conf`` in the source tree).
-* Improved responsiveness on user input.
-* Support for modifier keys (alt, shift, ctrl) in input.conf.
-* Allow customizing whether a key binding for seeking shows the video time, the
-  OSD bar, or nothing (see the `Input Command Prefixes`_ section).
-* Support mapping multiple commands to one key.
-* Classic LIRC support was removed. Install remotes as input devices instead.
-  This way they will send X11 key events to the mpv window, which can be bound
-  using the normal ``input.conf``.
-  Also see: http://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/IR-remotes
-* Joystick support was removed. It was considered useless and was the cause
-  of some problems (e.g. a laptop's accelerator being recognized as joystick).
-* Support for relative seeking by percentage.
-
-Audio
-~~~~~
-
-* Support for gapless audio (see the ``--gapless-audio`` option).
-* Support for OSS4 volume control.
-* Improved support for PulseAudio.
-* Make ``--softvol`` default (**mpv** is not a mixer control panel).
-* By default, do pitch correction if playback speed is increased.
-* Improved downmixing and output of surround audio:
-
-  - Instead of using hardcoded pan filters to do remixing, libavresample is used
-  - Channel maps are used to identify the channel layout, so e.g. ``3.0`` and
-    ``2.1`` audio can be distinguished.
-
-Video
-~~~~~
-
-* Wayland support.
-* Native support for VAAPI and VDA. Improved VDPAU video output.
-* Improved OpenGL output (see the ``opengl-hq`` video output).
-* Make hardware decoding work with the ``opengl`` video output.
-* Support for libavfilter (for video->video and audio->audio). This allows
-  using most of FFmpeg's filters, which improve greatly on the old MPlayer
-  filters in features, performance, and correctness.
-* More correct color reproduction (color matrix generation), including support
-  for BT.2020 (Ultra HD). linear XYZ (Digital Cinema) and SMPTE ST2084 (HDR)
-  inputs.
-* Support for color managed displays, via ICC profiles.
-* High-quality image resamplers (see the ``opengl`` ``scale`` suboption).
-* Support for scaling in (sigmoidized) linear light.
-* Better subtitle rendering using libass by default.
-* Improvements when playing multiple files (``-fixed-vo`` is default, do not
-  reset settings by default when playing a new file).
-* Replace image video outputs (``--vo=jpeg`` etc.) with ``--vo=image``.
-* Removal of ``--vo=gif89a``, ``--vo=md5sum``, ``--vo=yuv4mpeg``, as encoding
-  can handle these use cases. For yuv4mpeg, for example, use::
-
-    mpv input.mkv -o output.y4m --no-audio --oautofps --oneverdrop
-
-* Image subtitles (DVDs etc.) are rendered in color and use more correct
-  positioning (color for image subs can be disabled with ``--sub-gray``).
-* Support for the X11 video output is removed, since it was considered
-  deprecated. SDL video output can still be used as a fallback.
-
-OSD and terminal
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Cleaned up terminal output: nicer status line, less useless noise.
-* Improved OSD rendering using libass, with full Unicode support.
-* New OSD bar with chapter marks. Not positioned in the middle of the video
-  (this can be customized with the ``--osd-bar-align-y`` option).
-* Display list of chapters and audio/subtitle tracks on OSD (see the
-  `Properties`_ section).
-
-Screenshots
-~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Instant screenshots without 1-frame delay.
-* Support for taking screenshots even with hardware decoding.
-* Support for saving screenshots as JPEG or PNG.
-* Support for configurable file names.
-* Support for taking screenshots with or without subtitles.
-
-Note that the ``screenshot`` video filter is not needed anymore, and should not
-be put into the mpv config file.
-
-Miscellaneous
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Better MKV support (e.g. ordered chapters, 3D metadata).
-* Matroska edition switching at runtime.
-* Support for playing URLs of popular streaming sites directly.
-  (e.g. ``mpv https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=...``).
-  Requires a recent version of ``youtube-dl`` to be installed. Can be
-  disabled with ``ytdl=no`` in the mpv config file.
-* Support for precise scrolling which scales the parameter of commands. If the
-  input doesn't support precise scrolling the scale factor stays 1.
-* Allow changing/adjusting video filters at runtime. (This is also used to make
-  the ``D`` key insert vf_yadif if deinterlacing is not supported otherwise).
-* Improved support for .cue files.
-
-Mac OS X
-~~~~~~~~
-
-* Native OpenGL backend.
-* Cocoa event loop is independent from MPlayer's event loop, so user
-  actions like accessing menus and live resizing do not block the playback.
-* Apple Remote support.
-* Media Keys support.
-* VDA support using libavcodec hwaccel API instead of FFmpeg's decoder with up
-  to 2-2.5x reduction in CPU usage.
-
-Windows
-~~~~~~~
-
-* Improved support for Unicode file names.
-* Improved window handling.
-* Do not block playback when moving the window.
-* Improved Direct3D video output.
-* Added WASAPI audio output.
-
-Internal changes
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Switch to GPLv2+ (see ``Copyright`` file for details).
-* Removal of lots of cruft:
-
-  - Internal GUI (replaced by the OSC, see the `ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_ section).
-  - MEncoder (replaced by native encoding, see the `ENCODING`_ section).
-  - OSD menu.
-  - Kernel video drivers for Linux 2.4 (including VIDIX).
-  - Teletext support.
-  - Support for dead platforms.
-  - Most built-in demuxers have been replaced by their libavformat counterparts.
-  - Built-in network support has been replaced by libavformat's (which also
-    supports https URLs).
-  - Embedded copies of libraries (such as FFmpeg).
-
-* General code cleanups (including refactoring or rewrites of many parts).
-* New build system.
-* Many bug fixes and removal of long-standing issues.
-* Generally preferring FFmpeg/Libav over internal demuxers, decoders, and
-  filters.
-
-Detailed Listing of User-visible Changes
----------------------------------------
-
-This listing is about changed command line switches, slave commands, and similar
-things. Completely removed features are not listed.
-
-Command Line Switches
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* There is a new command line syntax, which is generally preferred over the old
-  syntax. ``-optname optvalue`` becomes ``--optname=optvalue``.
-
-  The old syntax will not be removed. However, the new syntax is mentioned in
-  all documentation and so on, and unlike the old syntax is not ambiguous,
-  so it is a good thing to know about this change.
-* In general, negating switches like ``-noopt`` now have to be written as
-  ``-no-opt`` or ``--no-opt``.
-* Per-file options are not the default anymore. You can explicitly specify
-  file-local options. See ``Usage`` section.
-* Many options have been renamed, removed or changed semantics. Some options
-  that are required for a good playback experience with MPlayer are now
-  superfluous or even worse than the defaults, so make sure to read the manual
-  before trying to use your existing configuration with **mpv**.
-* Table of renamed/replaced switches:
-
-    =========================== ========================================
-    Old                         New
-    =========================== ========================================
-    ``-no<opt>``                ``--no-<opt>`` (add a dash)
-    ``-a52drc level``           ``--ad-lavc-ac3drc=level``
-    ``-ac spdifac3``            ``--ad=spdif:ac3`` (see ``--ad=help``)
-    ``-af volnorm``             (removed; use acompressor ffmpeg filter instead)
-    ``-afm hwac3``              ``--ad=spdif:ac3,spdif:dts``
-    ``-ao alsa:device=hw=0.3``  ``--ao=alsa:device=[hw:0,3]``
-    ``-aspect``                 ``--video-aspect``
-    ``-ass-bottom-margin``      ``--vf=sub=bottom:top``
-    ``-ass``                    ``--sub-ass``
-    ``-audiofile-cache``        (removed; the main cache settings are used)
-    ``-audiofile``              ``--audio-file``
-    ``-benchmark``              ``--untimed`` (no stats)
-    ``-capture``                ``--stream-capture=<filename>``
-    ``-channels``               ``--audio-channels`` (changed semantics)
-    ``-cursor-autohide-delay``  ``--cursor-autohide``
-    ``-delay``                  ``--audio-delay``
-    ``-dumpstream``             ``--stream-dump=<filename>``
-    ``-dvdangle``               ``--dvd-angle``
-    ``-endpos``                 ``--length``
-    ``-fixed-vo``               (removed; always the default)
-    ``-font``                   ``--osd-font``
-    ``-forcedsubsonly``         ``--sub-forced-only``
-    ``-forceidx``               ``--index``
-    ``-format``                 ``--audio-format``
-    ``-fsmode-dontuse``         (removed)
-    ``-fstype``                 ``--x11-netwm`` (changed semantics)
-    ``-hardframedrop``          ``--framedrop=hard``
-    ``-identify``               (removed; use TOOLS/mpv_identify.sh)
-    ``-idx``                    ``--index``
-    ``-lavdopts ...``           ``--vd-lavc-...``
-    ``-lavfdopts``              ``--demuxer-lavf-...``
-    ``-loop 0``                 ``--loop=inf``
-    ``-mixer-channel``          AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
-    ``-mixer``                  AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
-    ``-mouse-movements``        ``--input-cursor``
-    ``-msgcolor``               ``--msg-color``
-    ``-msglevel``               ``--msg-level`` (changed semantics)
-    ``-msgmodule``              ``--msg-module``
-    ``-name``                   ``--x11-name``
-    ``-noar``                   ``--no-input-appleremote``
-    ``-noautosub``              ``--no-sub-auto``
-    ``-noconsolecontrols``      ``--no-input-terminal``
-    ``-nosound``                ``--no-audio``
-    ``-osdlevel``               ``--osd-level``
-    ``-panscanrange``           ``--video-zoom``, ``--video-pan-x/y``
-    ``-playing-msg``            ``--term-playing-msg``
-    ``-pp ...``                 ``'--vf=lavfi=[pp=...]'``
-    ``-pphelp``                 (See FFmpeg libavfilter documentation.)
-    ``-rawaudio ...``           ``--demuxer-rawaudio-...``
-    ``-rawvideo ...``           ``--demuxer-rawvideo-...``
-    ``-spugauss``               ``--sub-gauss``
-    ``-srate``                  ``--audio-samplerate``
-    ``-ss``                     ``--start``
-    ``-ssf <sub>``              ``--sws-...``
-    ``-stop-xscreensaver``      ``--stop-screensaver``
-    ``-sub-fuzziness``          ``--sub-auto``
-    ``-sub-text-*``             ``--sub-*``
-    ``-sub``                    ``--sub-file``
-    ``-subcp``                  ``--sub-codepage``
-    ``-subdelay``               ``--sub-delay``
-    ``-subfile``                ``--sub-file``
-    ``-subfont-*``              ``--sub-*``, ``--osd-*``
-    ``-subfont-text-scale``     ``--sub-scale``
-    ``-subfont``                ``--sub-font``
-    ``-subfps``                 ``--sub-fps``
-    ``-subpos``                 ``--sub-pos``
-    ``-sws``                    ``--sws-scaler``
-    ``-tvscan``                 ``--tv-scan``
-    ``-use-filename-title``     ``--title='${filename}'``
-    ``-vc ffh264vdpau`` (etc.)  ``--hwdec=vdpau``
-    ``-vobsub``                 ``--sub-file`` (pass the .idx file)
-    ``-x W``, ``-y H``          ``--geometry=WxH`` + ``--no-keepaspect``
-    ``-xineramascreen``         ``--screen`` (different values)
-    ``-xy W``                   ``--autofit=W``
-    ``-zoom``                   Inverse available as ``--video-unscaled``
-    ``dvdnav://``               Removed.
-    ``dvd://1``                 ``dvd://0`` (0-based offset)
-    =========================== ========================================
-
-.. note::
-
-    ``-opt val`` becomes ``--opt=val``.
-
-.. note::
-
-    Quite some video filters, video outputs, audio filters, audio outputs, had
-    changes in their option parsing. These aren't mentioned in the table above.
-
-    Also, some video and audio filters have been removed, and you have to use
-    libavfilter (using ``--vf=lavfi=[...]`` or ``--af=lavfi=[...]``) to get
-    them back.
-
-input.conf and Slave Commands
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Table of renamed input commands:
-
-    This lists only commands that are not always gracefully handled by the
-    internal legacy translation layer. If an input.conf contains any legacy
-    commands, a warning will be printed when starting the player. The warnings
-    also show the replacement commands.
-
-    Properties containing ``_`` to separate words use ``-`` instead.
-
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | Old                            | New                                    |
-    +================================+========================================+
-    | ``pt_step 1 [0|1]``            | ``playlist-next [weak|force]``         |
-    |                                | (translation layer cannot deal with    |
-    |                                | whitespace)                            |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``pt_step -1 [0|1]``           | ``playlist-prev [weak|force] (same)``  |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``switch_ratio [<ratio>]``     | ``set video-aspect <ratio>``           |
-    |                                |                                        |
-    |                                | ``set video-aspect 0`` (reset aspect)  |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``step_property_osd <prop>``   | ``cycle <prop> <step>`` (wraps),       |
-    | ``<step> <dir>``               | ``add <prop> <step>`` (clamps).        |
-    |                                | ``<dir>`` parameter unsupported. Use   |
-    |                                | a negative ``<step>`` instead.         |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``step_property <prop>``       | Prefix ``cycle`` or ``add`` with       |
-    | ``<step> <dir>``               | ``no-osd``: ``no-osd cycle <prop>``    |
-    |                                | ``<step>``                             |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``osd_show_property_text``     | ``show-text <text>``                   |
-    | ``<text>``                     | The property expansion format string   |
-    |                                | syntax slightly changed.               |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``osd_show_text``              | Now does the same as                   |
-    |                                | ``osd_show_property_text``. Use the    |
-    |                                | ``raw`` prefix to disable property     |
-    |                                | expansion.                             |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``show_tracks``                | ``show-text ${track-list}``            |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``show_chapters``              | ``show-text ${chapter-list}``          |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``af_switch``, ``af_add``, ... | ``af set|add|...``                     |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``tv_start_scan``              | ``set tv-scan yes``                    |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``tv_set_channel <val>``       | ``set tv-channel <val>``               |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``tv_step_channel``            | ``cycle tv-channel``                   |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``dvb_set_channel <v1> <v2>``  | ``set dvb-channel <v1>-<v2>``          |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``dvb_step_channel``           | ``cycle dvb-channel``                  |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``tv_set_freq <val>``          | ``set tv-freq <val>``                  |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``tv_step_freq``               | ``cycle tv-freq``                      |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``tv_set_norm <norm>``         | ``set tv-norm <norm>``                 |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-    | ``tv_step_norm``               | ``cycle tv-norm``                      |
-    +--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
-
-    .. note::
-
-        Due to lack of hardware and users using the TV/DVB/PVR features, and
-        due to the need to cleanup the related command code, it's possible
-        that the new commands are buggy or behave worse. This can be improved
-        if testers are available. Otherwise, some of the TV code will be
-        removed at some point.
-
-Slave mode
-~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Slave mode was removed. A proper slave mode application needed tons of code
-  and hacks to get
-  it right. The main problem is that slave mode is a bad and incomplete
-  interface, and to get around that, applications parsed output messages
-  intended for users. It is hard to know which messages exactly are parsed by
-  slave mode applications. This makes it virtually impossible to improve
-  terminal output intended for users without possibly breaking something.
-
-  This is absolutely insane, and since initial improvements to **mpv** quickly
-  made slave mode incompatible to most applications, it was removed as useless
-  cruft. The client API (see below) is provided instead.
-
-  ``--identify`` was replaced by the ``TOOLS/mpv_identify.sh`` wrapper script.
-
-* For some time (until including release 0.4.x), mpv supported a
-  ``--slave-broken`` option. The following options are equivalent:
-
-  ::
-
-        --input-file=/dev/stdin --input-terminal=no
-
-
-  Assuming the system supports ``/dev/stdin``.
-
-  (The option was added back in 0.5.1 and sets exactly these options. It was
-  removed in 0.10.x again.)
-
-* A JSON RPC protocol giving access to the client API is also supported. See
-  `JSON IPC`_ for more information.
-
-* **mpv** also provides a client API, which can be used to embed the player
-  by loading it as shared library. (See ``libmpv/client.h`` in the sources.)
-  It might also be possible to implement a custom slave mode-like protocol
-  using Lua scripting.
-
-Policy for Removed Features
---------------------------
-
-**mpv** is in active development. If something is in the way of more important
-development (such as fixing bugs or implementing new features), we sometimes
-remove features. Usually this happens only with old features that either seem
-to be useless, or are not used by anyone. Often these are obscure, or
-"inherited", or were marked experimental, but never received any particular
-praise by any users.
-
-Sometimes, features are replaced by something new. The new code will be either
-simpler or more powerful, but doesn't necessarily provide everything the old
-feature did.
-
-We can not exclude that we accidentally remove features that are actually
-popular. Generally, we do not know how much a specific functionality is used.
-If you miss a feature and think it should be re-added, please open an issue
-on the mpv bug tracker. Hopefully, a solution can be found. Often, it turns
-out that re-adding something is not much of a problem, or that there are
-better alternatives.
-
-Why this Fork?
--------------
-
-mplayer2 is practically dead, and mpv started out as a branch containing
-new/experimental development. (Some of it was merged right *after* the fork
-was made public, seemingly as an acknowledgment that development, or at
-least merging, should have been more active.)
-
-MPlayer is focused on not breaking anything, but is stuck with a horrible
-codebase resistant to cleanup. (Unless you do what mpv did - merciless and
-consequent pruning of bad, old code.) Cleanup and keeping broken things
-conflict, so the kind of development mpv strives for can't be done within
-MPlayer due to clashing development policies.
-
-Additionally, mplayer2 already had lots of changes over MPlayer, which would
-have needed to be backported to the MPlayer codebase. This would not only
-have been hard (several years of diverging development), but also would have
-been impossible due to the aforementioned MPlayer development policy.
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-Release Policy
-==============
-
-Once or twice a month, a new release is cut off of the master branch and is
-assigned a 0.X.Y version number, where X is incremented each time a release
-contains breaking changes, such as changed options or added/removed features,
-and Y is incremented if a release contains only bugfixes and other minor
-changes.
-
-Releases are tagged on the master branch and will not be maintained separately.
-
-The goal of releases is to provide Linux distributions with something to
-package. If you want the newest features, just use the master branch.
-We try our best to keep it deployable at all times.
-
-Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
-
-Release procedure
-----------------
-
-While on master:
-
- Update the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
-
- Update the `VERSION` file.
-
- Update `DOCS/client-api-changes.rst` and `DOCS/interface-changes.rst`
-  (in particular, update the last version numbers if necessary)
-
- Commit changes.
-
- Create signed tag v0.X.Y.
-
- Add -UNKNOWN suffix to version in `VERSION` file.
-
- Commit changes, push branch and tag to GitHub.
-
- Create a new GitHub release using the content of `RELEASE_NOTES` related to
-  the new version.
-
-Release notes template
----------------------
-
-Here is a template that can be used for writing the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
-
-```markdown
-Release 0.X.Y
-=============
-
-Features
--------
-
-New
-~~~
-
- List of new features
-
-Removed
-~~~~~~~
-
- List of removed features
-
-Deprecated
-~~~~~~~~~~
-
- List of deprecated features
-
-Behavior
--------
-
- List of user-visible changes in behavior
-
-Options and Commands
--------------------
-
-Added
-~~~~~
-
- List of added options and commands
-
-Changed
-~~~~~~~
-
- List of changed options and commands
-
-Renamed
-~~~~~~~
-
- List of renamed options and commands
-
-Deprecated
-~~~~~~~~~~
-
- List of deprecated options and commands
-
-Removed
-~~~~~~~
-
- List of removed options and commands
-
-Fixes and Minor Enhancements
----------------------------
-
- List of fixes and minor enhancements
-
-This listing is not complete. There are many more bug fixes and changes. The
-complete change log can be viewed by running `git log <start>..<end>` in
-the git repository.
-```
-
-Note that the "Release 0.X.Y" title should be removed when creating a new GitHub
-release.
-
-When creating a new point release its changes should be added on top of the
-`RELEASE_NOTES` file (with the appropriate title) so that all the changes in
-the current 0.X branch will be included. This way the `RELEASE_NOTES` file
-can be used by distributors as changelog for point releases too.
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
-This file intends to give a big picture overview of how mpv is structured.
+NOTE: DOCS/OUTDATED-tech/* may contain more detailed information, but most of it
+      is possibly or definitely outdated. This file intends to give a big
+      picture of how mpv is structured.

-player/*.c:
-    Essentially makes up the player applications, including the main() function
-    and the playback loop.
-
-    Generally, it accesses all other subsystems, initializes them, and pushes
-    data between them during playback.
+mpvcore/mplayer.c:
+    This contains the main play loop, anything related to mpv and playback
+    related initializations. It also contains the main function. Generally, it
+    accesses all other subsystems, initializes them, and pushes data between
+    them during playback.

    The structure is as follows (as of commit e13c05366557cb):
    * main():
@@ -17,12 +18,12 @@ player/*.c:
        * check help options etc. (call handle_help_options()), possibly exit
        * call play_files() function that works down the playlist:
            * run idle loop (idle_loop()), until there are files in the
-                playlist or an exit command was given (only if --idle it set)
+                playlist or an exit command was given (slave mode only)
            * actually load and play a file in play_current_file():
                * run all the dozens of functions to load the file and
                  initialize playback
                * run a small loop that does normal playback, until the file is
-                  done or a command terminates playback
+                  done or a slave command terminates playback
                  (on each iteration, run_playloop() is called, which is rather
                   big and complicated - it decodes some audio and video on
                   each frame, waits for input, etc.)
@@ -31,41 +32,39 @@ player/*.c:
            * loop, or exit if no next file or quit is requested
              (see enum stop_play_reason)
        * call exit_player_with_rc()
-    * run_playloop():
-        * calls fill_audio_out_buffers()
-            This checks whether new audio needs to be decoded, and pushes it
-            to the AO.
-        * calls write_video()
-            Decode new video, and push it to the VO.
-        * determines whether playback of the current file has ended
-        * determines when to start playback after seeks
-        * and calls a whole lot of other stuff
-            (Really, this function does everything.)

    Things worth saying about the playback core:
-    - most state is in MPContext (core.h), which is not available to the
+    - the currently played tracks are in sh_video and sh_audio
+    - the timeline stuff is used only with MKV ordered chapters (and some other
+      minor features: cue, edl)
+    - most state is in MPContext (mp_core.h), which is not available to the
      subsystems
-    - the currently played tracks are in mpctx->current_tracks, and decoder
-      state in track.d_video/d_audio/d_sub
    - the other subsystems rarely call back into the frontend, and the frontend
      polls them instead (probably a good thing)
-    - one exceptions are wakeup callbacks, which notify a "higher" component
-      of a changed situation in a subsystem

-    I like to call the player/*.c files the "frontend".
+    I like to call mplayer.c (and some other files) the "frontend".

-ta.h & ta.c:
-    Hierarchical memory manager inspired by talloc from Samba. It's like a
-    malloc() with more features. Most importantly, each talloc allocation can
-    have a parent, and if the parent is free'd, all children will be free'd as
-    well. The parent is an arbitrary talloc allocation. It's either set by the
-    allocation call by passing a talloc parent, usually as first argument to the
-    allocation function. It can also be set or reset later by other calls (at
-    least talloc_steal()). A talloc allocation that is used as parent is often
-    called a talloc context.
+talloc.h & talloc.c:
+    Hierarchical memory manager copied from Samba. It's like a malloc() with
+    more features. Most importantly, each talloc allocation can have a parent,
+    and if the parent is free'd, all children will be free'd as well. The
+    parent is an arbitrary talloc allocation. It's either set by the allocation
+    call by passing a talloc parent, usually as first argument to the allocation
+    function. It can also be set or reset later by other calls (at least
+    talloc_steal()). A talloc allocation that is used as parent is often called
+    a talloc context.
+
+    Lots of code still uses malloc() proper, and you should be careful what
+    type of allocation you're dealing with when returning or free'ing an
+    allocation. (Needless to say, talloc_free() and free() are completely
+    different things.)
+
+    The copy in mpv has been modified to abort on OOM conditions. An
+    allocation call will never return NULL.

    One very useful feature of talloc is fast tracking of memory leaks. ("Fast"
-    as in it doesn't require valgrind.) You can enable it by setting the
+    as in it doesn't require valgrind.) You can enable it by passing the option
+    --leak-report as first parameter, or better, setting the
    MPV_LEAK_REPORT environment variable to "1":
        export MPV_LEAK_REPORT=1
    This will list all unfree'd allocations on exit.
@@ -73,56 +72,42 @@ ta.h & ta.c:
    Documentation can be found here:
        http://git.samba.org/?p=samba.git;a=blob;f=lib/talloc/talloc.h;hb=HEAD

-    For some reason, we're still using API-compatible wrappers instead of TA
-    directly. The talloc wrapper has only a subset of the functionality, and
-    in particular the wrappers abort() on memory allocation failure.
-
    Note: unlike tcmalloc, jemalloc, etc., talloc() is not actually a malloc
          replacement. It works on top of system malloc and provides additional
          features that are supposed to make memory management easier.

-player/command.c:
-    This contains the implementation for client API commands and properties.
-    Properties are essentially dynamic variables changed by certain commands.
-    This is basically responsible for all user commands, like initiating
-    seeking, switching tracks, etc. It calls into other player/*.c files,
-    where most of the work is done, but also calls other parts of mpv.
+mpvcore/mp_core.h:
+    Data structures for mplayer.c and command.c. They are usually not accessed
+    by other parts of mpv for the sake of modularization.

-player/core.h:
-    Data structures and function prototypes for most of player/*.c. They are
-    usually not accessed by other parts of mpv for the sake of modularization.
+    Note that there are lots of global variables floating around everywhere
+    else. This is an ongoing transition, and eventually there should be no
+    global variables anymore.

-player/client.c:
-    This implements the client API (libmpv/client.h). For the most part, this
-    just calls into other parts of the player. This also manages a ringbuffer
-    of events from player to clients.
+    options.h contains the global option struct MPOpts, and its default values
+    are in defaultopts.c for some reason.

-options/options.h, options/options.c
-    options.h contains the global option struct MPOpts. The option declarations
-    (option names, types, and MPOpts offsets for the option parser) are in
-    options.c. Most default values for options and MPOpts are in
-    mp_default_opts at the end of options.c.
-
-    MPOpts is unfortunately quite monolithic, and virtually accessed by
-    everything.But some components (like video outputs and video filters) have
-    their own sub-option tables separate from MPOpts.
-
-    The actual option parser is spread over m_option.c, m_config.c, and
-    parse_commandline.c, and uses the option table in options.c.
-
-input/input.c:
-    This translates keyboard input coming from VOs and other sources (such
-    as remote control devices like Apple IR or client API commands) to the
+mpvcore/input/input.c:
+    This translates keyboard input comming from libvo and other sources (such
+    as remote control devices like Apple IR or slave mode commands) to the
    key bindings listed in the user's (or the builtin) input.conf and turns
    them into items of type struct mp_cmd. These commands are queued, and read
-    by playloop.c. They get pushed with run_command() to command.c.
+    by mplayer.c. They get pushed with run_command() to command.c.

-    Note that keyboard input and commands used by the client API are the same.
-    The client API only uses the command parser though, and has its own queue
-    of input commands somewhere else.
+    Note that keyboard input and slave mode input are essentially the same
+    things. Just looking at input.conf should make this clear. (The other
+    direction of slave mode communication, mpv to application, consists of
+    random mp_msg() calls all over the code in all parts of the player.)

-common/msg.h:
-    All terminal output must go through mp_msg().
+mpvcore/command.c:
+    This contains the implementation for slave commands and properties.
+    Properties are essentially dynamic variables changed by certain commands.
+    This is basically responsible for all user commands, like initiating
+    seeking, switching tracks, etc. It calls into mplayer.c, where most of the
+    work is done, but also into other parts of mpv.
+
+mpvcore/mp_msg.h:
+    All terminal output should go through mp_msg().

 stream/*:
    File input is implemented here. stream.h/.c provides a simple stream based
@@ -149,7 +134,8 @@ demux/:

    Most demuxers have been removed from this fork, and the only important and
    "actual" demuxers left are demux_mkv.c and demux_lavf.c (uses libavformat).
-    There are some pseudo demuxers like demux_cue.c.
+    There are some pseudo demuxers like demux_cue.c, which exist only to invoke
+    other frontend code (tl_cue.c in this case).

    The main interface is in demux.h. The stream headers are in stheader.h.
    There is a stream header for each audio/video/sub stream, and each of them
@@ -163,8 +149,8 @@ video/:
    internally.

 video/decode/:
-    vd_*.c are video decoders. (There's only vd_lavc.c left.) dec_video.c
-    handles most of connecting the frontend with the actual decoder.
+    vd_*.c are video decoders. (There's only vd_lavc.c left.) dec_video.c/vd.c
+    handle most of connecting the frontend with the actual decoder.

 video/filter/:
    vf_*.c and vf.c form the video filter chain. They are fed by the video
@@ -180,33 +166,31 @@ video/out/:
    vo_opengl can pick a windowing system at runtime, e.g. the same binary can
    provide both X11 and Cocoa support on OSX.

-    VOs can be reconfigured at runtime. A vo_reconfig() call can change the video
+    VOs can be reconfigured at runtime. A config() call can change the video
    resolution and format, without destroying the window.

-    vo_opengl should be taken as reference.
+    vo_vdpau and vo_opengl should be taken as reference.

 audio/:
    format.h/format.c define the uncompressed audio formats. (As well as some
    compressed formats used for spdif.)

 audio/decode/:
-    ad_*.c and dec_audio.c handle audio decoding. ad_lavc.c is the
+    ad_*.c and dec_audio.c/ad.c handle audio decoding. ad_lavc.c is the
    decoder using ffmpeg. ad_spdif.c is not really a decoder, but is used for
    compressed audio passthrough.

 audio/filter/:
    Audio filter chain. af_lavrresample is inserted if any form of conversion
-    between audio formats is needed.
+    between audio formats is needed. (af_format.c is also used for some corner
+    cases.)

 audio/out/:
    Audio outputs.

-    Unlike VOs, AOs can't be reconfigured on a format change. On audio format
-    changes, the AO will simply be closed and re-opened.
-
-    There are wrappers to support for two types of audio APIs: push.c and
-    pull.c. ao.c calls into one of these. They contain generic code to deal
-    with the data flow these APIs impose.
+    Unlike VOs, AOs can't be reconfigured on a format change. Without
+    --gapless-audio, even playing a new file will close and re-open the audio
+    device.

    Note that mpv synchronizes the video to the audio. That's the reason
    why buggy audio drivers can have a bad influence on playback quality.
@@ -214,28 +198,36 @@ audio/out/:
 sub/:
    Contains subtitle and OSD rendering.

-    osd.c/.h is actually the OSD code. It queries dec_sub.c to retrieve
+    sub.c/.h is actually the OSD code. It queries dec_sub.c to retrieve
    decoded/rendered subtitles. osd_libass.c is the actual implementation of
    the OSD text renderer (which uses libass, and takes care of all the tricky
    fontconfig/freetype API usage and text layouting).

-    The VOs call osd.c to render OSD and subtitle (via e.g. osd_draw()). osd.c
-    in turn asks dec_sub.c for subtitle overlay bitmaps, which relays the
-    request to one of the sd_*.c subtitle decoders/renderers.
-
-    Subtitle loading is in demux/. The MPlayer subreader.c is mostly gone - parts
-    of it survive in demux_subreader.c. It's used as last fallback, or to handle
-    some text subtitle types on Libav. It should go away eventually. Normally,
-    subtitles are loaded via demux_lavf.c.
+    Subtitle loading is now in demux/ instead. demux_libass.c wraps loading
+    .ass subtitles via libass. demux_lavf.c loads most subtitle types via
+    FFmpeg. demux_subreader.c is the old MPlayer code. It's used as last
+    fallback, or to handle some text subtitle types on Libav. (It also can
+    load UTF-16 encoded subtitles without requiring the use of -subcp.)
+    demux_subreader.c should eventually go away (maybe).

    The subtitles are passed to dec_sub.c and the subtitle decoders in sd_*.c
    as they are demuxed. All text subtitles are rendered by sd_ass.c. If text
-    subtitles are not in the ASS format, the libavcodec subtitle converters are
-    used (lavc_conv.c).
+    subtitles are not in the ASS format, subtitle converters are inserted, for
+    example sd_srt.c, which is used to convert SRT->ASS. sd_srt.c is also used
+    as general converter for text->ASS (to prevent interpretation of text as
+    ASS tags).

    Text subtitles can be preloaded, in which case they are read fully as soon
-    as the subtitle is selected. In this case, they are effectively stored in
-    sd_ass.c's internal state.
+    as the subtitle is selected, and then effectively stored in an ASS_Track.
+    It's used for external text subtitles, and required to make codepage
+    detection as well as timing postprocessing work. (Timing postprocessing
+    removes tiny gaps or overlaps between subtitle events.)
+
+mpvcore/timeline/:
+    A timeline is the abstraction used by mplayer.c to combine several files
+    into one seemingly linear video. It's mainly used for ordered chapters
+    playback. The high level code to find and load other files containing the
+    segments for playing an ordered chapters file is in tl_matroska.c.

 etc/:
    The file input.conf is actually integrated into the mpv binary by the
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-waf build system overview
-=========================
-
-mpv's new build system is based on waf and it should completely replace the
-custom ./configure + Makefile based system inherited from MPlayer.
-
-Goals and the choice of waf
-===========================
-
-The new system comes with some goals, which can be summed up as: be as good as
-the old one at what it did well (customizability) and fix some of it's major
-shortcomings:
-
-1) The build system must be uniform in how it handles any single feature check.
-   Repetition and boilerplate have to be avoided.
-
-   When adding a new feature using the old configure, one had to add a fair
-   amount of code to the shell script to do option parsing, detection of the
-   feature and declaration of variables for the Makefile to pickup. The worst
-   part is this pieces are spread apart in the configure and copy pasted for
-   any single case. That brings us to..
-
-2) --enable-feature has to be overridden by the user and helps them understand that
-   they have libraries missing and should install them for the feature to be
-   enabled.
-
-3) Must be customizable, hackable, pleasant to the developer eyes and to work
-   with in general.
-
-4) Must have separate configuration and build steps.
-
-Goal 2 comes as a given on pretty much any build system, since autotools made
-this behaviour very popular among users (and rightly so).
-
-Goal 1+3 were somewhat harder to accomplish as it looks like all of the build
-systems we evaluated (waf included!) had problems with them. For reference we
-had proof of concept build systems with waf, CMake and autotools.
-
-What puts waf apart from CMake and autotools, is that projects using it use
-Python to program their build system. Also while the Waf Book shows really
-simple API usages, you can write your own build system on top of waf that is
-tailored to the project's specific needs.
-
-mpv's custom configure step on top of waf
-=========================================
-
-To some extents mpv has a custom build system written on top of waf. This
-document will not go over the standard waf behaviour as that is documented in
-the `Waf book <http://docs.waf.googlecode.com/git/book_17/single.html>`_.
-
-All of the configuration process is handled with a declarative approach. Lists
-of dictionaries define the checks, and some custom Python code traverses these
-lists and depending on the check definition it calls into the actual waf API.
-
-A simple example using pkg-config would be::
-
-  {
-      'name': '--vdpau',
-      'desc': 'VDPAU acceleration',
-      'deps': [ 'x11' ],
-      'func': check_pkg_config('vdpau', '>= 0.2'),
-  }
-
-This defines a feature called ``vdpau`` which can be enabled or disabled by
-the users with configure flags (that's the meaning of ``--``). This feature
-depends on another feature whose name is ``x11``, and the autodetection check
-consists of running ``pkg-config`` and looking for ``vdpau`` with version
-``>= 0.2``. If the check succeeds a ``#define HAVE_VDPAU 1`` will be added to
-``config.h``, if not ``#define HAVE_VDPAU 0`` will be added.
-
-The defines names are automatically prepended with ``HAVE_``, capitalized and
-special characters are replaced with underscores. This happens in
-``waftools/inflectors.py``.
-
-Mandatory fields:
-----------------
-
-``name``: indicates the unique identifier used by the custom dependency code
-to refer to a feature. If the unique identifier is prepended with ``--``
-the build system will also generate options for ``./waf configure`` so that
-the feature can be enabled and disabled.
-
-``desc``: this is the textual representation of the feature used in the
-interactions with the users.
-
-``func``: function that will perform the check. These functions are defined in
-``waftools/checks``. The reusable checks are all functions that return
-functions. The return functions will then be applied using waf's configuration
-context.
-
-The source code for the reusable checks is a bit convoluted, but it should be
-easy to pick up their usage from the ``wscript``. Their signature mirrors
-the semantics of some of the shell functions used in mplayer.
-
-If someone expresses some interest, I will extend this document with official
-documentation for each check function.
-
-Optional fields
---------------
-
-``deps``: list of dependencies of this feature. It is a list of names of
-other features as defined in the ``name`` field (minus the eventual leading
-``--``). All of the dependencies must be satisfied. If they are not the check
-will be skipped without even running ``func``.
-
-``deps_any``: like deps but it is satisfied even if only one of the dependencies
-is satisfied. You can think of ``deps`` as a 'and' condition and ``deps_any``
-as a 'or' condition.
-
-``deps_neg``: like deps but it is satisfied when none of the dependencies is
-satisfied.
-
-``req``: defaults to False. If set to True makes this feature a hard
-dependency of mpv (configuration will fail if autodetection fails). If set to
-True you must also provide ``fmsg``.
-
-``fmsg``: string with the failure message in case a required dependency is not
-satisfied.
-
-``os_specific_checks``: this takes a dictionary that has ``os-`` dependencies
-as keys (such as ``os-win32``), and by values has another dictionary that is
-merged on top of the current feature definition only for that specific OS.
-For example::
-
-  {
-      'name': '--pthreads',
-      'desc': 'POSIX threads',
-      'func': check_pthreads,
-      'os_specific_checks': {
-          'os-win32': {
-              'func': check_pthreads_w32_static.
-          }
-      }
-  }
-
-will override the value of ``func`` with ``check_pthreads_w32_static`` only
-if the target OS of the build is Windows.
-
-``groups``: groups a dependency with another one. This can be used to disabled
-all the grouped dependencies with one ``--disable-``. At the moment this is
-only used for OpenGL backends, where you want to disable them when
-``--disable-gl`` is passed to the configure.
-
-mpv's custom build step on top of waf
-=====================================
-
-Build step is pretty much vanilla waf. The only difference being that the list
-of source files can contain both strings or tuples. If a tuple is found,
-the second element in the tuple will be used to match the features detected
-in the configure step (the ``name`` field described above). If this feature
-was not enabled during configure, the source file will not be compiled in.
-
-All of the custom Python for this is inside the function ``filtered_sources``
-contained in the file ``waftools/dependencies.py``.
-
-Also ``dependencies_use`` and ``dependencies_includes`` collect cflags and
-ldflags that were generated from the features checks in the configure step.
@@ -1,284 +1,625 @@
                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 2, June 1991
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007

- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-        51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

                            Preamble

-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
 your programs, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
 price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
 have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.

-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.

-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
 modification follow.
-
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION

-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+  0. Definitions.

-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.

-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.

-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.

-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.

-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.

-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.

-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.

-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.

-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+  1. Source Code.

-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.

-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.

-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.

-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.

-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.

-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.

-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
 this License.

-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
 otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.

-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.

-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.

-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
 address new problems or concerns.

-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.

-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.

-                            NO WARRANTY
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.

-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.

                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
+
            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
@@ -287,15 +628,15 @@ free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
 to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -304,37 +645,30 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
-
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

 The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".

-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+# MPlayer Makefile
+#
+# copyright (c) 2008 Diego Biurrun
+# Rewritten entirely from a set of Makefiles written by Arpi and many others.
+#
+# This file is part of MPlayer.
+#
+# MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+
+include config.mak
+
+###### variable declarations #######
+
+SOURCES_AUDIO_INPUT-$(ALSA)     += stream/ai_alsa1x.c
+SOURCES_AUDIO_INPUT-$(OSS)      += stream/ai_oss.c
+SOURCES-$(AUDIO_INPUT)          += $(SOURCES_AUDIO_INPUT-yes)
+SOURCES-$(CDDA)                 += stream/stream_cdda.c \
+                                   stream/cdinfo.c
+SOURCES-$(DVBIN)                += stream/dvb_tune.c \
+                                   stream/stream_dvb.c
+SOURCES-$(DVDREAD)              += stream/stream_dvd.c \
+                                   stream/stream_dvd_common.c
+
+SOURCES-$(HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H)      += audio/filter/af_export.c
+SOURCES-$(LADSPA)               += audio/filter/af_ladspa.c
+SOURCES-$(LIBASS)               += sub/ass_mp.c sub/sd_ass.c \
+                                   demux/demux_libass.c
+
+SOURCES-$(LIBBLURAY)            += stream/stream_bluray.c
+SOURCES-$(LIBBS2B)              += audio/filter/af_bs2b.c
+
+SOURCES-$(LIBPOSTPROC)          += video/filter/vf_pp.c
+SOURCES-$(LIBSMBCLIENT)         += stream/stream_smb.c
+
+SOURCES-$(COCOA)                += video/out/cocoa_common.m \
+                                   osdep/macosx_bundle.m \
+                                   osdep/macosx_application.m \
+                                   osdep/macosx_events.m \
+                                   osdep/ar/HIDRemote.m
+SOURCES-$(MNG)                  += demux/demux_mng.c
+SOURCES-$(MPG123)               += audio/decode/ad_mpg123.c
+
+SOURCES-$(NEED_GETTIMEOFDAY)    += osdep/gettimeofday.c
+SOURCES-$(NEED_GLOB)            += osdep/glob-win.c
+
+SOURCES-$(PRIORITY)             += osdep/priority.c
+SOURCES-$(PVR)                  += stream/stream_pvr.c
+SOURCES-$(RADIO)                += stream/stream_radio.c
+SOURCES-$(RADIO_CAPTURE)        += stream/audio_in.c
+SOURCES-$(STREAM_CACHE)         += stream/cache.c
+
+SOURCES-$(TV)                   += stream/stream_tv.c stream/tv.c \
+                                   stream/frequencies.c stream/tvi_dummy.c
+
+SOURCES-$(TV_V4L2)              += stream/tvi_v4l2.c stream/audio_in.c
+SOURCES-$(VCD)                  += stream/stream_vcd.c
+SOURCES-$(DUMMY_OSD)            += sub/osd_dummy.c
+SOURCES-$(LIBASS_OSD)           += sub/osd_libass.c
+
+SOURCES-$(ALSA)                 += audio/out/ao_alsa.c
+SOURCES-$(CACA)                 += video/out/vo_caca.c
+SOURCES-$(SDL)                  += audio/out/ao_sdl.c
+SOURCES-$(SDL2)                 += video/out/vo_sdl.c
+SOURCES-$(COREAUDIO)            += audio/out/ao_coreaudio.c \
+                                   audio/out/ao_coreaudio_utils.c \
+                                   audio/out/ao_coreaudio_properties.c
+SOURCES-$(COREVIDEO)            += video/out/vo_corevideo.c
+SOURCES-$(DIRECT3D)             += video/out/vo_direct3d.c \
+                                   video/out/w32_common.c
+SOURCES-$(DSOUND)               += audio/out/ao_dsound.c
+SOURCES-$(WASAPI)               += audio/out/ao_wasapi.c
+SOURCES-$(GL)                   += video/out/gl_common.c video/out/gl_osd.c \
+                                   video/out/vo_opengl.c video/out/gl_lcms.c \
+                                   video/out/gl_video.c video/out/dither.c \
+                                   video/out/vo_opengl_old.c \
+                                   video/out/pnm_loader.c
+
+SOURCES-$(ENCODING)             += video/out/vo_lavc.c audio/out/ao_lavc.c \
+                                   mpvcore/encode_lavc.c
+
+SOURCES-$(GL_WIN32)             += video/out/w32_common.c video/out/gl_w32.c
+SOURCES-$(GL_X11)               += video/out/x11_common.c video/out/gl_x11.c
+SOURCES-$(GL_COCOA)             += video/out/gl_cocoa.c
+SOURCES-$(GL_WAYLAND)           += video/out/wayland_common.c \
+                                   video/out/gl_wayland.c
+
+SOURCES-$(JACK)                 += audio/out/ao_jack.c
+SOURCES-$(JOYSTICK)             += mpvcore/input/joystick.c
+SOURCES-$(LIBQUVI)              += mpvcore/resolve_quvi.c
+SOURCES-$(LIBQUVI9)             += mpvcore/resolve_quvi9.c
+SOURCES-$(LIRC)                 += mpvcore/input/lirc.c
+SOURCES-$(OPENAL)               += audio/out/ao_openal.c
+SOURCES-$(OSS)                  += audio/out/ao_oss.c
+SOURCES-$(PULSE)                += audio/out/ao_pulse.c
+SOURCES-$(PORTAUDIO)            += audio/out/ao_portaudio.c
+SOURCES-$(RSOUND)               += audio/out/ao_rsound.c
+SOURCES-$(VDPAU)                += video/vdpau.c video/out/vo_vdpau.c
+SOURCES-$(VDPAU_DEC)            += video/decode/vdpau.c
+SOURCES-$(VDPAU_DEC_OLD)        += video/decode/vdpau_old.c
+
+SOURCES-$(X11)                  += video/out/vo_x11.c video/out/x11_common.c
+SOURCES-$(XV)                   += video/out/vo_xv.c
+
+SOURCES-$(VF_LAVFI)             += video/filter/vf_lavfi.c
+SOURCES-$(AF_LAVFI)             += audio/filter/af_lavfi.c
+
+ifeq ($(HAVE_AVUTIL_REFCOUNTING),no)
+    SOURCES-yes                 += video/decode/lavc_dr1.c
+endif
+
+SOURCES-$(DLOPEN)               += video/filter/vf_dlopen.c
+
+SOURCES = talloc.c \
+          audio/audio.c \
+          audio/chmap.c \
+          audio/chmap_sel.c \
+          audio/fmt-conversion.c \
+          audio/format.c \
+          audio/mixer.c \
+          audio/reorder_ch.c \
+          audio/decode/ad_lavc.c \
+          audio/decode/ad_spdif.c      \
+          audio/decode/dec_audio.c \
+          audio/filter/af.c \
+          audio/filter/af_center.c \
+          audio/filter/af_channels.c \
+          audio/filter/af_delay.c \
+          audio/filter/af_dummy.c \
+          audio/filter/af_equalizer.c \
+          audio/filter/af_extrastereo.c \
+          audio/filter/af_force.c \
+          audio/filter/af_format.c \
+          audio/filter/af_hrtf.c \
+          audio/filter/af_karaoke.c \
+          audio/filter/af_lavcac3enc.c \
+          audio/filter/af_lavrresample.c \
+          audio/filter/af_pan.c \
+          audio/filter/af_scaletempo.c \
+          audio/filter/af_sinesuppress.c \
+          audio/filter/af_sub.c \
+          audio/filter/af_surround.c \
+          audio/filter/af_sweep.c \
+          audio/filter/af_tools.c \
+          audio/filter/af_drc.c \
+          audio/filter/af_volume.c \
+          audio/filter/filter.c \
+          audio/filter/window.c \
+          audio/out/ao.c \
+          audio/out/ao_null.c \
+          audio/out/ao_pcm.c \
+          demux/codec_tags.c \
+          demux/demux.c \
+          demux/demux_edl.c \
+          demux/demux_cue.c \
+          demux/demux_lavf.c \
+          demux/demux_mf.c \
+          demux/demux_mkv.c \
+          demux/demux_subreader.c \
+          demux/demux_raw.c \
+          demux/ebml.c \
+          demux/mf.c \
+          mpvcore/asxparser.c \
+          mpvcore/av_common.c \
+          mpvcore/av_log.c \
+          mpvcore/av_opts.c \
+          mpvcore/bstr.c \
+          mpvcore/charset_conv.c \
+          mpvcore/codecs.c \
+          mpvcore/command.c \
+          mpvcore/cpudetect.c \
+          mpvcore/m_config.c \
+          mpvcore/m_option.c \
+          mpvcore/m_property.c \
+          mpvcore/mp_common.c \
+          mpvcore/mp_msg.c \
+          mpvcore/mp_ring.c \
+          mpvcore/mplayer.c \
+          mpvcore/options.c \
+          mpvcore/parser-cfg.c \
+          mpvcore/parser-mpcmd.c \
+          mpvcore/path.c \
+          mpvcore/playlist.c \
+          mpvcore/playlist_parser.c \
+          mpvcore/screenshot.c \
+          mpvcore/version.c \
+          mpvcore/input/input.c \
+          mpvcore/timeline/tl_edl.c \
+          mpvcore/timeline/tl_matroska.c \
+          mpvcore/timeline/tl_cue.c \
+          osdep/io.c \
+          osdep/numcores.c \
+          osdep/timer.c \
+          stream/cookies.c \
+          stream/stream.c \
+          stream/stream_avdevice.c \
+          stream/stream_file.c \
+          stream/stream_lavf.c \
+          stream/stream_memory.c \
+          stream/stream_mf.c \
+          stream/stream_null.c \
+          sub/dec_sub.c \
+          sub/draw_bmp.c \
+          sub/find_subfiles.c \
+          sub/img_convert.c \
+          sub/sd_lavc.c \
+          sub/sd_lavc_conv.c \
+          sub/sd_lavf_srt.c \
+          sub/sd_microdvd.c \
+          sub/sd_movtext.c \
+          sub/sd_spu.c \
+          sub/sd_srt.c \
+          sub/spudec.c \
+          sub/sub.c \
+          video/csputils.c \
+          video/fmt-conversion.c \
+          video/image_writer.c \
+          video/img_format.c \
+          video/mp_image.c \
+          video/mp_image_pool.c \
+          video/sws_utils.c \
+          video/decode/dec_video.c \
+          video/decode/vd.c \
+          video/decode/vd_lavc.c \
+          video/filter/vf.c \
+          video/filter/pullup.c \
+          video/filter/vf_crop.c \
+          video/filter/vf_delogo.c \
+          video/filter/vf_divtc.c \
+          video/filter/vf_down3dright.c \
+          video/filter/vf_dsize.c \
+          video/filter/vf_eq.c \
+          video/filter/vf_expand.c \
+          video/filter/vf_flip.c \
+          video/filter/vf_format.c \
+          video/filter/vf_gradfun.c \
+          video/filter/vf_hqdn3d.c \
+          video/filter/vf_ilpack.c \
+          video/filter/vf_mirror.c \
+          video/filter/vf_noformat.c \
+          video/filter/vf_noise.c \
+          video/filter/vf_phase.c \
+          video/filter/vf_pullup.c \
+          video/filter/vf_rotate.c \
+          video/filter/vf_scale.c \
+          video/filter/vf_screenshot.c \
+          video/filter/vf_softpulldown.c \
+          video/filter/vf_stereo3d.c \
+          video/filter/vf_sub.c \
+          video/filter/vf_swapuv.c \
+          video/filter/vf_unsharp.c \
+          video/filter/vf_vo.c \
+          video/filter/vf_yadif.c \
+          video/out/bitmap_packer.c \
+          video/out/aspect.c \
+          video/out/filter_kernels.c \
+          video/out/vo.c \
+          video/out/vo_null.c \
+          video/out/vo_image.c \
+          osdep/$(GETCH) \
+          osdep/$(TIMER) \
+          $(SOURCES-yes)
+
+OBJECTS         += $(addsuffix .o, $(basename $(SOURCES)))
+OBJECTS-$(PE_EXECUTABLE) += osdep/mpv-rc.o
+OBJECTS         += $(OBJECTS-yes)
+
+DEP_FILES = $(patsubst %.S,%.d,$(patsubst %.cpp,%.d,$(patsubst %.c,%.d,$(SOURCES:.m=.d) $(SOURCES:.m=.d))))
+
+ALL_TARGETS     += mpv$(EXESUF)
+
+INSTALL_BIN     += install-mpv
+INSTALL_BIN_STRIP += install-mpv-strip
+INSTALL_MAN      =
+
+ifeq ($(BUILD_MAN),yes)
+    INSTALL_MAN += install-mpv-man
+    ALL_TARGETS += DOCS/man/en/mpv.1
+endif
+
+DIRS =  . \
+        audio \
+        audio/decode \
+        audio/filter \
+        audio/out \
+        mpvcore \
+        mpvcore/input \
+        mpvcore/timeline \
+        demux \
+        osdep \
+        osdep/ar \
+        stream \
+        sub \
+        video \
+        video/decode \
+        video/filter \
+        video/out
+
+
+ADDSUFFIXES     = $(foreach suf,$(1),$(addsuffix $(suf),$(2)))
+ADD_ALL_DIRS    = $(call ADDSUFFIXES,$(1),$(DIRS))
+ADD_ALL_EXESUFS = $(1) $(call ADDSUFFIXES,$(EXESUFS_ALL),$(1))
+
+###### brief build output #######
+
+ifndef V
+$(eval override CC = @printf "CC\t$$@\n"; $(CC))
+$(eval override RM = @$(RM))
+endif
+
+###### generic rules #######
+
+all: $(ALL_TARGETS)
+
+%.1: %.rst
+	$(RST2MAN) $< $@
+
+%.o: %.S
+	$(CC) $(DEPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+
+%.o: %.c
+	$(CC) $(DEPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+
+%.o: %.cpp
+	$(CC) $(DEPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+
+%.o: %.m
+	$(CC) $(DEPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+
+%-rc.o: %.rc
+	$(WINDRES) -I. $< $@
+
+mpv$(EXESUF): $(OBJECTS)
+mpv$(EXESUF):
+	$(CC) -o $@ $^ $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+mpvcore/input/input.c: mpvcore/input/input_conf.h
+mpvcore/input/input_conf.h: TOOLS/file2string.pl etc/input.conf
+	./$^ >$@
+
+MKVLIB_DEPS = TOOLS/lib/Parse/Matroska.pm \
+              TOOLS/lib/Parse/Matroska/Definitions.pm \
+              TOOLS/lib/Parse/Matroska/Element.pm \
+              TOOLS/lib/Parse/Matroska/Reader.pm \
+              TOOLS/lib/Parse/Matroska/Utils.pm \
+
+demux/ebml.c demux/demux_mkv.c: demux/ebml_types.h
+demux/ebml_types.h: TOOLS/matroska.pl $(MKVLIB_DEPS)
+	./$< --generate-header > $@
+
+demux/ebml.c: demux/ebml_defs.c
+demux/ebml_defs.c: TOOLS/matroska.pl $(MKVLIB_DEPS)
+	./$< --generate-definitions > $@
+
+video/out/gl_video.c: video/out/gl_video_shaders.h
+video/out/gl_video_shaders.h: TOOLS/file2string.pl video/out/gl_video_shaders.glsl
+	./$^ >$@
+
+sub/osd_libass.c: sub/osd_font.h
+sub/osd_font.h: TOOLS/file2string.pl sub/osd_font.otf
+	./$^ >$@
+
+# ./configure must be rerun if it changed
+config.mak: configure
+	@echo "############################################################"
+	@echo "####### Please run ./configure again - it's changed! #######"
+	@echo "############################################################"
+
+version.h .version: version.sh
+	./$<
+
+# Force version.sh to run to potentially regenerate version.h
+-include .version
+
+%$(EXESUF): %.c
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $^
+
+
+###### dependency declarations / specific CFLAGS ######
+
+mpvcore/version.c osdep/mpv-rc.o: version.h
+
+osdep/mpv-rc.o: osdep/mpv.exe.manifest etc/mpv-icon.ico
+
+DOCS/man/en/mpv.1: DOCS/man/en/af.rst \
+                   DOCS/man/en/ao.rst \
+                   DOCS/man/en/changes.rst \
+                   DOCS/man/en/encode.rst \
+                   DOCS/man/en/input.rst \
+                   DOCS/man/en/options.rst \
+                   DOCS/man/en/vf.rst \
+                   DOCS/man/en/vo.rst
+
+
+###### installation / clean / generic rules #######
+
+install:               $(INSTALL_BIN)       $(INSTALL_MAN)
+install-no-man:        $(INSTALL_BIN)
+install-strip:         $(INSTALL_BIN_STRIP) $(INSTALL_MAN)
+install-strip-no-man:  $(INSTALL_BIN_STRIP)
+
+install-dirs:
+	if test ! -d $(BINDIR) ; then $(INSTALL) -d $(BINDIR) ; fi
+
+install-%: %$(EXESUF) install-dirs
+	$(INSTALL) -m 755 $< $(BINDIR)
+
+install-%-strip: %$(EXESUF) install-dirs
+	$(INSTALL) -m 755 -s $< $(BINDIR)
+
+install-mpv-man:  install-mpv-man-en
+
+install-mpv-man-en: DOCS/man/en/mpv.1
+	if test ! -d $(MANDIR)/man1 ; then $(INSTALL) -d $(MANDIR)/man1 ; fi
+	$(INSTALL) -m 644 DOCS/man/en/mpv.1 $(MANDIR)/man1/
+
+uninstall:
+	$(RM) $(BINDIR)/mpv$(EXESUF)
+	$(RM) $(MANDIR)/man1/mpv.1
+	$(RM) $(MANDIR)/en/man1/mpv.1
+
+clean:
+	-$(RM) $(call ADD_ALL_DIRS,/*.o /*.d /*.a /*.ho /*~)
+	-$(RM) $(call ADD_ALL_DIRS,/*.o /*.a /*.ho /*~)
+	-$(RM) $(call ADD_ALL_EXESUFS,mpv)
+	-$(RM) DOCS/man/en/mpv.1
+	-$(RM) version.h
+	-$(RM) mpvcore/input/input_conf.h
+	-$(RM) video/out/vdpau_template.c
+	-$(RM) demux/ebml_types.h demux/ebml_defs.c
+	-$(RM) video/out/gl_video_shaders.h
+	-$(RM) sub/osd_font.h
+
+distclean: clean
+	-$(RM) config.log config.mak config.h TAGS tags
+
+TAGS:
+	$(RM) $@; find . -name '*.[chS]' -o -name '*.asm' | xargs etags -a
+
+tags:
+	$(RM) $@; find . -name '*.[chS]' -o -name '*.asm' | xargs ctags -a
+
+osxbundle:
+	@TOOLS/osxbundle.py mpv
+
+osxbundle-skip-deps:
+	@TOOLS/osxbundle.py --skip-deps mpv
+
+-include $(DEP_FILES)
+
+.PHONY: all *install* *clean .version
+
+# Disable suffix rules.  Most of the builtin rules are suffix rules,
+# so this saves some time on slow systems.
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+# If a command returns failure but changed its target file, delete the
+# (presumably malformed) file. Otherwise the file would be considered to
+# be up to date if make is restarted.
+
+.DELETE_ON_ERROR:
@@ -1,251 +1,99 @@
-![http://mpv.io/](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mpv-player/mpv.io/master/source/images/mpv-logo-128.png)
+mpv
+===

-## mpv
+[![Build Status](https://api.travis-ci.org/mpv-player/mpv.png)](https://travis-ci.org/mpv-player/mpv)

--------------
+Overview
+--------

-
-* [Overview](#overview)
-* [Downloads](#downloads)
-* [Changelog](#changelog)
-* [Compilation](#compilation)
-* [FFmpeg vs. Libav](#ffmpeg-vs-libav)
-* [Release cycle](#release-cycle)
-* [Bug reports](#bug-reports)
-* [Contributing](#contributing)
-* [Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2](#relation-to-mplayer-and-mplayer2)
-* [Wiki](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki)
-* [FAQ](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FAQ)
-* [Man pages](http://mpv.io/manual/master/)
-* [Contact](#contact)
-* [License](#license)
-
-## Overview
-
-
-**mpv** is a media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide
+**mpv** is a movie player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide
 variety of video file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types.

-Releases can be found on the [release list][releases].
-
-## System requirements
-
- A not too ancient Linux, or Windows Vista or later, or OSX 10.8 or later.
- A somewhat capable CPU. Hardware decoding might sometimes help if the CPU
-  is too slow to decode video realtime, but must be explicitly enabled with
-  the `--hwdec` option.
- A not too crappy GPU. mpv is not intended to be used with bad GPUs. There are
-  many caveats with drivers or system compositors causing tearing, stutter,
-  etc. On Windows, you might want to make sure the graphics drivers are
-  current. In some cases, ancient fallback video output methods can help
-  (such as `--vo=xv` on Linux), but this use is not recommended or supported.
-
-
-## Downloads
-
-
-For semi-official builds and third-party packages please see
-[mpv.io](http://mpv.io/installation/).
-
-## Changelog
-
-
-There is no complete changelog; however, changes to the player core interface
-are listed in the [interface changelog][interface-changes].
-
-Changes to the C API are documented in the [client API changelog][api-changes].
-
-The [release list][releases] has a summary of most of the important changes
-on every release.
-
-Changes to the default key bindings are indicated in
-[restore-old-bindings.conf][restore-old-bindings].
-
-## Compilation
+If you are wondering what's different from mplayer2 and MPlayer you can read
+more about the [changes][changes].

+Compilation
+-----------

 Compiling with full features requires development files for several
-external libraries. Below is a list of some important requirements.
-
-The mpv build system uses *waf*, but we don't store it in your source tree. The
-script './bootstrap.py' will download the latest version of waf that was tested
-with the build system.
-
-For a list of the available build options use `./waf configure --help`. If
-you think you have support for some feature installed but configure fails to
-detect it, the file `build/config.log` may contain information about the
-reasons for the failure.
-
-NOTE: To avoid cluttering the output with unreadable spam, `--help` only shows
-one of the two switches for each option. If the option is autodetected by
-default, the `--disable-***` switch is printed; if the option is disabled by
-default, the `--enable-***` switch is printed. Either way, you can use
-`--enable-***` or `--disable-**` regardless of what is printed by `--help`.
-
-To build the software you can use `./waf build`: the result of the compilation
-will be located in `build/mpv`. You can use `./waf install` to install mpv
-to the *prefix* after it is compiled.
-
-Example:
-
-    ./bootstrap.py
-    ./waf configure
-    ./waf
-    ./waf install
+external libraries. Below is a list of some important requirements. For
+more information see the output of `./configure --help` for a list of options,
+or look at the list of enabled and disabled features printed after running
+`./configure`. If you think you have support for some feature installed
+but configure fails to detect it, the file `config.log` may contain
+information about the reasons for the failure.

 Essential dependencies (incomplete list):

 - gcc or clang
- X development headers (xlib, xrandr, xext, xscrnsaver, xinerama, libvdpau,
-  libGL, GLX, EGL, xv, ...)
- Audio output development headers (libasound/ALSA, pulseaudio)
- FFmpeg libraries (libavutil libavcodec libavformat libswscale libavfilter
-  and either libswresample or libavresample)
-  At least FFmpeg 3.2.2 or Libav 12 is required.
-  For hardware decoding with vaapi and vdpau, FFmpeg 3.3 or Libav git is
-  required.
- zlib
- iconv (normally provided by the system libc)
- libass (OSD, OSC, text subtitles)
- Lua (optional, required for the OSC pseudo-GUI and youtube-dl integration)
- libjpeg (optional, used for screenshots only)
- uchardet (optional, for subtitle charset detection)
- vdpau and vaapi libraries for hardware decoding on Linux (optional)
-  (FFmpeg 3.3 or Libav git is also required.)
-
-Libass dependencies:
-
- gcc or clang, yasm on x86 and x86_64
+- X development headers (xlib, X extensions, libvdpau, libGL, libXv, ...)
+- Audio output development headers (libasound, pulseaudio)
 - fribidi, freetype, fontconfig development headers (for libass)
- harfbuzz (optional, required for correct rendering of combining characters,
-  particularly for correct rendering of non-English text on OSX, and
-  Arabic/Indic scripts on any platform)
-
-FFmpeg dependencies:
-
- gcc or clang, yasm on x86 and x86_64
- OpenSSL or GnuTLS (have to be explicitly enabled when compiling FFmpeg)
- libx264/libmp3lame/libfdk-aac if you want to use encoding (have to be
-  explicitly enabled when compiling FFmpeg)
- Libav also works, but some features will not work. (See section below.)
+- libass
+- FFmpeg libraries (libavutil libavcodec libavformat libswscale libpostproc)
+- libjpeg
+- libquvi if you want to play Youtube videos directly
+- libx264/libmp3lame/libfdk-aac if you want to use encoding (has to be
+  explicitly enabled when compiling ffmpeg)

 Most of the above libraries are available in suitable versions on normal
-Linux distributions. However, FFmpeg is an exception (distro versions may be
-too old to work well or at all). For that reason you may want to use
-the separately available build wrapper ([mpv-build][mpv-build]) that first
-compiles FFmpeg libraries and libass, and then compiles the player statically
-linked against those.
+Linux distributions. However FFmpeg is an exception (distro versions may be
+too old to work at all or work well). For that reason you may want to use
+the separately available build wrapper ([mpv-build][mpv-build]) that first compiles FFmpeg
+libraries and libass, and then compiles the player statically linked against
+those.

-If you want to build a Windows binary, you either have to use MSYS2 and MinGW,
-or cross-compile from Linux with MinGW. See
-[Windows compilation][windows_compilation].
+If you are running Mac OSX and using homebrew we provide [homebrew-mpv][homebrew-mpv], an up
+to date formula that compiles mpv with sensible dependencies and defaults for
+OSX.

+### configure `--enable-*` parameters

-## FFmpeg vs. Libav
+The `--enable-*` parameters unconditionally force options on, completely
+skipping autodetection. This behavior is unlike what you may be used to from
+autoconf-based configure scripts that can decide to override you. This greater
+level of control comes at a price. You may have to provide the correct compiler
+and linker flags yourself.

+If you used one of these options and experience a compilation or
+linking failure, make sure you have passed the necessary compiler/linker flags
+to configure.

-Generally, mpv should work with the latest release as well as the git version
-of both FFmpeg and Libav. But FFmpeg is preferred, and some mpv features work
-with FFmpeg only (subtitle formats in particular).
-
-
-## Preferred FFmpeg version
-
-
-Using the latest FFmpeg release (or FFmpeg git master) is strongly recommended.
-Older versions are unsupported, even if the build system still happens to
-accept them. The main reason mpv still builds with older FFmpeg versions is to
-evade arguing with people (users, distros) who insist on using older FFmpeg
-versions for no rational reason.
-
-If you want to use a stable FFmpeg release, use the latest release, which has
-most likely the best maintenance out of all stable releases. Older releases
-are for distros, and at best receive basic changes, like fixing critical security
-issues or build fixes, and at worst are completely abandoned.
-
-## FFmpeg ABI compatibility
-
-mpv does not support linking against FFmpeg versions it was not built with, even
-if the linked version is supposedly ABI-compatible with the version it was
-compiled against. Expect malfunctions, crashes, and security issues if you
-do it anyway.
-
-The reason for not supporting this is because it creates far too much complexity
-with little to no benefit, coupled with absurd and unusable FFmpeg API
-artifacts.
-
-Newer mpv versions will refuse to start if runtime and compile time FFmpeg
-library versions mismatch.
-
-## Release cycle
-
-Every other month, an arbitrary git snapshot is made, and is assigned
-a 0.X.0 version number. No further maintenance is done.
-
-The goal of releases is to make Linux distributions happy. Linux distributions
-are also expected to apply their own patches in case of bugs and security
-issues.
-
-Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
-
-See the [release policy document][release-policy] for more information.
-
-## Bug reports
+mpv's configure script is greedy and automatically enables features as a result
+of autodetection. The cases where you may want to use `--enable-*` are very
+limited.

+Bug reports
+-----------

 Please use the [issue tracker][issue-tracker] provided by GitHub to send us bug
-reports or feature requests. Follow the template's instructions or the issue
-will likely be ignored or closed as invalid.
-
-Using the bug tracker as place for simple questions is fine but IRC is
-recommended (see [Contact](#Contact) below).
-
-## Contributing
+reports or feature requests.

+Contributing
+------------

 For small changes you can just send us pull requests through GitHub. For bigger
 changes come and talk to us on IRC before you start working on them. It will
 make code review easier for both parties later on.

-You can check [the wiki](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Stuff-to-do)
-or the [issue tracker](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22feature+request%22)
-for ideas on what you could contribute with.
+Contacts
+--------

-## Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2
+These forms of contact are meant to ask questions about mpv usage, give
+feedback on mpv and discuss it's development.

-mpv is a fork of MPlayer. Much has changed, and in general, mpv should be
-considered a completely new program, rather than a MPlayer drop-in replacement.
+If possible, please avoid posting bugs here and use the [issue tracker][issue-tracker]
+instead.

-For details see [FAQ entry](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FAQ#How_is_mpv_related_to_MPlayer).
+ - **Users IRC Channel**: `#mpv-player` on `irc.freenode.net`
+ - **Users Mailing List**: `mpv-users@googlegroups.com` ([Archive / Subscribe][mpv-users]).
+ - **Devel Mailing List**: `mpv-devel@googlegroups.com` ([Archive / Subscribe][mpv-devel])

-If you are wondering what's different from mplayer2 and MPlayer, an incomplete
-and largely unmaintained list of changes is located [here][mplayer-changes].
+To contact the `mpv` team in private write to `mpv-team@googlegroups.com`.

-## Contact
-
-
-Most activity happens on the IRC channel and the github issue tracker.
-
- - **GitHub issue tracker**: [issue tracker][issue-tracker] (report bugs here)
- - **User IRC Channel**: `#mpv` on `irc.freenode.net`
- - **Developer IRC Channel**: `#mpv-devel` on `irc.freenode.net`
-
-To contact the `mpv` team in private write to `mpv-team@googlegroups.com`. Use
-only if discretion is required.
-
-[releases]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
+[changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/man/en/changes.rst
 [mpv-build]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-build
 [homebrew-mpv]: https://github.com/mpv-player/homebrew-mpv
 [issue-tracker]:  https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/issues
-[ffmpeg_vs_libav]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FFmpeg-versus-Libav
-[release-policy]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/release-policy.md
-[windows_compilation]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/compile-windows.md
-[mplayer-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/mplayer-changes.rst
-[interface-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/interface-changes.rst
-[api-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/client-api-changes.rst
-[restore-old-bindings]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/etc/restore-old-bindings.conf
-
-## License
-
-
-Mostly GPLv2 or later. See [details.](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/Copyright)
+[mpv-users]: https://groups.google.com/forum/?hl=en#!forum/mpv-users
+[mpv-devel]: https://groups.google.com/forum/?hl=en#!forum/mpv-devel
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/bash
-set -e
-
-export DEST_OS=win32
-export CC=gcc
-export PKG_CONFIG=/usr/bin/pkg-config
-export PERL=/usr/bin/perl
-export PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3
-
-"$PYTHON" bootstrap.py
-"$PYTHON" waf configure \
-    --check-c-compiler=gcc \
-    --disable-cdda \
-    --enable-egl-angle \
-    --enable-jpeg \
-    --enable-lcms2 \
-    --enable-libarchive \
-    --enable-libass \
-    --enable-lua \
-    --enable-rubberband \
-    --enable-uchardet
-"$PYTHON" waf build
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/bash
-set -e
-
-case $MSYSTEM in
-MINGW32)
-    export MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX=mingw-w64-i686
-    ;;
-MINGW64)
-    export MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX=mingw-w64-x86_64
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# Write an empty fonts.conf to speed up fc-cache
-export FONTCONFIG_FILE=/dummy-fonts.conf
-cat >"$FONTCONFIG_FILE" <<EOF
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM "fonts.dtd">
-<fontconfig></fontconfig>
-EOF
-
-# Install build dependencies for mpv
-pacman -S --noconfirm --needed \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-gcc \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-angleproject-git \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-ffmpeg \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-lcms2 \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libarchive \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libass \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libjpeg-turbo \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-lua51 \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-rubberband \
-    $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-uchardet
-
-# Delete unused packages to reduce space used in the Appveyor cache
-pacman -Sc --noconfirm
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python
-
-import re
-import os
-import sys
-import shutil
-import subprocess
-from functools import partial
-
-sys_re = re.compile("^/System")
-usr_re = re.compile("^/usr/lib/")
-exe_re = re.compile("@executable_path")
-
-def is_user_lib(objfile, libname):
-    return not sys_re.match(libname) and \
-           not usr_re.match(libname) and \
-           not exe_re.match(libname) and \
-           not "libobjc." in libname and \
-           not "libSystem." in libname and \
-           not "libc." in libname and \
-           not "libgcc." in libname and \
-           not os.path.basename(libname) == 'Python' and \
-           not os.path.basename(objfile) in libname
-
-def otool(objfile):
-    command = "otool -L %s | grep -e '\t' | awk '{ print $1 }'" % objfile
-    output  = subprocess.check_output(command, shell = True)
-    return filter(partial(is_user_lib, objfile), output.split())
-
-def install_name_tool_change(old, new, objfile):
-    subprocess.call(["install_name_tool", "-change", old, new, objfile])
-
-def install_name_tool_id(name, objfile):
-    subprocess.call(["install_name_tool", "-id", name, objfile])
-
-def libraries(objfile, result = dict()):
-    libs_list       = otool(objfile)
-    result[objfile] = set(libs_list)
-
-    for lib in libs_list:
-        if lib not in result:
-            libraries(lib, result)
-
-    return result
-
-def leafs(libs_dict, processed = []):
-    result    = []
-    processed = set(processed)
-
-    for objfile, libs in libs_dict.items():
-        if libs <= processed:
-            result.append(objfile)
-
-    return result
-
-def lib_path(binary):
-    return os.path.join(os.path.dirname(binary), 'lib')
-
-def lib_name(lib):
-    return os.path.join("@executable_path", "lib", os.path.basename(lib))
-
-def process_libraries(libs_dict, binary, processed = []):
-    ls   = leafs(libs_dict, processed)
-    diff = set(ls) - set(processed)
-    if diff == set([binary]):
-        return
-
-    for src in diff:
-        name = lib_name(src)
-        dst  = os.path.join(lib_path(binary), os.path.basename(src))
-
-        shutil.copy(src, dst)
-        os.chmod(dst, 0o755)
-        install_name_tool_id(name, dst)
-
-        if src in libs_dict[binary]:
-            install_name_tool_change(src, name, binary)
-
-        for p in processed:
-            if p in libs_dict[src]:
-                install_name_tool_change(p, lib_name(p), dst)
-
-    process_libraries(libs_dict, binary, ls)
-
-def main():
-    binary = os.path.abspath(sys.argv[1])
-    if not os.path.exists(lib_path(binary)):
-        os.makedirs(lib_path(binary))
-    libs = libraries(binary)
-    print(libs)
-    process_libraries(libs, binary)
-
-if __name__ == "__main__":
-    main()
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#! /usr/bin/env perl
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+# Convert the contents of a file into a C string constant.
+# Note that the compiler will implicitly add an extra 0 byte at the end
+# of every string, so code using the string may need to remove that to get
+# the exact contents of the original file.
+# FIXME: why not a char array?
+
+# treat only alphanumeric and not-" punctuation as safe
+my $unsafe_chars = qr{[^][A-Za-z0-9!#%&'()*+,./:;<=>?^_{|}~ -]};
+
+for my $file (@ARGV) {
+    open my $fh, '<:raw', $file or next;
+    print "/* Generated from $file */\n";
+    while (<$fh>) {
+        # replace unsafe chars with their equivalent octal escapes
+        s/($unsafe_chars)/\\@{[sprintf '%03o', ord($1)]}/gos;
+        print "\"$_\"\n"
+    }
+    close $fh;
+}
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python
-
-# Convert the contents of a file into a C string constant.
-# Note that the compiler will implicitly add an extra 0 byte at the end
-# of every string, so code using the string may need to remove that to get
-# the exact contents of the original file.
-
-#
-# This file is part of mpv.
-#
-# mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-# License along with mpv.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-
-from __future__ import unicode_literals
-import sys
-
-# Indexing a byte string yields int on Python 3.x, and a str on Python 2.x
-def pord(c):
-    return ord(c) if type(c) == str else c
-
-def file2string(infilename, infile, outfile):
-    outfile.write("// Generated from %s\n\n" % infilename)
-
-    conv = ['\\' + ("%03o" % c) for c in range(256)]
-    safe_chars = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \
-                 "0123456789!#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[]^_{|}~ "
-
-    for c in safe_chars:
-        conv[ord(c)] = c
-    for c, esc in ("\nn", "\tt", r"\\", '""'):
-        conv[ord(c)] = '\\' + esc
-    for line in infile:
-        outfile.write('"' + ''.join(conv[pord(c)] for c in line) + '"\n')
-
-if __name__ == "__main__":
-    with open(sys.argv[1], 'rb') as infile:
-        file2string(sys.argv[1], infile, sys.stdout)
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-# This script is expected to be called as TOOLS/gen-osd-font.sh (it will access
-# TOOLS/mpv-osd-symbols.sfdir), and it will write sub/osd_font.otf.
-
-# Needs fontforge with python scripting
-
-fontforge -lang=py -c 'f=open(argv[1]); f.generate(argv[2])' \
-    TOOLS/mpv-osd-symbols.sfdir sub/osd_font.otf
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-: "${MPV:=mpv}"
-: "${ILDETECT_MPV:=$MPV}"
-: "${ILDETECT_MPVFLAGS:=--start=35% --length=35}"
-: "${ILDETECT_DRY_RUN:=}"
-: "${ILDETECT_QUIET:=}"
-: "${ILDETECT_RUN_INTERLACED_ONLY:=}"
-: "${ILDETECT_FORCE_RUN:=}"
-
-# This script uses ffmpeg's "idet" filter for interlace detection. In the
-# long run this should replace ildetect.sh+ildetect.so.
-
-# exit status:
-# 0 progressive
-# 1 telecine
-# 2 interlaced
-# 8 unknown
-# 16 detect fail
-# 17+ mpv's status | 16
-
-testfun()
-{
-    $ILDETECT_MPV "$@" \
-        --vf-add=lavfi="[idet]" --msg-level ffmpeg=v \
-        --o= --vo=null --no-audio --untimed \
-        $ILDETECT_MPVFLAGS \
-        | { if [ -n "$ILDETECT_QUIET" ]; then cat; else tee /dev/stderr; fi } \
-        | grep "Parsed_idet_0: Multi frame detection: "
-}
-
-judge()
-{
-    tff=0
-    bff=0
-    progressive=0
-    undetermined=0
-    while read -r _ _ _ _ _ _ tff1 _ bff1 _ progressive1 _ undetermined1 _; do
-        case "$tff1$bff1$progressive1$undetermined1" in
-            *[!0-9]*)
-                printf >&2 'ERROR: Unrecognized idet output: %s\n' "$out"
-                exit 16
-                ;;
-        esac
-        tff=$((tff + tff1))
-        bff=$((bff + bff1))
-        progressive=$((progressive + progressive1))
-        undetermined=$((undetermined + undetermined1))
-    done <<EOF
-$(testfun "$@" | sed 's/:/: /g')
-EOF
-
-    interlaced=$((bff + tff))
-    determined=$((interlaced + progressive))
-
-    if [ "$undetermined" -gt "$determined" ] || [ "$determined" -lt 250 ]; then
-        echo >&2 "ERROR: Less than 50% or 250 frames are determined."
-        [ -n "$ILDETECT_FORCE_RUN" ] || exit 8
-        echo >&2 "Assuming interlacing."
-        if [ "$tff" -gt $((bff * 10)) ]; then
-            verdict="interlaced-tff"
-        elif [ "$bff" -gt $((tff * 10)) ]; then
-            verdict="interlaced-bff"
-        else
-            verdict="interlaced"
-        fi
-    elif [ $((interlaced * 20)) -gt "$progressive" ]; then
-        # At least 5% of the frames are interlaced!
-        if [ "$tff" -gt $((bff * 10)) ]; then
-            verdict="interlaced-tff"
-        elif [ "$bff" -gt $((tff * 10)) ]; then
-            verdict="interlaced-bff"
-        else
-            echo >&2 "ERROR: Content is interlaced, but can't determine field order."
-            [ -n "$ILDETECT_FORCE_RUN" ] || exit 8
-            echo >&2 "Assuming interlacing with default field order."
-            verdict="interlaced"
-        fi
-    else
-        # Likely progressive
-        verdict="progressive"
-    fi
-
-    printf '%s\n' "$verdict"
-}
-
-judge "$@" --vf-clr
-case "$verdict" in
-    progressive)
-        [ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
-            [ -n "$ILDETECT_RUN_INTERLACED_ONLY" ] || \
-            $ILDETECT_MPV "$@"
-        r=$?
-        [ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
-        exit 0
-        ;;
-    interlaced-tff)
-        judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],pullup
-        case "$verdict" in
-            progressive)
-                [ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
-                    $ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],pullup
-                r=$?
-                [ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
-                exit 1
-                ;;
-            *)
-                [ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
-                    $ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],yadif
-                r=$?
-                [ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
-                exit 2
-                ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-    interlaced-bff)
-        judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],pullup
-        case "$verdict" in
-            progressive)
-                [ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
-                    $ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],pullup
-                r=$?
-                [ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
-                exit 1
-                ;;
-            *)
-                [ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
-                    $ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],yadif
-                r=$?
-                [ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
-                exit 2
-                ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-    interlaced)
-        judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=pullup
-        case "$verdict" in
-            progressive)
-                [ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
-                    $ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=pullup
-                r=$?
-                [ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
-                exit 1
-                ;;
-            *)
-                [ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
-                    $ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=yadif
-                r=$?
-                [ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
-                exit 2
-                ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-    *)
-        echo >&2 "ERROR: Internal error."
-        exit 16
-        ;;
-esac
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+use 5.008;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+# ABSTRACT: Module collection to parse Matroska files.
+package Parse::Matroska;
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+C<use>s L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>. See the documentation
+of the modules mentioned in L</"SEE ALSO"> for more information
+in how to use this module.
+
+It's intended for this module to contain high-level interfaces
+to the other modules in the distribution.
+
+=head1 SOURCE CODE
+
+L<https://github.com/Kovensky/Parse-Matroska>
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>, L<Parse::Matroska::Element>,
+L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>.
+
+=cut
+
+use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
+
+1;
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+use 5.008;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+# ABSTRACT: internal EBML grammar definitions
+package Parse::Matroska::Definitions;
+
+use Parse::Matroska::Utils qw{uniq uncamelize};
+
+use Exporter;
+our @ISA       = qw{Exporter};
+our @EXPORT_OK = qw{elem_by_hexid %EBML_DEFINITION %MATROSKA_DEFINITION};
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Parse::Matroska::Definitions qw{elem_by_hexid};
+    my $ebml_id = elem_by_hexid('1a45dfa3');
+    print "EBML ID $ebml_id->{elid}'s name: $ebml_id->{name}";
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Contains the definition of the EBML grammar as expected in
+Matroska files. This module is meant mostly for internal use.
+
+As this was extended from a script in mpv-player, some data
+generated is apparently useless for regular module users
+but is still relevant to the mpv-player script. Such data
+is annotated as being for mpv compatibility.
+
+=head1 NOTE
+
+The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
+
+=head1 GLOBALS
+
+These global variables are considered B<immutable>.
+
+=head2 @Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list
+
+A global list of known matroska elements. Useful for
+mpv's matroska script, used for generating C headers
+that parse matroska.
+
+=head2 %Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict
+
+A global hash of known matroska elements. Used internally
+by L</elem_by_hexid($id)>.
+
+=cut
+
+@Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list = ();
+%Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict = ();
+
+=head2 %EBML_DEFINITION
+
+Optionally-importable hash of known EBML IDs belonging
+to the EBML generic grammar.
+
+=head2 %MATROSKA_DEFINITION
+
+Optionally-importable hash of known EBML IDs belonging
+to the Matroska-specific grammar.
+
+=cut
+
+our %EBML_DEFINITION = define_ebml();
+our %MATROSKA_DEFINITION = define_matroska();
+
+=method elem_by_hexid($id)
+
+Returns an EBML Element Definition corresponding to the provided
+hexadecimal string. Returns C<undef> if the element is unknown.
+
+=cut
+sub elem_by_hexid {
+    my ($elid) = @_;
+    return $Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict{$elid};
+}
+
+################################################
+### Helper functions for document definition ###
+################################################
+
+# used by elem when setting the 'valname' key
+use constant TYPE_MAP => {
+    uint    => 'uint64_t',
+    str     => 'struct bstr',
+    binary  => 'struct bstr',
+    ebml_id => 'uint32_t',
+    float   => 'double',
+    sint    => 'int64_t',
+};
+
+# this will be localized to "MATROSKA" or "EBML" on the elem declarations
+our $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = undef;
+
+=method elem($name,$elid,$valtype)
+
+NOTE: never call this function yourself; it changes data structures
+that are considered immutable outside of this package.
+
+Internal API function that generates the EBML Element Definitions.
+
+This API function returns an array which first element is C<$elid>
+and the second is a generated hash. The generated hash is stored
+in the @global_elem_list and %global_elem_dict.
+
+The generated hash contains:
+
+=for :list
+= name
+The EBML Element's name, given through C<$name>.
+= elid
+The EBML Element's hex id, given through C<$elid>. Used for lookups by L</elem_by_hexid($id)>.
+= valtype
+The EBML Element's type, given through C<$valtype>, except when C<$valtype> is an arrayref.
+= multiple
+If C<$name> ends with a C<*>, this is set as true and strips the C<*> from L</name>. Used to
+mark elements that may be repeated.
+= subelements
+An arrayref of elements that may be children of this element, given through C<$valtype> if it
+is an arrayref. Sets L</valtype> to C<sub> if there are subelements.
+= subids
+An arrayref listing all the L</elid>s of subelements, C<uniq>ified.
+
+The following elements are for mpv compatibility:
+
+=for :list
+= definename
+Name used for generating C #defines.
+= fieldname
+Name used for generating C struct fields.
+= structname
+Name used for generating C struct names.
+= ebmltype
+A pre-#defined constant to describe the element's type.
+= valname
+Typename used when declaring a struct field referring to this element.
+
+=cut
+sub elem {
+    my %e = (name => shift, elid => shift, valtype => shift);
+
+    # strip * from name, set 'multiple' if there was one
+    $e{multiple} = scalar $e{name} =~ s/\*$//;
+
+    # ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE is either MATROSKA or EBML
+    $e{definename} = "${ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE}_ID_".uc($e{name});
+    $e{fieldname} = uncamelize $e{name};
+    $e{structname} = "ebml_$e{fieldname}";
+
+    if (ref $e{valtype} eq 'HASH') {
+        $e{subelements} = $e{valtype};
+        $e{subids} = uniq map { $_->{elid} } values %{$e{subelements}};
+        $e{valtype} = 'sub';
+        $e{ebmltype} = 'EBML_TYPE_SUBELEMENTS';
+        $e{valname} = "struct $e{structname}";
+    } else {
+        $e{ebmltype} = "EBML_TYPE_\U$e{valtype}";
+        die "Unrecognized value type $e{valtype}" unless
+            defined ($e{valname} = TYPE_MAP->{$e{valtype}});
+    }
+    my $e = \%e;
+    push @Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list, $e;
+    $Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict{$e{elid}} = $e;
+    return ($e{elid}, $e);
+}
+
+#############################################
+### EBML and Matroska document definitons ###
+#############################################
+
+=method define_ebml
+
+Internal function that defines the EBML generic grammar.
+
+Must not be called from outside the package.
+
+=cut
+sub define_ebml {
+    local $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = 'EBML';
+    return (
+        elem('EBML', '1a45dfa3', {
+            elem('EBMLVersion',        '4286', 'uint'),
+            elem('EBMLReadVersion',    '42f7', 'uint'),
+            elem('EBMLMaxIDLength',    '42f2', 'uint'),
+            elem('EBMLMaxSizeLength',  '42f3', 'uint'),
+            elem('DocType',            '4282', 'str'),
+            elem('DocTypeVersion',     '4287', 'uint'),
+            elem('DocTypeReadVersion', '4285', 'uint'),
+        }),
+
+        elem('CRC32',      'bf', 'binary'),
+        elem('Void',       'ec', 'binary'),
+    );
+}
+
+
+=method define_matroska
+
+Internal function that defines the Matroska-specific EBML grammar.
+
+Must not be called from outside the package.
+
+=cut
+sub define_matroska {
+    local $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = 'MATROSKA';
+    return (
+        elem('Segment', '18538067', {
+            elem('SeekHead*', '114d9b74', {
+                elem('Seek*', '4dbb', {
+                    elem('SeekID',       '53ab', 'ebml_id'),
+                    elem('SeekPosition', '53ac', 'uint'),
+                }),
+            }),
+
+            elem('Info*', '1549a966', {
+                elem('SegmentUID',      '73a4', 'binary'),
+                elem('PrevUID',       '3cb923', 'binary'),
+                elem('NextUID',       '3eb923', 'binary'),
+                elem('TimecodeScale', '2ad7b1', 'uint'),
+                elem('DateUTC',         '4461', 'sint'),
+                elem('Title',           '7ba9', 'str'),
+                elem('MuxingApp',       '4d80', 'str'),
+                elem('WritingApp',      '5741', 'str'),
+                elem('Duration',        '4489', 'float'),
+            }),
+
+            elem('Cluster*', '1f43b675', {
+                elem('Timecode', 'e7', 'uint'),
+                elem('BlockGroup*', 'a0', {
+                    elem('Block',           'a1', 'binary'),
+                    elem('BlockDuration',   '9b', 'uint'),
+                    elem('ReferenceBlock*', 'fb', 'sint'),
+                }),
+                elem('SimpleBlock*', 'a3', 'binary'),
+            }),
+
+            elem('Tracks*', '1654ae6b', {
+                elem('TrackEntry*', 'ae', {
+                    elem('TrackNumber',            'd7', 'uint'),
+                    elem('TrackUID',             '73c5', 'uint'),
+                    elem('TrackType',              '83', 'uint'),
+                    elem('FlagEnabled',            'b9', 'uint'),
+                    elem('FlagDefault',            '88', 'uint'),
+                    elem('FlagForced',           '55aa', 'uint'),
+                    elem('FlagLacing',             '9c', 'uint'),
+                    elem('MinCache',             '6de7', 'uint'),
+                    elem('MaxCache',             '6df8', 'uint'),
+                    elem('DefaultDuration',    '23e383', 'uint'),
+                    elem('TrackTimecodeScale', '23314f', 'float'),
+                    elem('MaxBlockAdditionID',   '55ee', 'uint'),
+                    elem('Name',                 '536e', 'str'),
+                    elem('Language',           '22b59c', 'str'),
+                    elem('CodecID',                '86', 'str'),
+                    elem('CodecPrivate',         '63a2', 'binary'),
+                    elem('CodecName',          '258688', 'str'),
+                    elem('CodecDecodeAll',         'aa', 'uint'),
+                    elem('Video', 'e0', {
+                        elem('FlagInterlaced',  '9a', 'uint'),
+                        elem('PixelWidth',      'b0', 'uint'),
+                        elem('PixelHeight',     'ba', 'uint'),
+                        elem('DisplayWidth',  '54b0', 'uint'),
+                        elem('DisplayHeight', '54ba', 'uint'),
+                        elem('DisplayUnit',   '54b2', 'uint'),
+                        elem('FrameRate',   '2383e3', 'float'),
+                        elem('ColourSpace', '2eb524', 'binary'),
+                    }),
+                    elem('Audio', 'e1', {
+                        elem('SamplingFrequency',         'b5', 'float'),
+                        elem('OutputSamplingFrequency', '78b5', 'float'),
+                        elem('Channels',                  '9f', 'uint'),
+                        elem('BitDepth',                '6264', 'uint'),
+                    }),
+                    elem('ContentEncodings', '6d80', {
+                        elem('ContentEncoding*', '6240', {
+                            elem('ContentEncodingOrder', '5031', 'uint'),
+                            elem('ContentEncodingScope', '5032', 'uint'),
+                            elem('ContentEncodingType',  '5033', 'uint'),
+                            elem('ContentCompression', '5034', {
+                                elem('ContentCompAlgo',     '4254', 'uint'),
+                                elem('ContentCompSettings', '4255', 'binary'),
+                            }),
+                        }),
+                    }),
+                }),
+            }),
+
+            elem('Cues', '1c53bb6b', {
+                elem('CuePoint*', 'bb', {
+                    elem('CueTime', 'b3', 'uint'),
+                    elem('CueTrackPositions*', 'b7', {
+                        elem('CueTrack',           'f7', 'uint'),
+                        elem('CueClusterPosition', 'f1', 'uint'),
+                    }),
+                }),
+            }),
+
+            elem('Attachments', '1941a469', {
+                elem('AttachedFile*', '61a7', {
+                    elem('FileDescription', '467e', 'str'),
+                    elem('FileName',        '466e', 'str'),
+                    elem('FileMimeType',    '4660', 'str'),
+                    elem('FileData',        '465c', 'binary'),
+                    elem('FileUID',         '46ae', 'uint'),
+                }),
+            }),
+
+            elem('Chapters', '1043a770', {
+                elem('EditionEntry*', '45b9', {
+                    elem('EditionUID',         '45bc', 'uint'),
+                    elem('EditionFlagHidden',  '45bd', 'uint'),
+                    elem('EditionFlagDefault', '45db', 'uint'),
+                    elem('EditionFlagOrdered', '45dd', 'uint'),
+                    elem('ChapterAtom*', 'b6', {
+                        elem('ChapterUID',               '73c4', 'uint'),
+                        elem('ChapterTimeStart',           '91', 'uint'),
+                        elem('ChapterTimeEnd',             '92', 'uint'),
+                        elem('ChapterFlagHidden',          '98', 'uint'),
+                        elem('ChapterFlagEnabled',       '4598', 'uint'),
+                        elem('ChapterSegmentUID',        '6e67', 'binary'),
+                        elem('ChapterSegmentEditionUID', '6ebc', 'uint'),
+                        elem('ChapterDisplay*', '80', {
+                            elem('ChapString',      '85', 'str'),
+                            elem('ChapLanguage*', '437c', 'str'),
+                            elem('ChapCountry*',  '437e', 'str'),
+                        }),
+                    }),
+                }),
+            }),
+            elem('Tags*', '1254c367', {
+                elem('Tag*', '7373', {
+                    elem('Targets', '63c0', {
+                        elem('TargetTypeValue',     '68ca', 'uint'),
+                        elem('TargetTrackUID',      '63c5', 'uint'),
+                        elem('TargetEditionUID',    '63c9', 'uint'),
+                        elem('TargetChapterUID',    '63c4', 'uint'),
+                        elem('TargetAttachmentUID', '63c6', 'uint'),
+                     }),
+                    elem('SimpleTag*', '67c8', {
+                        elem('TagName',     '45a3', 'str'),
+                        elem('TagLanguage', '447a', 'str'),
+                        elem('TagString',   '4487', 'str'),
+                    }),
+                }),
+            }),
+        }),
+    );
+}
+
+1;
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+use 5.008;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+# ABSTRACT: a mid-level representation of an EBML element
+package Parse::Matroska::Element;
+
+use Carp;
+use List::Util qw{first};
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
+    my $reader = Parse::Matroska::Reader->new($path);
+    my $elem = $reader->read_element;
+
+    print "ID: $elem->{elid}\n";
+    print "Name: $elem->{name}\n";
+    print "Length: $elem->{content_len}\n";
+    print "Type: $elem->{type}\n";
+    print "Child count: ", scalar(@{$elem->all_children}), "\n";
+    if ($elem->{type} eq 'sub') {
+        while (my $chld = $elem->next_child) {
+            print "Child Name: $chld->{name}\n";
+        }
+    } else {
+        print "Value: ", $elem->get_value, "\n";
+    }
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Represents a single Matroska element as decoded by
+L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>. This is essentially a hash
+augmented with functions for delay-loading of binary
+values and children elements.
+
+=head1 NOTE
+
+The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
+
+=attr elid
+
+The EBML Element ID, suitable for passing to
+L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions/elem_by_hexid>.
+
+=attr name
+
+The EBML Element's name.
+
+=attr type
+
+The EBML Element's type. Can be C<uint>, C<sint>,
+C<float>, C<ebml_id>, C<str> or C<binary>. See L</value>
+for details.
+
+Equivalent to
+C<elem_by_hexid($elem-E<gt>{value})-E<gt>{valtype}>.
+
+=attr value
+
+The EBML Element's value. Should be obtained through
+L</get_value>.
+
+Is an unicode string if the L</type> is C<str>, that is,
+the string has already been decoded by L<Encode/decode>.
+
+Is C<undef> if the L</type> is C<binary> and the contents
+were delay-loaded and not yet read. L</get_value> will
+do the delayed load if needed.
+
+Is an arrayref if the L</type> is C<sub>, containing
+the children nodes that were already loaded.
+
+Is a hashref if the L</type> is C<ebml_id>, containing
+the referred element's information as defined in
+L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>. Calling
+C<elem_by_hexid($elem-E<gt>{value}-E<gt>{elid})> will
+return the same object as $elem->{value}.
+
+=attr full_len
+
+The entire length of this EBML Element, including
+the header's.
+
+=attr size_len
+
+The length of the size marker. Used when calculating
+L</full_len> from L</content_len>
+
+=attr content_len
+
+The length of the contents of this EBML Element,
+which excludes the header.
+
+=attr reader
+
+A weakened reference to the associated
+L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>.
+
+=method new(%hash)
+
+Creates a new Element initialized with the hash
+given as argument.
+
+=cut
+sub new {
+    my $class = shift;
+    my $self = {};
+    bless $self, $class;
+
+    $self->initialize(@_);
+    return $self;
+}
+
+=method initialize(%hash)
+
+Called by L</new> on initialization.
+
+=cut
+sub initialize {
+    my ($self, %args) = @_;
+    for (keys %args) {
+        $self->{$_} = $args{$_};
+    }
+    $self->{depth} = 0 unless $self->{depth};
+}
+
+=method skip
+
+Called by the user to ignore the contents of this EBML node.
+Needed when ignoring the children of a node.
+
+=cut
+sub skip {
+    my ($self) = @_;
+    my $reader = $self->{reader};
+    return unless $reader; # we don't have to skip if there's no reader
+    my $pos = $reader->getpos;
+    croak "Too late to skip, reads were already done"
+        if $pos ne $self->{data_pos};
+    $reader->skip($self->{content_len});
+}
+
+=method get_value($keep_bin)
+
+Returns the value contained by this EBML element.
+
+If the element has children, returns an arrayref to
+the children elements that were already encountered.
+
+If the element's type is C<binary> and the value was
+delay-loaded, does the reading now.
+
+If $keep_bin is true, the delay-loaded data is kept
+as the L</value>, otherwise, further calls to
+C<get_value> will reread the data from the L</reader>.
+
+=cut
+sub get_value {
+    my ($self, $keep_bin) = @_;
+
+    return undef if $self->{type} eq 'skip';
+    return $self->{value} if $self->{value};
+
+    my $reader = $self->{reader} or
+        croak "The associated Reader has been deleted";
+
+    # delay-loaded 'binary'
+    if ($self->{type} eq 'binary') {
+        croak "Cannot seek in the current Reader" unless $self->{data_pos};
+        # seek to the data position...
+        $reader->setpos($self->{data_pos});
+        # read the data, keeping it in value if requested
+        if ($keep_bin) {
+            $self->{value} = $reader->readlen($self->{content_len});
+            return $self->{value};
+        } else {
+            return $reader->readlen($self->{content_len});
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+=method next_child($read_bin)
+
+Builtin iterator; reads and returns the next child element.
+Always returns undef if the type isn't C<sub>.
+
+Returns undef at the end of the iterator and resets itself to
+point to the first element; so calling L</next_child($read_bin)>
+after the iterator returned C<undef> will return the first child.
+
+The optional C<$read_bin> parameter has the children elements
+not delay-load their value if their type is C<binary>.
+
+If all children elements have already been read, return
+each element in-order as would be given by
+L</all_children($recurse,$read_bin)>.
+
+=cut
+sub next_child {
+    my ($self, $read_bin) = @_;
+    return unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
+
+    if ($self->{_all_children_read}) {
+        my $idx = $self->{_last_child} ||= 0;
+        if ($idx == @{$self->{value}}) {
+            # reset the iterator, returning undef once
+            $self->{_last_child} = 0;
+            return;
+        }
+        my $ret = $self->{value}->[$idx];
+
+        ++$idx;
+        $self->{_last_child} = $idx;
+        return $ret;
+    }
+
+    my $len = defined $self->{remaining_len}
+        ? $self->{remaining_len}
+        : $self->{content_len};
+
+    if ($len == 0) {
+        # we've read all children; switch into $self->{value} iteration mode
+        $self->{_all_children_read} = 1;
+        # return undef since the iterator will reset
+        return;
+    }
+
+    $self->{pos_offset} ||= 0;
+    my $pos = $self->{data_pos};
+    my $reader = $self->{reader} or croak "The associated reader has been deleted";
+    $reader->setpos($pos);
+    $reader->{fh}->seek($self->{pos_offset}, 1) if $pos;
+
+    my $chld = $reader->read_element($read_bin);
+    return undef unless defined $chld;
+    $self->{pos_offset} += $chld->{full_len};
+
+    $self->{remaining_len} = $len - $chld->{full_len};
+
+    if ($self->{remaining_len} < 0) {
+        croak "Child elements consumed $self->{remaining_len} more bytes than parent $self->{name} contained";
+    }
+
+    $chld->{depth} = $self->{depth} + 1;
+    $self->{value} ||= [];
+
+    push @{$self->{value}}, $chld;
+
+    return $chld;
+}
+
+=method all_children($recurse,$read_bin)
+
+Calls L</populate_children($recurse,$read_bin)> on self
+and returns an arrayref with the children nodes.
+
+Both C<$recurse> and C<$read_bin> are optional and default
+to false.
+
+=cut
+sub all_children {
+    my ($self, $recurse, $read_bin) = @_;
+    $self->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin);
+    return $self->{value};
+}
+
+=method children_by_name($name)
+
+Searches in the already read children elements for all
+elements with the EBML name C<$name>. Returns an array
+containing all found elements. On scalar context,
+returns only the first element found.
+
+Croaks if the element's C<type> isn't C<sub>.
+
+=cut
+sub children_by_name {
+    my ($self, $name) = @_;
+    return unless defined wantarray; # don't do work if work isn't wanted
+    croak "Element can't have children" unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
+
+    my @found = grep { $_->{name} eq $name } @{$self->{value}};
+    return @found       if wantarray;         # list
+    return shift @found if defined wantarray; # scalar
+}
+
+=method populate_children($recurse,$read_bin)
+
+Populates the internal array of children elements, that is,
+requests that the associated L<Matroska::Parser::Reader> reads
+all children elements. Returns itself.
+
+Returns false if the element's C<type> isn't C<sub>.
+
+If C<$recurse> is provided and is true, the method will call
+itself in the children elements with the same parameters it
+received; this will build a full EBML tree.
+
+If C<$read_bin> is provided and is true, disables delay-loading
+of the contents of C<binary>-type nodes, reading the contents
+to memory.
+
+If both C<$recurse> and C<$read_bin> are true, entire EBML trees
+can be loaded without requiring seeks, thus behaving correctly
+on unseekable streams. If C<$read_bin> is false, the entire EBML
+tree is still loaded, but calling L</get_value> on C<binary>-type
+nodes will produce an error on unseekable streams.
+
+=cut
+sub populate_children {
+    my ($self, $recurse, $read_bin) = @_;
+
+    return unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
+
+    if (@{$self->{value}} && $recurse) {
+        # only recurse
+        foreach (@{$self->{value}}) {
+            $_->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin);
+        }
+        return $self;
+    }
+
+    while (my $chld = $self->next_child($read_bin)) {
+        $chld->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin) if $recurse;
+    }
+
+    return $self;
+}
+
+1;
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+use 5.008;
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+# ABSTRACT: a low-level reader for EBML files
+package Parse::Matroska::Reader;
+
+use Parse::Matroska::Definitions qw{elem_by_hexid};
+use Parse::Matroska::Element;
+
+use Carp;
+use Scalar::Util qw{openhandle weaken};
+use IO::Handle;
+use IO::File;
+use List::Util qw{first};
+use Encode;
+
+use constant BIGINT_TRY => 'Pari,GMP,FastCalc';
+use Math::BigInt try => BIGINT_TRY;
+use Math::BigRat try => BIGINT_TRY;
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+    use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
+    my $reader = Parse::Matroska::Reader->new($path);
+    $reader->close;
+    $reader->open(\$string_with_matroska_data);
+
+    my $elem = $reader->read_element;
+    print "Element ID: $elem->{elid}\n";
+    print "Element name: $elem->{name}\n";
+    if ($elem->{type} ne 'sub') {
+        print "Element value: $elem->get_value\n";
+    } else {
+        while (my $child = $elem->next_child) {
+            print "Child element: $child->{name}\n";
+        }
+    }
+    $reader->close;
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Reads EBML data, which is used in Matroska files.
+This is a low-level reader which is meant to be used as a backend
+for higher level readers. TODO: write the high level readers :)
+
+=head1 NOTE
+
+The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
+
+=method new
+
+Creates a new reader.
+Calls L</open($arg)> with its arguments if provided.
+
+=cut
+sub new {
+    my $class = shift;
+    my $self = {};
+    bless $self, $class;
+
+    $self->open(@_) if @_;
+    return $self;
+}
+
+=method open($arg)
+
+Creates the internal filehandle. The argument can be:
+
+=for :list
+* An open filehandle or L<IO::Handle> object.
+The filehandle is not C<dup()>ed, so calling L</close> in this
+object will close the given filehandle as well.
+* A scalar containing a path to a file.
+* On perl v5.14 or newer, a scalarref pointing to EBML data.
+For similar functionality in older perls, give an L<IO::String> object
+or the handle to an already C<open>ed scalarref.
+
+=cut
+sub open {
+    my ($self, $arg) = @_;
+    $self->{fh} = openhandle($arg) || IO::File->new($arg, "<:raw")
+        or croak "Can't open $arg: $!";
+}
+
+=method close
+
+Closes the internal filehandle.
+
+=cut
+sub close {
+    my ($self) = @_;
+    $self->{fh}->close;
+    delete $self->{fh};
+}
+
+# equivalent to $self->readlen(1), possibly faster
+sub _getc {
+    my ($self) = @_;
+    my $c = $self->{fh}->getc;
+    croak "Can't do read of length 1: $!" if !defined $c && $!;
+    return $c;
+}
+
+=method readlen($length)
+
+Reads C<$length> bytes from the internal filehandle.
+
+=cut
+sub readlen {
+    my ($self, $len) = @_;
+    my $data;
+    my $readlen = $self->{fh}->read($data, $len);
+    croak "Can't do read of length $len: $!"
+                 unless defined $readlen;
+    return $data;
+}
+
+# converts a byte string into an integer
+# we do so by converting the integer into a hex string (big-endian)
+# and then reading the hex-string into an integer
+sub _bin2int($) {
+    my ($bin) = @_;
+    # if the length is larger than 3
+    # the resulting integer might be larger than INT_MAX
+    if (length($bin) > 3) {
+        return Math::BigInt->from_hex(unpack("H*", $bin));
+    }
+    return hex(unpack("H*", $bin));
+}
+
+# creates a floating-point number with the given mantissa and exponent
+sub _ldexp {
+    my ($mantissa, $exponent) = @_;
+    return $mantissa * Math::BigRat->new(2)**$exponent;
+}
+
+# NOTE: the read_* functions are hard to read because they're ports
+# of even harder to read python functions.
+# TODO: make them readable
+
+=method read_id
+
+Reads an EBML ID atom in hexadecimal string format, suitable
+for passing to L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions/elem_by_hexid($id)>.
+
+=cut
+sub read_id {
+    my ($self) = @_;
+    my $t = $self->_getc;
+    return undef unless defined $t;
+    my $i = 0;
+    my $mask = 1<<7;
+
+    if (ord($t) == 0) {
+        croak "Matroska Syntax error: first byte of ID was \\0"
+    }
+    until (ord($t) & $mask) {
+        ++$i;
+        $mask >>= 1;
+    }
+    # return hex string of the bytes we just read
+    return unpack "H*", ($t . $self->readlen($i));
+}
+
+=method read_size
+
+Reads an EBML Data Size atom, which immediately follows
+an EBML ID atom.
+
+This returns an array consisting of:
+
+=for :list
+0. The length of the Data Size atom.
+1. The value encoded in the Data Size atom, which is the length of all the data following it.
+
+=cut
+sub read_size {
+    my ($self) = @_;
+    my $t = $self->_getc;
+    my $i = 0;
+    my $mask = 1<<7;
+
+    if (ord($t) == 0) {
+        croak "Matroska Syntax error: first byte of data size was \\0"
+    }
+    until (ord($t) & $mask) {
+        ++$i;
+        $mask >>= 1;
+    }
+    $t = $t & chr($mask-1); # strip length bits (keep only significant bits)
+    return ($i+1, _bin2int $t . $self->readlen($i));
+}
+
+=method read_str($length)
+
+Reads a string of length C<$length> bytes from the internal filehandle.
+The string is already L<Encode/decode>d from C<UTF-8>, which is the
+standard Matroska string encoding.
+
+=cut
+{
+    my $utf8 = find_encoding("UTF-8");
+    sub read_str {
+        my ($self, $length) = @_;
+        return $utf8->decode($self->readlen($length));
+    }
+}
+
+=method read_uint($length)
+
+Reads an unsigned integer of length C<$length> bytes
+from the internal filehandle.
+
+Returns a L<Math::BigInt> object if C<$length> is greater
+than 4.
+
+=cut
+sub read_uint {
+    my ($self, $length) = @_;
+    return _bin2int $self->readlen($length);
+}
+
+=method read_sint($length)
+
+Reads a signed integer of length C<$length> bytes
+from the internal filehandle.
+
+Returns a L<Math::BigInt> object if C<$length> is greater
+than 4.
+
+=cut
+sub read_sint {
+    my ($self, $length) = @_;
+    my $i = $self->read_uint($length);
+
+    # Apply 2's complement to the unsigned int
+    my $mask = int(2 ** ($length * 8 - 1));
+    # if the most significant bit is set...
+    if ($i & $mask) {
+        # subtract the MSB twice
+        $i -= 2 * $mask;
+    }
+    return $i;
+}
+
+=method read_float($length)
+
+Reads an IEEE floating point number of length C<$length>
+bytes from the internal filehandle.
+
+Only lengths C<4> and C<8> are supported (C C<float> and C<double>).
+
+=cut
+sub read_float {
+    my ($self, $length) = @_;
+    my $i = $self->read_uint($length);
+    my $f;
+
+    use bigrat try => BIGINT_TRY;
+
+    # These evil expressions reinterpret an unsigned int as IEEE binary floats
+    if ($length == 4) {
+        $f = _ldexp(($i & (1<<23 - 1)) + (1<<23), ($i>>23 & (1<<8 - 1)) - 150);
+        $f = -$f if $i & (1<<31);
+    } elsif ($length == 8) {
+        $f = _ldexp(($i & (1<<52 - 1)) + (1<<52), ($i>>52 & (1<<12 - 1)) - 1075);
+        $f = -$f if $i & (1<<63);
+    } else {
+        croak "Matroska Syntax error: unsupported IEEE float byte size $length";
+    }
+
+    return $f;
+}
+
+=method read_ebml_id($length)
+
+Reads an EBML ID when it's encoded as the data inside another
+EBML element, that is, when the enclosing element's C<type> is
+C<ebml_id>.
+
+This returns a hashref with the EBML element description as
+defined in L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>.
+
+=cut
+sub read_ebml_id {
+    my ($self, $length) = @_;
+    return elem_by_hexid(unpack("H*", $self->readlen($length)));
+}
+
+=method skip($length)
+
+Skips C<$length> bytes in the internal filehandle.
+
+=cut
+sub skip {
+    my ($self, $len) = @_;
+    return if $self->{fh}->can('seek') && $self->{fh}->seek($len, 1);
+    $self->readlen($len);
+    return;
+}
+
+=method getpos
+
+Wrapper for L<IO::Seekable/$io-E<gt>getpos> in the internal filehandle.
+
+Returns undef if the internal filehandle can't C<getpos>.
+
+=cut
+sub getpos {
+    my ($self) = @_;
+    return undef unless $self->{fh}->can('getpos');
+    return $self->{fh}->getpos;
+}
+
+=method setpos($pos)
+
+Wrapper for L<IO::Seekable/$io-E<gt>setpos> in the internal filehandle.
+
+Returns C<undef> if the internal filehandle can't C<setpos>.
+
+Croaks if C<setpos> does not seek to the requested position,
+that is, if calling C<getpos> does not yield the same object
+as the C<$pos> argument.
+
+=cut
+sub setpos {
+    my ($self, $pos) = @_;
+    return undef unless $pos && $self->{fh}->can('setpos');
+
+    my $ret = $self->{fh}->setpos($pos);
+    croak "Cannot seek to correct position"
+        unless $self->getpos eq $pos;
+    return $ret;
+}
+
+=method read_element($read_bin)
+
+Reads a full EBML element from the internal filehandle.
+
+Returns a L<Parse::Matroska::Element> object initialized with
+the read data. If C<read_bin> is not present or is false, will
+delay-load the contents of C<binary> type elements, that is,
+they will only be loaded when calling C<get_value> on the
+returned L<Parse::Matroska::Element> object.
+
+Does not read the children of the element if its type is
+C<sub>. Look into the L<Parse::Matroska::Element> interface
+for details in how to read children elements.
+
+Pass a true C<$read_bin> if the stream being read is not
+seekable (C<getpos> is undef) and the contents of C<binary>
+elements is desired, otherwise seeking errors or internal
+filehandle corruption might occur.
+
+=cut
+sub read_element {
+    my ($self, $read_bin) = @_;
+    return undef if $self->{fh}->eof;
+
+    my $elem_pos = $self->getpos;
+
+    my $elid = $self->read_id;
+    my $elem_def = elem_by_hexid($elid);
+    my ($size_len, $content_len) = $self->read_size;
+    my $full_len = length($elid)/2 + $size_len + $content_len;
+
+    my $elem = Parse::Matroska::Element->new(
+        elid => $elid,
+        name => $elem_def && $elem_def->{name},
+        type => $elem_def && $elem_def->{valtype},
+        size_len => $size_len,
+        content_len => $content_len,
+        full_len => $full_len,
+        reader => $self,
+        elem_pos => $elem_pos,
+        data_pos => $self->getpos,
+        );
+    weaken($elem->{reader});
+
+    if (defined $elem_def) {
+        if ($elem->{type} eq 'sub') {
+            $elem->{value} = [];
+        } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'str') {
+            $elem->{value} = $self->read_str($content_len);
+        } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'ebml_id') {
+            $elem->{value} = $self->read_ebml_id($content_len);
+        } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'uint') {
+            $elem->{value} = $self->read_uint($content_len);
+        } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'sint') {
+            $elem->{value} = $self->read_sint($content_len);
+        } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'float') {
+            $elem->{value} = $self->read_float($content_len);
+        } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'skip') {
+            $self->skip($content_len);
+        } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'binary') {
+            if ($read_bin) {
+                $elem->{value} = $self->readlen($content_len);
+            } else {
+                $self->skip($content_len);
+            }
+        } else {
+            die "Matroska Definition error: type $elem->{valtype} unknown"
+        }
+    } else {
+        $self->skip($content_len);
+    }
+    return $elem;
+}
+
+1;
+
+=head1 CAVEATS
+
+Children elements have to be processed as soon as an element
+with children is found, or their children ignored with
+L<Parse::Matroska::Element/skip>. Not doing so doesn't cause
+errors but results in an invalid structure, with constant C<0>
+depth.
+
+To work correctly in unseekable streams, either the contents
+of C<binary>-type elements has to be ignored or the C<read_bin>
+flag to C<read_element> has to be true.
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+# ABSTRACT: internally-used helper functions
+package Parse::Matroska::Utils;
+
+use Exporter;
+our @ISA       = qw{Exporter};
+our @EXPORT_OK = qw{uniq uncamelize};
+
+=method uniq(@array)
+
+The same as L<List::MoreUtils/"uniq LIST">.
+Included to avoid depending on it since it's
+not a core module.
+
+=cut
+sub uniq(@) {
+  my %seen;
+  return grep { !$seen{$_}++ } @_;
+}
+
+=method uncamelize($string)
+
+Converts a "StringLikeTHIS" into a
+"string_like_this".
+
+=cut
+sub uncamelize($) {
+    local $_ = shift;
+    # lc followed by UC: lc_UC
+    s/(?<=[a-z])([A-Z])/_\L$1/g;
+    # UC followed by two lc: _UClclc
+    s/([A-Z])(?=[a-z]{2})/_\L$1/g;
+    # strip leading _ that the second regexp might add; lowercase all
+    s/^_//; lc
+}
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-mpv lua scripts
-===============
-
-The lua scripts in this folder can be loaded on a one-time basis by
-adding the option
-
-    --script=/path/to/script.lua
-
-to mpv's command line.
-
-Where appropriate, they may also be placed in ~/.config/mpv/scripts/ from
-where they will be automatically loaded when mpv starts.
-
-This is only a small selection of internally maintained scripts. Some of them
-are just for testing mpv internals, or serve as examples. An extensive
-user-edited list of 3rd party scripts is available here:
-
-    https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/User-Scripts
-
-(Anyone can add their own scripts to that list.)
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-- This script adds control to the dynamic range compression ffmpeg
-- filter including key bindings for adjusting parameters.
--
-- See https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html#acompressor for explanation
-- of the parameteres.
-
-local mp = require 'mp'
-local options = require 'mp.options'
-
-local o = {
-	default_enable = false,
-	show_osd = true,
-	osd_timeout = 4000,
-	filter_label = mp.get_script_name(),
-
-	key_toggle = 'n',
-	key_increase_threshold = 'F1',
-	key_decrease_threshold = 'Shift+F1',
-	key_increase_ratio = 'F2',
-	key_decrease_ratio = 'Shift+F2',
-	key_increase_knee = 'F3',
-	key_decrease_knee = 'Shift+F3',
-	key_increase_makeup = 'F4',
-	key_decrease_makeup = 'Shift+F4',
-	key_increase_attack = 'F5',
-	key_decrease_attack = 'Shift+F5',
-	key_increase_release = 'F6',
-	key_decrease_release = 'Shift+F6',
-
-	default_threshold = -25.0,
-	default_ratio = 3.0,
-	default_knee = 2.0,
-	default_makeup = 8.0,
-	default_attack = 20.0,
-	default_release = 250.0,
-
-	step_threshold = -2.5,
-	step_ratio = 1.0,
-	step_knee = 1.0,
-	step_makeup = 1.0,
-	step_attack = 10.0,
-	step_release = 10.0,
-}
-options.read_options(o)
-
-local params = {
-	{ name = 'attack',    min=0.01, max=2000, hide_default=true,  dB=''   },
-	{ name = 'release',   min=0.01, max=9000, hide_default=true,  dB=''   },
-	{ name = 'threshold', min= -30, max=   0, hide_default=false, dB='dB' },
-	{ name = 'ratio',     min=   1, max=  20, hide_default=false, dB=''   },
-	{ name = 'knee',      min=   1, max=  10, hide_default=true,  dB='dB' },
-	{ name = 'makeup',    min=   0, max=  24, hide_default=false, dB='dB' },
-}
-
-local function parse_value(value)
-	-- Using nil here because tonumber differs between lua 5.1 and 5.2 when parsing fractions in combination with explicit base argument set to 10.
-	-- And we can't omit it because gsub returns 2 values which would get unpacked and cause more problems. Gotta love scripting languages.
-	return tonumber(value:gsub('dB$', ''), nil)
-end
-
-local function format_value(value, dB)
-	return string.format('%g%s', value, dB)
-end
-
-local function show_osd(filter)
-	if not o.show_osd then
-		return
-	end
-
-	if not filter.enabled then
-		mp.commandv('show-text', 'Dynamic range compressor: disabled', o.osd_timeout)
-		return
-	end
-
-	local pretty = {}
-	for _,param in ipairs(params) do
-		local value = parse_value(filter.params[param.name])
-		if not (param.hide_default and value == o['default_' .. param.name]) then
-			pretty[#pretty+1] = string.format('%s: %g%s', param.name:gsub("^%l", string.upper), value, param.dB)
-		end
-	end
-
-	if #pretty == 0 then
-		pretty = ''
-	else
-		pretty = '\n(' .. table.concat(pretty, ', ') .. ')'
-	end
-
-	mp.commandv('show-text', 'Dynamic range compressor: enabled' .. pretty, o.osd_timeout)
-end
-
-local function get_filter()
-	local af = mp.get_property_native('af', {})
-
-	for i = 1, #af do
-		if af[i].label == o.filter_label then
-			return af, i
-		end
-	end
-
-	af[#af+1] = {
-		name = 'acompressor',
-		label = o.filter_label,
-		enabled = false,
-		params = {},
-	}
-
-	for _,param in pairs(params) do
-		af[#af].params[param.name] = format_value(o['default_' .. param.name], param.dB)
-	end
-
-	return af, #af
-end
-
-local function toggle_acompressor()
-	local af, i = get_filter()
-	af[i].enabled = not af[i].enabled
-	mp.set_property_native('af', af)
-	show_osd(af[i])
-end
-
-local function update_param(name, increment)
-	for _,param in pairs(params) do
-		if param.name == string.lower(name) then
-			local af, i = get_filter()
-			local value = parse_value(af[i].params[param.name])
-			value = math.max(param.min, math.min(value + increment, param.max))
-			af[i].params[param.name] = format_value(value, param.dB)
-			af[i].enabled = true
-			mp.set_property_native('af', af)
-			show_osd(af[i])
-			return
-		end
-	end
-
-	mp.msg.error('Unknown parameter "' .. name .. '"')
-end
-
-mp.add_key_binding(o.key_toggle, "toggle-acompressor", toggle_acompressor)
-mp.register_script_message('update-param', update_param)
-
-for _,param in pairs(params) do
-	for direction,step in pairs({increase=1, decrease=-1}) do
-		mp.add_key_binding(o['key_' .. direction .. '_' .. param.name],
-		                   'acompressor-' .. direction .. '-' .. param.name,
-		                   function() update_param(param.name, step*o['step_' .. param.name]); end,
-		                   { repeatable = true })
-	end
-end
-
-if o.default_enable then
-	local af, i = get_filter()
-	af[i].enabled = true
-	mp.set_property_native('af', af)
-end
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-- Handles the edge case where previous attempts to init audio have failed, but
-- might start working due to a newly added device. This is required in
-- particular for ao=wasapi, since the internal IMMNotificationClient code that
-- normally triggers ao-reload will not be running in this case.
-
-function do_reload()
-    mp.command("ao-reload")
-    reloading = nil
-end
-
-function on_audio_device_list_change()
-    if mp.get_property("current-ao") == "null" and not reloading then
-        mp.msg.verbose("audio-device-list changed: reloading audio")
-        -- avoid calling ao-reload too often
-        reloading = mp.add_timeout(0.5, do_reload)
-    end
-end
-
-mp.set_property("options/audio-fallback-to-null", "yes")
-mp.observe_property("audio-device-list", "native", on_audio_device_list_change)
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-local utils = require("mp.utils")
-
-mp.observe_property("audio-device-list", "native", function(name, val)
-    print("Audio device list changed:")
-    for index, e in ipairs(val) do
-        print("  - '" .. e.name .. "' (" .. e.description .. ")")
-    end
-end)
-
-mp.observe_property("audio-out-detected-device", "native", function(name, val)
-    print("Detected audio device changed:")
-    print("  - '" .. val)
-end)
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-- This script uses the lavfi cropdetect filter to automatically
-- insert a crop filter with appropriate parameters for the currently
-- playing video.
--
-- It registers the key-binding "C" (shift+c), which when pressed,
-- inserts the filter vf=lavfi=cropdetect. After 1 second, it then
-- inserts the filter vf=crop=w:h:x:y, where w,h,x,y are determined
-- from the vf-metadata gathered by cropdetect. The cropdetect filter
-- is removed immediately after the crop filter is inserted as it is
-- no longer needed.
--
-- If the "C" key is pressed again, the crop filter is removed
-- restoring playback to its original state.
--
-- Since the crop parameters are determined from the 1 second of video
-- between inserting the cropdetect and crop filters, the "C" key
-- should be pressed at a position in the video where the crop region
-- is unambiguous (i.e., not a black frame, black background title
-- card, or dark scene).
--
-- The default delay between insertion of the cropdetect and
-- crop filters may be overridden by adding
--
-- --script-opts=autocrop.detect_seconds=<number of seconds>
--
-- to mpv's arguments. This may be desirable to allow cropdetect more
-- time to collect data.
-require "mp.msg"
-
-script_name = mp.get_script_name()
-cropdetect_label = string.format("%s-cropdetect", script_name)
-crop_label = string.format("%s-crop", script_name)
-
-- number of seconds to gather cropdetect data
-detect_seconds = tonumber(mp.get_opt(string.format("%s.detect_seconds", script_name)))
-if not detect_seconds then
-    detect_seconds = 1
-end
-
-function del_filter_if_present(label)
-    -- necessary because mp.command('vf del @label:filter') raises an
-    -- error if the filter doesn't exist
-    local vfs = mp.get_property_native("vf")
-    for i,vf in pairs(vfs) do
-        if vf["label"] == label then
-            table.remove(vfs, i)
-            mp.set_property_native("vf", vfs)
-            return true
-        end
-    end
-    return false
-end
-
-function autocrop_start()
-    -- exit if cropdetection is already in progress
-    if timer then
-        mp.msg.warn("already cropdetecting!")
-        return
-    end
-
-    -- if there's a crop filter, remove it and exit
-    if del_filter_if_present(crop_label) then
-        return
-    end
-
-    -- insert the cropdetect filter
-    ret=mp.command(
-        string.format(
-            'vf add @%s:cropdetect=limit=%f:round=2:reset=0',
-            cropdetect_label, 24/255
-        )
-    )
-    -- wait to gather data
-    timer=mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, do_crop)
-end
-
-function do_crop()
-    -- get the metadata
-    local cropdetect_metadata = mp.get_property_native(
-        string.format("vf-metadata/%s", cropdetect_label)
-    )
-
-    -- use it to crop if its valid
-    if cropdetect_metadata then
-        if cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.w"]
-            and cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.h"]
-            and cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.x"]
-            and cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.y"]
-        then
-            mp.command(string.format("vf add @%s:lavfi-crop=w=%s:h=%s:x=%s:y=%s",
-                                     crop_label,
-                                     cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.w"],
-                                     cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.h"],
-                                     cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.x"],
-                                     cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.y"]))
-        else
-            mp.msg.error(
-                "Got empty crop data. You might need to increase detect_seconds."
-            )
-        end
-    else
-        mp.msg.error(
-            "No crop data. Was the cropdetect filter successfully inserted?"
-        )
-        mp.msg.error(
-            "Does your version of ffmpeg/libav support AVFrame metadata?"
-        )
-    end
-    -- remove the cropdetect filter
-    del_filter_if_present(cropdetect_label)
-    timer=nil
-end
-
-mp.add_key_binding("C", "auto_crop", autocrop_start)
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-- This script uses the lavfi idet filter to automatically insert the
-- appropriate deinterlacing filter based on a short section of the
-- currently playing video.
--
-- It registers the key-binding ctrl+d, which when pressed, inserts the filters
-- ``vf=idet,lavfi-pullup,idet``. After 4 seconds, it removes these
-- filters and decides whether the content is progressive, interlaced, or
-- telecined and the interlacing field dominance.
--
-- Based on this information, it may set mpv's ``deinterlace`` property (which
-- usually inserts the yadif filter), or insert the ``pullup`` filter if the
-- content is telecined.  It also sets field dominance with lavfi setfield.
--
-- OPTIONS:
-- The default detection time may be overridden by adding
--
-- --script-opts=autodeint.detect_seconds=<number of seconds>
--
-- to mpv's arguments. This may be desirable to allow idet more
-- time to collect data.
--
-- To see counts of the various types of frames for each detection phase,
-- the verbosity can be increased with
--
-- --msg-level=autodeint=v
-
-require "mp.msg"
-
-script_name = mp.get_script_name()
-detect_label = string.format("%s-detect", script_name)
-pullup_label = string.format("%s", script_name)
-dominance_label = string.format("%s-dominance", script_name)
-ivtc_detect_label = string.format("%s-ivtc-detect", script_name)
-
-- number of seconds to gather cropdetect data
-detect_seconds = tonumber(mp.get_opt(string.format("%s.detect_seconds", script_name)))
-if not detect_seconds then
-    detect_seconds = 4
-end
-
-function del_filter_if_present(label)
-    -- necessary because mp.command('vf del @label:filter') raises an
-    -- error if the filter doesn't exist
-    local vfs = mp.get_property_native("vf")
-
-    for i,vf in pairs(vfs) do
-        if vf["label"] == label then
-            table.remove(vfs, i)
-            mp.set_property_native("vf", vfs)
-            return true
-        end
-    end
-    return false
-end
-
-local function add_vf(label, filter)
-    return mp.command(('vf add @%s:%s'):format(label, filter))
-end
-
-function start_detect()
-    -- exit if detection is already in progress
-    if timer then
-        mp.msg.warn("already detecting!")
-        return
-    end
-
-    mp.set_property("deinterlace","no")
-    del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
-    del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
-
-    -- insert the detection filters
-    if not (add_vf(detect_label, 'idet') and
-            add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode=auto') and
-            add_vf(pullup_label, 'lavfi-pullup') and
-            add_vf(ivtc_detect_label, 'idet')) then
-        mp.msg.error("failed to insert detection filters")
-        return
-    end
-
-    -- wait to gather data
-    timer = mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, select_filter)
-end
-
-function stop_detect()
-    del_filter_if_present(detect_label)
-    del_filter_if_present(ivtc_detect_label)
-    timer = nil
-end
-
-progressive, interlaced_tff, interlaced_bff, interlaced = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
-
-function judge(label)
-    -- get the metadata
-    local result = mp.get_property_native(string.format("vf-metadata/%s", label))
-    local num_tff          = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.tff"])
-    local num_bff          = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.bff"])
-    local num_progressive  = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.progressive"])
-    local num_undetermined = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.undetermined"])
-    local num_interlaced   = num_tff + num_bff
-    local num_determined   = num_interlaced + num_progressive
-
-    mp.msg.verbose(label.." progressive    = "..num_progressive)
-    mp.msg.verbose(label.." interlaced-tff = "..num_tff)
-    mp.msg.verbose(label.." interlaced-bff = "..num_bff)
-    mp.msg.verbose(label.." undetermined   = "..num_undetermined)
-
-    if num_determined < num_undetermined then
-        mp.msg.warn("majority undetermined frames")
-    end
-    if num_progressive > 20*num_interlaced then
-        return progressive
-    elseif num_tff > 10*num_bff then
-        return interlaced_tff
-    elseif num_bff > 10*num_tff then
-        return interlaced_bff
-    else
-        return interlaced
-    end
-end
-
-function select_filter()
-    -- handle the first detection filter results
-    local verdict = judge(detect_label)
-    local ivtc_verdict = judge(ivtc_detect_label)
-    local dominance = "auto"
-    if verdict == progressive then
-        mp.msg.info("progressive: doing nothing")
-        stop_detect()
-        del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
-        del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
-        return
-    else
-        if verdict == interlaced_tff then
-            dominance = "tff"
-            add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode='..dominance)
-        elseif verdict == interlaced_bff then
-            dominance = "bff"
-            add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode='..dominance)
-        else
-            del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
-        end
-    end
-
-    -- handle the ivtc detection filter results
-    if ivtc_verdict == progressive then
-        mp.msg.info(string.format("telecined with %s field dominance: using pullup", dominance))
-        stop_detect()
-    else
-        mp.msg.info(string.format("interlaced with %s field dominance: setting deinterlace property", dominance))
-        del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
-        mp.set_property("deinterlace","yes")
-        stop_detect()
-    end
-end
-
-mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+d", script_name, start_detect)
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-- This script automatically loads playlist entries before and after the
-- the currently played file. It does so by scanning the directory a file is
-- located in when starting playback. It sorts the directory entries
-- alphabetically, and adds entries before and after the current file to
-- the internal playlist. (It stops if the it would add an already existing
-- playlist entry at the same position - this makes it "stable".)
-- Add at most 5000 * 2 files when starting a file (before + after).
-MAXENTRIES = 5000
-
-local options = require 'mp.options'
-
-o = {
-    disabled = false
-}
-options.read_options(o)
-
-function Set (t)
-    local set = {}
-    for _, v in pairs(t) do set[v] = true end
-    return set
-end
-
-EXTENSIONS = Set {
-    'mkv', 'avi', 'mp4', 'ogv', 'webm', 'rmvb', 'flv', 'wmv', 'mpeg', 'mpg', 'm4v', '3gp',
-    'mp3', 'wav', 'ogv', 'flac', 'm4a', 'wma',
-}
-
-mputils = require 'mp.utils'
-
-function add_files_at(index, files)
-    index = index - 1
-    local oldcount = mp.get_property_number("playlist-count", 1)
-    for i = 1, #files do
-        mp.commandv("loadfile", files[i], "append")
-        mp.commandv("playlist-move", oldcount + i - 1, index + i - 1)
-    end
-end
-
-function get_extension(path)
-    match = string.match(path, "%.([^%.]+)$" )
-    if match == nil then
-        return "nomatch"
-    else
-        return match
-    end
-end
-
-table.filter = function(t, iter)
-    for i = #t, 1, -1 do
-        if not iter(t[i]) then
-            table.remove(t, i)
-        end
-    end
-end
-
-- splitbynum and alnumcomp from alphanum.lua (C) Andre Bogus
-- Released under the MIT License
-- http://www.davekoelle.com/files/alphanum.lua
-
-- split a string into a table of number and string values
-function splitbynum(s)
-    local result = {}
-    for x, y in (s or ""):gmatch("(%d*)(%D*)") do
-        if x ~= "" then table.insert(result, tonumber(x)) end
-        if y ~= "" then table.insert(result, y) end
-    end
-    return result
-end
-
-function clean_key(k)
-    k = (' '..k..' '):gsub("%s+", " "):sub(2, -2):lower()
-    return splitbynum(k)
-end
-
-- compare two strings
-function alnumcomp(x, y)
-    local xt, yt = clean_key(x), clean_key(y)
-    for i = 1, math.min(#xt, #yt) do
-        local xe, ye = xt[i], yt[i]
-        if type(xe) == "string" then ye = tostring(ye)
-        elseif type(ye) == "string" then xe = tostring(xe) end
-        if xe ~= ye then return xe < ye end
-    end
-    return #xt < #yt
-end
-
-function find_and_add_entries()
-    local path = mp.get_property("path", "")
-    local dir, filename = mputils.split_path(path)
-    if o.disabled or #dir == 0 then
-        return
-    end
-    local pl_count = mp.get_property_number("playlist-count", 1)
-    if (pl_count > 1 and autoload == nil) or
-       (pl_count == 1 and EXTENSIONS[string.lower(get_extension(filename))] == nil) then
-        return
-    else
-        autoload = true
-    end
-
-    local files = mputils.readdir(dir, "files")
-    if files == nil then
-        return
-    end
-    table.filter(files, function (v, k)
-        if string.match(v, "^%.") then
-            return false
-        end
-        local ext = get_extension(v)
-        if ext == nil then
-            return false
-        end
-        return EXTENSIONS[string.lower(ext)]
-    end)
-    table.sort(files, alnumcomp)
-
-    if dir == "." then
-        dir = ""
-    end
-
-    local pl = mp.get_property_native("playlist", {})
-    local pl_current = mp.get_property_number("playlist-pos", 0) + 1
-    -- Find the current pl entry (dir+"/"+filename) in the sorted dir list
-    local current
-    for i = 1, #files do
-        if files[i] == filename then
-            current = i
-            break
-        end
-    end
-    if current == nil then
-        return
-    end
-
-    local append = {[-1] = {}, [1] = {}}
-    for direction = -1, 1, 2 do -- 2 iterations, with direction = -1 and +1
-        for i = 1, MAXENTRIES do
-            local file = files[current + i * direction]
-            local pl_e = pl[pl_current + i * direction]
-            if file == nil or file[1] == "." then
-                break
-            end
-
-            local filepath = dir .. file
-            if pl_e then
-                -- If there's a playlist entry, and it's the same file, stop.
-                if pl_e.filename == filepath then
-                    break
-                end
-            end
-
-            if direction == -1 then
-                if pl_current == 1 then -- never add additional entries in the middle
-                    mp.msg.info("Prepending " .. file)
-                    table.insert(append[-1], 1, filepath)
-                end
-            else
-                mp.msg.info("Adding " .. file)
-                table.insert(append[1], filepath)
-            end
-        end
-    end
-
-    add_files_at(pl_current + 1, append[1])
-    add_files_at(pl_current, append[-1])
-end
-
-mp.register_event("start-file", find_and_add_entries)
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-- This script cycles between deinterlacing, pullup (inverse
-- telecine), and both filters off. It uses the "deinterlace" property
-- so that a hardware deinterlacer will be used if available.
--
-- It overrides the default deinterlace toggle keybinding "D"
-- (shift+d), so that rather than merely cycling the "deinterlace" property
-- between on and off, it adds a "pullup" step to the cycle.
--
-- It provides OSD feedback as to the actual state of the two filters
-- after each cycle step/keypress.
--
-- Note: if hardware decoding is enabled, pullup filter will likely
-- fail to insert.
--
-- TODO: It might make sense to use hardware assisted vdpaupp=pullup,
-- if available, but I don't have hardware to test it. Patch welcome.
-
-script_name = mp.get_script_name()
-pullup_label = string.format("%s-pullup", script_name)
-
-function pullup_on()
-    for i,vf in pairs(mp.get_property_native('vf')) do
-        if vf['label'] == pullup_label then
-            return "yes"
-        end
-    end
-    return "no"
-end
-
-function do_cycle()
-    if pullup_on() == "yes" then
-        -- if pullup is on remove it
-        mp.command(string.format("vf del @%s:pullup", pullup_label))
-        return
-    elseif mp.get_property("deinterlace") == "yes" then
-        -- if deinterlace is on, turn it off and insert pullup filter
-        mp.set_property("deinterlace", "no")
-        mp.command(string.format("vf add @%s:pullup", pullup_label))
-        return
-    else
-        -- if neither is on, turn on deinterlace
-        mp.set_property("deinterlace", "yes")
-        return
-    end
-end
-
-function cycle_deinterlace_pullup_handler()
-    do_cycle()
-    -- independently determine current state and give user feedback
-    mp.osd_message(string.format("deinterlace: %s\n"..
-                                     "pullup: %s",
-                                 mp.get_property("deinterlace"),
-                                 pullup_on()))
-end
-
-mp.add_key_binding("D", "cycle-deinterlace-pullup", cycle_deinterlace_pullup_handler)
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-- Test script for property change notification mechanism.
-- Note that watching/reading some properties can be very expensive, or
-- require the player to synchronously wait on network (when playing
-- remote files), so you should in general only watch properties you
-- are interested in.
-
-local utils = require("mp.utils")
-
-function observe(name)
-    mp.observe_property(name, "native", function(name, val)
-        print("property '" .. name .. "' changed to '" ..
-              utils.to_string(val) .. "'")
-    end)
-end
-
-for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("property-list")) do
-    observe(name)
-end
-
-for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("options")) do
-    observe("options/" .. name)
-end
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
--makes mpv disable ontop when pausing and re-enable it again when resuming playback
--please note that this won't do anything if ontop was not enabled before pausing
-
-local was_ontop = false
-
-mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", function(name, value)
-    local ontop = mp.get_property_native("ontop")
-    if value then
-        if ontop then
-            mp.set_property_native("ontop", false)
-            was_ontop = true
-        end
-    else
-        if was_ontop and not ontop then
-            mp.set_property_native("ontop", true)
-        end
-        was_ontop = false
-    end
-end)
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-- This script pauses playback when minimizing the window, and resumes playback
-- if it's brought back again. If the player was already paused when minimizing,
-- then try not to mess with the pause state.
-
-local did_minimize = false
-
-mp.observe_property("window-minimized", "bool", function(name, value)
-    local pause = mp.get_property_native("pause")
-    if value == true then
-        if pause == false then
-            mp.set_property_native("pause", true)
-            did_minimize = true
-        end
-    elseif value == false then
-        if did_minimize and (pause == true) then
-            mp.set_property_native("pause", false)
-        end
-        did_minimize = false
-    end
-end)
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-- Rebuild the terminal status line as a lua script
-- Be aware that this will require more cpu power!
-- Also, this is based on a rather old version of the
-- builtin mpv status line.
-
-- Add a string to the status line
-function atsl(s)
-    newStatus = newStatus .. s
-end
-
-function update_status_line()
-    -- Reset the status line
-    newStatus = ""
-
-    if mp.get_property_bool("pause") then
-        atsl("(Paused) ")
-    elseif mp.get_property_bool("paused-for-cache") then
-        atsl("(Buffering) ")
-    end
-
-    if mp.get_property("aid") ~= "no" then
-        atsl("A")
-    end
-    if mp.get_property("vid") ~= "no" then
-        atsl("V")
-    end
-
-    atsl(": ")
-
-    atsl(mp.get_property_osd("time-pos"))
-
-    atsl(" / ");
-    atsl(mp.get_property_osd("duration"));
-
-    atsl(" (")
-    atsl(mp.get_property_osd("percent-pos", -1))
-    atsl("%)")
-
-    local r = mp.get_property_number("speed", -1)
-    if r ~= 1 then
-        atsl(string.format(" x%4.2f", r))
-    end
-
-    r = mp.get_property_number("avsync", nil)
-    if r ~= nil then
-        atsl(string.format(" A-V: %f", r))
-    end
-
-    r = mp.get_property("total-avsync-change", 0)
-    if math.abs(r) > 0.05 then
-        atsl(string.format(" ct:%7.3f", r))
-    end
-
-    r = mp.get_property_number("decoder-drop-frame-count", -1)
-    if r > 0 then
-        atsl(" Late: ")
-        atsl(r)
-    end
-
-    r = mp.get_property_osd("video-bitrate")
-    if r ~= nil and r ~= "" then
-        atsl(" Vb: ")
-        atsl(r)
-    end
-
-    r = mp.get_property_osd("audio-bitrate")
-    if r ~= nil and r ~= "" then
-        atsl(" Ab: ")
-        atsl(r)
-    end
-
-    r = mp.get_property_number("cache", 0)
-    if r > 0 then
-        atsl(string.format(" Cache: %d%% ", r))
-    end
-
-    -- Set the new status line
-    mp.set_property("options/term-status-msg", newStatus)
-end
-
-timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, update_status_line)
-
-function on_pause_change(name, value)
-    if value == false then
-        timer:resume()
-    else
-        timer:stop()
-    end
-    mp.add_timeout(0.1, update_status_line)
-end
-mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)
-mp.register_event("seek", update_status_line)
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+#! /usr/bin/env perl
+
+# Generate C definitions for parsing Matroska files.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+use FindBin;
+use lib "$FindBin::Bin/lib";
+use Parse::Matroska::Definitions;
+use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
+
+use Getopt::Long;
+use List::Util qw{max};
+
+my @global_elem_list = @Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list;
+
+Getopt::Long::Configure(qw{auto_version auto_help});
+my %opt;
+GetOptions(\%opt,
+    "generate-header",
+    "generate-definitions",
+    "full",
+    );
+
+if ($opt{"generate-header"}) {
+    generate_c_header();
+} elsif ($opt{"generate-definitions"}) {
+    generate_c_definitions();
+} else {
+    for (@ARGV) {
+        my $reader = Parse::Matroska::Reader->new($_ eq '-' ? \*STDIN : $_) or die $!;
+        while (my $elem = $reader->read_element($_ eq '-')) {
+            process_elem($elem, $_ eq '-');
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+# Generate declarations for libmpdemux/ebml_types.h
+sub generate_c_header {
+    print "/* Generated by TOOLS/matroska.pl, do not edit manually */\n\n";
+
+    # Write a #define for the ElementID of each known element
+    for my $el (@global_elem_list) {
+        printf "#define %-40s 0x%s\n", $el->{definename}, $el->{elid};
+    }
+    print "\n";
+
+    # Define a struct for each ElementID that has child elements
+    for my $el (@global_elem_list) {
+        next unless $el->{subelements};
+        print "\nstruct $el->{structname} {\n";
+
+        # Figure out the length of the longest variable name
+        # Used for pretty-printing in the next step
+        my $l = max(map { length $_->{valname} } values %{$el->{subelements}});
+
+        # Output each variable, with pointers for array (multiple) elements
+        for my $subel (values %{$el->{subelements}}) {
+            printf "    %-${l}s %s%s;\n",
+                $subel->{valname}, $subel->{multiple}?'*':' ', $subel->{fieldname};
+        }
+        print "\n";
+
+        # Output a counter variable for each element
+        # (presence/absence for scalars, item count for arrays)
+        for my $subel (values %{$el->{subelements}}) {
+            print "    int n_$subel->{fieldname};\n"
+        }
+        print "};\n";
+    }
+    print "\n";
+
+    # Output extern references for ebml_elem_desc structs for each of the elements
+    # These are defined by generate_c_definitions
+    for my $el (@global_elem_list) {
+        next unless $el->{subelements};
+        print "extern const struct ebml_elem_desc $el->{structname}_desc;\n";
+    }
+    print "\n";
+
+    # Output the max number of sub-elements a known element might have
+    printf "#define MAX_EBML_SUBELEMENTS %d\n",
+        max(map { scalar keys %{$_->{subelements}} }
+            grep { $_->{subelements} } @global_elem_list);
+}
+
+# Generate definitions for libmpdemux/ebml_defs.c
+sub generate_c_definitions {
+    print "/* Generated by TOOLS/matroska.pl, do not edit manually */\n\n";
+    # ebml_defs.c uses macros declared in ebml.c
+    for my $el (@global_elem_list) {
+        print "\n";
+        if ($el->{subelements}) {
+            # set N for the next macros
+            print "#define N $el->{fieldname}\n";
+
+            # define a struct ebml_$N_desc and gets ready to define fields
+            # this secretly opens two scopes; hence the }}; at the end
+            print "E_S(\"$el->{name}\", ".scalar(keys %{$el->{subelements}}).")\n";
+
+            # define a field for each subelement
+            # also does lots of macro magic, but doesn't open a scope
+            for my $subel (values %{$el->{subelements}}) {
+                print "F($subel->{definename}, $subel->{fieldname}, ".
+                    ($subel->{multiple}?'1':'0').")\n";
+            }
+            # close the struct
+            print "}};\n";
+
+            # unset N since we've used it
+            print "#undef N\n";
+        } else {
+            print "E(\"$el->{name}\", $el->{fieldname}, $el->{ebmltype})\n";
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub repr {
+    my @ret;
+    foreach (@_) {
+        if (/'/) {
+            s/"/\\"/g;
+            push @ret, "\"$_\"";
+        } else {
+            push @ret, "'$_'";
+        }
+    }
+    return @ret if wantarray;
+    return pop @ret if defined wantarray;
+    return;
+}
+
+sub process_elem {
+    my ($elem, $read_bin) = @_;
+    unless ($opt{full}) {
+        if ($elem->{name} eq 'Cluster' || $elem->{name} eq 'Cues') {
+            $elem->skip;
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    die unless $elem;
+
+    if ($elem->{type} ne 'skip') {
+        print "$elem->{depth} $elem->{elid} $elem->{name} size: $elem->{content_len} value: ";
+    }
+
+    if ($elem->{type} eq 'sub') {
+        print "subelements:\n";
+        while (my $chld = $elem->next_child($read_bin)) {
+            process_elem($chld);
+        }
+    } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'binary') {
+        my $t = "<skipped $elem->{content_len} bytes>";
+        if ($elem->{content_len} < 20) {
+            $t = unpack "H*", $elem->get_value;
+        }
+        print "binary $t\n";
+        delete $elem->{value};
+    } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'ebml_id') {
+        print "binary $elem->{value}->{elid} (".($elem->{value}->{name}||"UNKNOWN").")\n";
+    } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'skip') {
+        # skip
+    } elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'str') {
+        print "string ". repr($elem->get_value) . "\n";
+    } else {
+        print "$elem->{type} ". $elem->get_value ."\n";
+    }
+}
@@ -1,477 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python3
-"""
-Generate C definitions for parsing Matroska files.
-Can also be used to directly parse Matroska files and display their contents.
-"""
-
-#
-# This file is part of mpv.
-#
-# mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-# License along with mpv.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-
-# for compatibility with Python 2.x
-from __future__ import print_function
-
-elements_ebml = (
-    'EBML, 1a45dfa3, sub', (
-        'EBMLVersion, 4286, uint',
-        'EBMLReadVersion, 42f7, uint',
-        'EBMLMaxIDLength, 42f2, uint',
-        'EBMLMaxSizeLength, 42f3, uint',
-        'DocType, 4282, str',
-        'DocTypeVersion, 4287, uint',
-        'DocTypeReadVersion, 4285, uint',
-    ),
-
-    'CRC32, bf, binary',
-    'Void, ec, binary',
-)
-
-elements_matroska = (
-    'Segment, 18538067, sub', (
-
-        'SeekHead*, 114d9b74, sub', (
-            'Seek*, 4dbb, sub', (
-                'SeekID, 53ab, ebml_id',
-                'SeekPosition, 53ac, uint',
-            ),
-        ),
-
-        'Info*, 1549a966, sub', (
-            'SegmentUID, 73a4, binary',
-            'PrevUID, 3cb923, binary',
-            'NextUID, 3eb923, binary',
-            'TimecodeScale, 2ad7b1, uint',
-            'DateUTC, 4461, sint',
-            'Title, 7ba9, str',
-            'MuxingApp, 4d80, str',
-            'WritingApp, 5741, str',
-            'Duration, 4489, float',
-        ),
-
-        'Cluster*, 1f43b675, sub', (
-            'Timecode, e7, uint',
-            'BlockGroup*, a0, sub', (
-                'Block, a1, binary',
-                'BlockDuration, 9b, uint',
-                'ReferenceBlock*, fb, sint',
-                'DiscardPadding,  75A2, sint',
-                'BlockAdditions, 75A1, sub', (
-                    'BlockMore*, A6, sub', (
-                        'BlockAddID, EE, uint',
-                        'BlockAdditional, A5, binary',
-                    ),
-                ),
-            ),
-            'SimpleBlock*, a3, binary',
-        ),
-
-        'Tracks*, 1654ae6b, sub', (
-            'TrackEntry*, ae, sub', (
-                'TrackNumber, d7, uint',
-                'TrackUID, 73c5, uint',
-                'TrackType, 83, uint',
-                'FlagEnabled, b9, uint',
-                'FlagDefault, 88, uint',
-                'FlagForced, 55aa, uint',
-                'FlagLacing, 9c, uint',
-                'MinCache, 6de7, uint',
-                'MaxCache, 6df8, uint',
-                'DefaultDuration, 23e383, uint',
-                'TrackTimecodeScale, 23314f, float',
-                'MaxBlockAdditionID, 55ee, uint',
-                'Name, 536e, str',
-                'Language, 22b59c, str',
-                'CodecID, 86, str',
-                'CodecPrivate, 63a2, binary',
-                'CodecName, 258688, str',
-                'CodecDecodeAll, aa, uint',
-                'CodecDelay, 56aa, uint',
-                'SeekPreRoll, 56bb, uint',
-                'Video, e0, sub', (
-                    'FlagInterlaced, 9a, uint',
-                    'PixelWidth, b0, uint',
-                    'PixelHeight, ba, uint',
-                    'DisplayWidth, 54b0, uint',
-                    'DisplayHeight, 54ba, uint',
-                    'DisplayUnit, 54b2, uint',
-                    'FrameRate, 2383e3, float',
-                    'ColourSpace, 2eb524, binary',
-                    'StereoMode, 53b8, uint',
-                    'Colour, 55b0, sub', (
-                        'MatrixCoefficients,      55B1, uint',
-                        'BitsPerChannel,          55B2, uint',
-                        'ChromaSubsamplingHorz,   55B3, uint',
-                        'ChromaSubsamplingVert,   55B4, uint',
-                        'CbSubsamplingHorz,       55B5, uint',
-                        'CbSubsamplingVert,       55B6, uint',
-                        'ChromaSitingHorz,        55B7, uint',
-                        'ChromaSitingVert,        55B8, uint',
-                        'Range,                   55B9, uint',
-                        'TransferCharacteristics, 55BA, uint',
-                        'Primaries,               55BB, uint',
-                        'MaxCLL,                  55BC, uint',
-                        'MaxFALL,                 55BD, uint',
-                        'MasteringMetadata,       55D0, sub', (
-                            'PrimaryRChromaticityX,   55D1, float',
-                            'PrimaryRChromaticityY,   55D2, float',
-                            'PrimaryGChromaticityX,   55D3, float',
-                            'PrimaryGChromaticityY,   55D4, float',
-                            'PrimaryBChromaticityX,   55D5, float',
-                            'PrimaryBChromaticityY,   55D6, float',
-                            'WhitePointChromaticityX, 55D7, float',
-                            'WhitePointChromaticityY, 55D8, float',
-                            'LuminanceMax,            55D9, float',
-                            'LuminanceMin,            55DA, float',
-                        ),
-                    ),
-                    'Projection, 7670, sub', (
-                        'ProjectionType, 7671, uint',
-                        'ProjectionPrivate, 7672, binary',
-                        'ProjectionPoseYaw, 7673, float',
-                        'ProjectionPosePitch, 7674, float',
-                        'ProjectionPoseRoll, 7675, float',
-                    ),
-                ),
-                'Audio, e1, sub', (
-                    'SamplingFrequency, b5, float',
-                    'OutputSamplingFrequency, 78b5, float',
-                    'Channels, 9f, uint',
-                    'BitDepth, 6264, uint',
-                ),
-                'ContentEncodings, 6d80, sub', (
-                    'ContentEncoding*, 6240, sub', (
-                        'ContentEncodingOrder, 5031, uint',
-                        'ContentEncodingScope, 5032, uint',
-                        'ContentEncodingType, 5033, uint',
-                        'ContentCompression, 5034, sub', (
-                            'ContentCompAlgo, 4254, uint',
-                            'ContentCompSettings, 4255, binary',
-                        ),
-                    ),
-                ),
-            ),
-        ),
-
-        'Cues, 1c53bb6b, sub', (
-            'CuePoint*, bb, sub', (
-                'CueTime, b3, uint',
-                'CueTrackPositions*, b7, sub', (
-                    'CueTrack, f7, uint',
-                    'CueClusterPosition, f1, uint',
-                    'CueRelativePosition, f0, uint',
-                    'CueDuration, b2, uint',
-                ),
-            ),
-        ),
-
-        'Attachments, 1941a469, sub', (
-            'AttachedFile*, 61a7, sub', (
-                'FileDescription, 467e, str',
-                'FileName, 466e, str',
-                'FileMimeType, 4660, str',
-                'FileData, 465c, binary',
-                'FileUID, 46ae, uint',
-            ),
-        ),
-
-        'Chapters, 1043a770, sub', (
-            'EditionEntry*, 45b9, sub', (
-                'EditionUID, 45bc, uint',
-                'EditionFlagHidden, 45bd, uint',
-                'EditionFlagDefault, 45db, uint',
-                'EditionFlagOrdered, 45dd, uint',
-                'ChapterAtom*, b6, sub', (
-                    'ChapterUID, 73c4, uint',
-                    'ChapterTimeStart, 91, uint',
-                    'ChapterTimeEnd, 92, uint',
-                    'ChapterFlagHidden, 98, uint',
-                    'ChapterFlagEnabled, 4598, uint',
-                    'ChapterSegmentUID, 6e67, binary',
-                    'ChapterSegmentEditionUID, 6ebc, uint',
-                    'ChapterDisplay*, 80, sub', (
-                        'ChapString, 85, str',
-                        'ChapLanguage*, 437c, str',
-                        'ChapCountry*, 437e, str',
-                    ),
-                ),
-            ),
-        ),
-        'Tags*, 1254c367, sub', (
-            'Tag*, 7373, sub', (
-                'Targets, 63c0, sub', (
-                    'TargetTypeValue, 68ca, uint',
-                    'TargetTrackUID, 63c5, uint',
-                    'TargetEditionUID, 63c9, uint',
-                    'TargetChapterUID, 63c4, uint',
-                    'TargetAttachmentUID, 63c6, uint',
-                 ),
-                'SimpleTag*, 67c8, sub', (
-                    'TagName, 45a3, str',
-                    'TagLanguage, 447a, str',
-                    'TagString, 4487, str'
-                ),
-            ),
-        ),
-    ),
-)
-
-
-import sys
-from math import ldexp
-from binascii import hexlify
-
-def byte2num(s):
-    return int(hexlify(s), 16)
-
-class EOF(Exception): pass
-
-def camelcase_to_words(name):
-    parts = []
-    start = 0
-    for i in range(1, len(name)):
-        if name[i].isupper() and (name[i-1].islower() or
-                                  name[i+1:i+2].islower()):
-            parts.append(name[start:i])
-            start = i
-    parts.append(name[start:])
-    return '_'.join(parts).lower()
-
-class MatroskaElement(object):
-
-    def __init__(self, name, elid, valtype, namespace):
-        self.name = name
-        self.definename = '{0}_ID_{1}'.format(namespace, name.upper())
-        self.fieldname = camelcase_to_words(name)
-        self.structname = 'ebml_' + self.fieldname
-        self.elid = elid
-        self.valtype = valtype
-        if valtype == 'sub':
-            self.ebmltype = 'EBML_TYPE_SUBELEMENTS'
-            self.valname = 'struct ' + self.structname
-        else:
-            self.ebmltype = 'EBML_TYPE_' + valtype.upper()
-            try:
-                self.valname = {'uint': 'uint64_t', 'str': 'char *',
-                                'binary': 'bstr', 'ebml_id': 'uint32_t',
-                                'float': 'double', 'sint': 'int64_t',
-                                }[valtype]
-            except KeyError:
-                raise SyntaxError('Unrecognized value type ' + valtype)
-        self.subelements = ()
-
-    def add_subelements(self, subelements):
-        self.subelements = subelements
-        self.subids = set(x[0].elid for x in subelements)
-
-elementd = {}
-elementlist = []
-def parse_elems(l, namespace):
-    subelements = []
-    for el in l:
-        if isinstance(el, str):
-            name, hexid, eltype = [x.strip() for x in el.split(',')]
-            hexid = hexid.lower()
-            multiple = name.endswith('*')
-            name = name.strip('*')
-            new = MatroskaElement(name, hexid, eltype, namespace)
-            elementd[hexid] = new
-            elementlist.append(new)
-            subelements.append((new, multiple))
-        else:
-            new.add_subelements(parse_elems(el, namespace))
-    return subelements
-
-parse_elems(elements_ebml, 'EBML')
-parse_elems(elements_matroska, 'MATROSKA')
-
-def printf(out, *args):
-    out.write(u' '.join([str(x) for x in args]))
-    out.write(u'\n')
-
-def generate_C_header(out):
-    printf(out, '// Generated by TOOLS/matroska.py, do not edit manually')
-    printf(out)
-
-    for el in elementlist:
-        printf(out, '#define {0.definename:40} 0x{0.elid}'.format(el))
-
-    printf(out)
-
-    for el in reversed(elementlist):
-        if not el.subelements:
-            continue
-        printf(out)
-        printf(out, 'struct {0.structname} {{'.format(el))
-        l = max(len(subel.valname) for subel, multiple in el.subelements)+1
-        for subel, multiple in el.subelements:
-            printf(out, '    {e.valname:{l}} {star}{e.fieldname};'.format(
-                        e=subel, l=l, star=' *'[multiple]))
-        printf(out)
-        for subel, multiple in el.subelements:
-            printf(out, '    int  n_{0.fieldname};'.format(subel))
-        printf(out, '};')
-
-    for el in elementlist:
-        if not el.subelements:
-            continue
-        printf(out, 'extern const struct ebml_elem_desc {0.structname}_desc;'.format(el))
-
-    printf(out)
-    printf(out, '#define MAX_EBML_SUBELEMENTS', max(len(el.subelements)
-                                                    for el in elementlist))
-
-
-def generate_C_definitions(out):
-    printf(out, '// Generated by TOOLS/matroska.py, do not edit manually')
-    printf(out)
-    for el in reversed(elementlist):
-        printf(out)
-        if el.subelements:
-            printf(out, '#define N', el.fieldname)
-            printf(out, 'E_S("{0}", {1})'.format(el.name, len(el.subelements)))
-            for subel, multiple in el.subelements:
-                printf(out, 'F({0.definename}, {0.fieldname}, {1})'.format(
-                            subel, int(multiple)))
-            printf(out, '}};')
-            printf(out, '#undef N')
-        else:
-            printf(out, 'E("{0.name}", {0.fieldname}, {0.ebmltype})'.format(el))
-
-def read(s, length):
-    t = s.read(length)
-    if len(t) != length:
-        raise EOF
-    return t
-
-def read_id(s):
-    t = read(s, 1)
-    i = 0
-    mask = 128
-    if ord(t) == 0:
-        raise SyntaxError
-    while not ord(t) & mask:
-        i += 1
-        mask >>= 1
-    t += read(s, i)
-    return t
-
-def read_vint(s):
-    t = read(s, 1)
-    i = 0
-    mask = 128
-    if ord(t) == 0:
-        raise SyntaxError
-    while not ord(t) & mask:
-        i += 1
-        mask >>= 1
-    t = bytes((ord(t) & (mask - 1),))
-    t += read(s, i)
-    return i+1, byte2num(t)
-
-def read_str(s, length):
-    return read(s, length)
-
-def read_uint(s, length):
-    t = read(s, length)
-    return byte2num(t)
-
-def read_sint(s, length):
-    i = read_uint(s, length)
-    mask = 1 << (length * 8 - 1)
-    if i & mask:
-        i -= 2 * mask
-    return i
-
-def read_float(s, length):
-    t = read(s, length)
-    i = byte2num(t)
-    if length == 4:
-        f = ldexp((i & 0x7fffff) + (1 << 23), (i >> 23 & 0xff) - 150)
-        if i & (1 << 31):
-            f = -f
-    elif length == 8:
-        f = ldexp((i & ((1 << 52) - 1)) + (1 << 52), (i >> 52 & 0x7ff) - 1075)
-        if i & (1 << 63):
-            f = -f
-    else:
-        raise SyntaxError
-    return f
-
-def parse_one(s, depth, parent, maxlen):
-    elid = hexlify(read_id(s)).decode('ascii')
-    elem = elementd.get(elid)
-    size, length = read_vint(s)
-    this_length = len(elid) / 2 + size + length
-    if elem is not None:
-        if elem.valtype != 'skip':
-            print("    " * depth, '[' + elid + ']', elem.name, 'size:', length, 'value:', end=' ')
-        if elem.valtype == 'sub':
-            print('subelements:')
-            while length > 0:
-                length -= parse_one(s, depth + 1, elem, length)
-            if length < 0:
-                raise SyntaxError
-        elif elem.valtype == 'str':
-            print('string', repr(read_str(s, length).decode('utf8', 'replace')))
-        elif elem.valtype in ('binary', 'ebml_id'):
-            t = read_str(s, length)
-            dec = ''
-            if elem.valtype == 'ebml_id':
-                idelem = elementd.get(hexlify(t).decode('ascii'))
-                if idelem is None:
-                    dec = '(UNKNOWN)'
-                else:
-                    dec = '({0.name})'.format(idelem)
-            if len(t) < 20:
-                t = hexlify(t).decode('ascii')
-            else:
-                t = '<{0} bytes>'.format(len(t))
-            print('binary', t, dec)
-        elif elem.valtype == 'uint':
-            print('uint', read_uint(s, length))
-        elif elem.valtype == 'sint':
-            print('sint', read_sint(s, length))
-        elif elem.valtype == 'float':
-            print('float', read_float(s, length))
-        elif elem.valtype == 'skip':
-            read(s, length)
-        else:
-            raise NotImplementedError
-    else:
-        print("    " * depth, '[' + elid + '] Unknown element! size:', length)
-        read(s, length)
-    return this_length
-
-if __name__ == "__main__":
-    def parse_toplevel(s):
-        parse_one(s, 0, None, 1 << 63)
-
-    if sys.argv[1] == '--generate-header':
-        generate_C_header(sys.stdout)
-    elif sys.argv[1] == '--generate-definitions':
-        generate_C_definitions(sys.stdout)
-    else:
-        if sys.version_info.major < 3:
-            raise Exception("Dumping requires Python 3.")
-        s = open(sys.argv[1], "rb")
-        while 1:
-            start = s.tell()
-            try:
-                parse_toplevel(s)
-            except EOF:
-                if s.tell() != start:
-                    raise Exception("Unexpected end of file")
-                break
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: .notdef
-Encoding: 65536 -1 0
-Width: 400
-Flags: W
-LayerCount: 2
-EndChar
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-SplineFontDB: 3.0
-FontName: mpv-osd-symbols-Regular
-FullName: mpv-osd-symbols Regular
-FamilyName: mpv-osd-symbols
-Weight: Normal
-Copyright: This is generated file.
-Version: 001.000
-ItalicAngle: 0
-UnderlinePosition: -133
-UnderlineWidth: 50
-Ascent: 800
-Descent: 200
-InvalidEm: 0
-sfntRevision: 0x00010000
-LayerCount: 2
-Layer: 0 0 "Back" 1
-Layer: 1 0 "Fore" 0
-XUID: [1021 879 -1597228462 15927]
-StyleMap: 0x0040
-FSType: 8
-OS2Version: 3
-OS2_WeightWidthSlopeOnly: 0
-OS2_UseTypoMetrics: 0
-CreationTime: 1408646554
-ModificationTime: 1492879730
-PfmFamily: 81
-TTFWeight: 400
-TTFWidth: 5
-LineGap: 0
-VLineGap: 0
-Panose: 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-OS2TypoAscent: 800
-OS2TypoAOffset: 0
-OS2TypoDescent: -200
-OS2TypoDOffset: 0
-OS2TypoLinegap: 90
-OS2WinAscent: 1000
-OS2WinAOffset: 0
-OS2WinDescent: 200
-OS2WinDOffset: 0
-HheadAscent: 1000
-HheadAOffset: 0
-HheadDescent: -200
-HheadDOffset: 0
-OS2SubXSize: 650
-OS2SubYSize: 600
-OS2SubXOff: 0
-OS2SubYOff: 75
-OS2SupXSize: 650
-OS2SupYSize: 600
-OS2SupXOff: 0
-OS2SupYOff: 350
-OS2StrikeYSize: 50
-OS2StrikeYPos: 220
-OS2Vendor: 'PfEd'
-OS2CodePages: 00000001.00000000
-OS2UnicodeRanges: 00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000
-DEI: 91125
-LangName: 1033 "" "" "Regular" "1.000;PfEd;mpv-osd-symbols-Regular" "mpv-osd-symbols" "Version 1.000;PS 001.000;hotconv 1.0.70;makeotf.lib2.5.58329"
-Encoding: UnicodeBmp
-UnicodeInterp: none
-NameList: AGL For New Fonts
-DisplaySize: -72
-AntiAlias: 1
-FitToEm: 0
-WinInfo: 57600 8 2
-BeginPrivate: 8
-BlueValues 31 [-10 0 640 650 720 730 800 810]
-BlueScale 5 0.037
-BlueShift 1 0
-BlueFuzz 1 0
-StdHW 4 [65]
-StdVW 4 [65]
-StemSnapH 8 [65 800]
-StemSnapV 8 [65 150]
-EndPrivate
-EndSplineFont
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE001
-Encoding: 57345 57345 1
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 780 20G<200 200>
-VStem: 200 375<400 400 400 800>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-575 400 m 1
- 200 0 l 1
- 200 800 l 1
- 575 400 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE002
-Encoding: 57346 57346 2
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 0 800<200 350 200 350 200 500 500 650>
-VStem: 200 150<0 800 0 800> 500 150<0 800 0 800>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-350 800 m 1
- 350 0 l 1
- 200 0 l 1
- 200 800 l 1
- 350 800 l 1
-650 800 m 1
- 650 0 l 1
- 500 0 l 1
- 500 800 l 1
- 650 800 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE003
-Encoding: 57347 57347 3
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 0 720<110 775 110 775>
-VStem: 110 665<0 720 0 720>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-775 720 m 1
- 775 0 l 1
- 110 0 l 1
- 110 720 l 1
- 775 720 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE004
-Encoding: 57348 57348 4
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 780 20G<423 423 813 813>
-VStem: 48 765<400 400>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-423 800 m 1
- 423 0 l 1
- 48 400 l 1
- 423 800 l 1
-813 800 m 1
- 813 0 l 1
- 438 400 l 1
- 813 800 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE005
-Encoding: 57349 57349 5
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 780 20G<95 95 485 485>
-VStem: 95 765<400 400 400 800 400 800>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-470 400 m 1
- 95 0 l 1
- 95 800 l 1
- 470 400 l 1
-860 400 m 1
- 485 0 l 1
- 485 800 l 1
- 860 400 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE006
-Encoding: 57350 57350 6
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: -10 11<396 461 396 543> 196 171<397 461 396 462> 401 31 801 9<397 462 397 397>
-VStem: 20 9<369 434 369 513> 224 173<369 408 367 434 367 434> 363 34 397 65<367 404 367 408 367 404 606 801> 462 173<368 404 404 404> 830 10<368 433 433 433>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-430 810 m 0x9940
- 656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
- 840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
- 204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
- 20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0x9940
-397 606 m 1x5280
- 462 606 l 1
- 462 801 l 1
- 397 801 l 1
- 397 606 l 1x5280
-462 367 m 1
- 462 404 l 1
- 710 627 l 1
- 683 657 l 1
- 439 437 l 1
- 363 592 l 1
- 318 570 l 1x4280
- 397 408 l 1
- 397 367 l 1x44
- 462 367 l 1
-224 434 m 1
- 29 434 l 1
- 29 369 l 1
- 224 369 l 1
- 224 434 l 1
-830 368 m 1
- 830 433 l 1
- 635 433 l 1
- 635 368 l 1
- 830 368 l 1
-461 196 m 1
- 396 196 l 1
- 396 1 l 1
- 461 1 l 1
- 461 196 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE007
-Encoding: 57351 57351 7
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: -10 80<339 430 339 543> 730 80<339 430>
-VStem: 20 80<309 491 309 513>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-430 -10 m 0
- 204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
- 20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
- 656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
- 840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
-430 70 m 1
- 430 730 l 1
- 248 730 100 582 100 400 c 0
- 100 218 248 70 430 70 c 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE008
-Encoding: 57352 57352 8
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: -10 80<339 521 339 543> 240 160<269 313 546 590> 480 160<408 452> 730 80<339 521>
-VStem: 20 80<309 491 309 513> 211 160<298 342> 350 160<538 582> 488 160<298 342> 760 80<309 491>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-430 -10 m 0xfa80
- 204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
- 20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
- 656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
- 840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0xfa80
-430 70 m 0
- 612 70 760 218 760 400 c 0
- 760 582 612 730 430 730 c 0
- 248 730 100 582 100 400 c 0
- 100 218 248 70 430 70 c 0
-430 480 m 0
- 386 480 350 516 350 560 c 0
- 350 604 386 640 430 640 c 0
- 474 640 510 604 510 560 c 0
- 510 516 474 480 430 480 c 0
-291 240 m 0xfd80
- 247 240 211 276 211 320 c 0
- 211 364 247 400 291 400 c 0
- 335 400 371 364 371 320 c 0
- 371 276 335 240 291 240 c 0xfd80
-568 240 m 0
- 524 240 488 276 488 320 c 0
- 488 364 524 400 568 400 c 0
- 612 400 648 364 648 320 c 0
- 648 276 612 240 568 240 c 0
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE009
-Encoding: 57353 57353 9
-Width: 880
-Flags: HMW
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-716 10 m 1
- 378 244 l 1
- 165 244 l 1
- 165 559 l 1
- 379 559 l 1
- 716 793 l 1
- 716 10 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-Validated: 1
-EndChar
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE00A
-Encoding: 57354 57354 10
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 252 48<406 406 456 456> 375 50<57 282 57 282 578 805> 500 48<406 406> 627 20G<149 149 713 713>
-VStem: 282 48<375 375 425 425> 406 50<26 252 26 252 548 774> 530 48<375 375>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-805 375 m 1
- 578 375 l 1
- 574 352 565 331 553 313 c 1
- 713 153 l 1
- 678 118 l 1
- 518 278 l 1
- 500 265 479 256 456 252 c 1
- 456 26 l 1
- 406 26 l 1
- 406 252 l 1
- 383 256 362 265 343 277 c 1
- 184 118 l 1
- 149 153 l 1
- 308 312 l 1
- 295 330 286 352 282 375 c 1
- 57 375 l 1
- 57 425 l 1
- 282 425 l 1
- 286 448 295 470 308 488 c 1
- 149 647 l 1
- 184 682 l 1
- 343 523 l 1
- 362 535 383 544 406 548 c 1
- 406 774 l 1
- 456 774 l 1
- 456 548 l 1
- 479 544 500 535 518 522 c 1
- 678 682 l 1
- 713 647 l 1
- 553 487 l 1
- 565 469 574 448 578 425 c 1
- 805 425 l 1
- 805 375 l 1
-430 300 m 0
- 485 300 530 345 530 400 c 0
- 530 455 485 500 430 500 c 0
- 375 500 330 455 330 400 c 0
- 330 345 375 300 430 300 c 0
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE00B
-Encoding: 57355 57355 11
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: -10 244<341 519 341 543> 566 54<413.5 446.5 413.5 519> 740 70<413.5 446.5>
-VStem: 20 88<354 446 354 513> 752 88<354 446>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-430 -10 m 0
- 204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
- 20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
- 656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
- 840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
-430 620 m 0
- 463 620 490 647 490 680 c 0
- 490 713 463 740 430 740 c 0
- 397 740 370 713 370 680 c 0
- 370 647 397 620 430 620 c 0
-430 234 m 0
- 608 234 752 308 752 400 c 0
- 752 492 608 566 430 566 c 0
- 252 566 108 492 108 400 c 0
- 108 308 252 234 430 234 c 0
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE010
-Encoding: 57360 57360 12
-Width: 334
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 0 90<221 258 221 258> 550 90<221 258 221 221>
-VStem: 76 145<90 550 90 640 90 640>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-258 640 m 1
- 258 550 l 1
- 221 550 l 1
- 221 90 l 1
- 258 90 l 1
- 258 0 l 1
- 76 0 l 1
- 76 640 l 1
- 258 640 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE011
-Encoding: 57361 57361 13
-Width: 334
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 0 640<84 250 84 250>
-VStem: 84 166<0 640 0 640>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-250 640 m 1
- 250 0 l 1
- 84 0 l 1
- 84 640 l 1
- 250 640 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE012
-Encoding: 57362 57362 14
-Width: 334
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 0 90<76 113 76 258 76 113> 550 90<76 113 76 258>
-VStem: 113 145<90 550 550 550>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-113 90 m 1
- 113 550 l 1
- 76 550 l 1
- 76 640 l 1
- 258 640 l 1
- 258 0 l 1
- 76 0 l 1
- 76 90 l 1
- 113 90 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE013
-Encoding: 57363 57363 15
-Width: 334
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 255 130<102 232 102 232>
-VStem: 102 130<255 385 255 385>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-232 385 m 1
- 232 255 l 1
- 102 255 l 1
- 102 385 l 1
- 232 385 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE101
-Encoding: 57601 57601 16
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 780 20G<222 222>
-VStem: 222 600<400 400 400 800 400 800>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-822 400 m 1
- 222 0 l 1
- 222 800 l 1
- 822 400 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE104
-Encoding: 57604 57604 17
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 0 800<3 126 3 126 3 502 3 878> 780 20G<3 126 126 126 502 502 878 878>
-VStem: 3 123<0 800 0 800>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-126 800 m 1x60
- 126 0 l 1
- 3 0 l 1xa0
- 3 800 l 1
- 126 800 l 1x60
-502 800 m 1
- 502 0 l 1
- 127 400 l 1
- 502 800 l 1
-878 800 m 1
- 878 0 l 1
- 503 400 l 1
- 878 800 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE105
-Encoding: 57605 57605 18
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 0 800<3 3 3 379 3 755 755 878> 780 20G<3 3 379 379 755 878 878 878>
-VStem: 755 123<0 800>
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-3 0 m 1x60
- 3 800 l 1
- 378 400 l 1
- 3 0 l 1x60
-379 0 m 1xa0
- 379 800 l 1
- 754 400 l 1
- 379 0 l 1xa0
-878 0 m 1
- 755 0 l 1
- 755 800 l 1
- 878 800 l 1
- 878 0 l 1
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-StartChar: uniE106
-Encoding: 57606 57606 19
-Width: 880
-GlyphClass: 2
-Flags: MW
-HStem: 0 649<68.5 556.5>
-VStem: 0 880
-LayerCount: 2
-Fore
-SplineSet
-880 380 m 0
- 880 230 685 101 449 101 c 0
- 390 101 336 107 283 118 c 1
- 278 49 189 0 85 0 c 0
- 52 0 24 14 0 40 c 1
- 82 48 137 93 137 158 c 0
- 137 163 137 168 135 172 c 0
- 58 217 19 273 19 380 c 0
- 19 528 258 649 449 649 c 0
- 664 649 880 508 880 380 c 0
-EndSplineSet
-EndChar